58057-xx (34-71-01-4)

e
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

TYPE 130 - GYROMAGNETIC COMPASS
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
This letter is for COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL 34-71-01-4 users. Its

concerns update number 14 dated MAY 15/2008.
Pages which have been revised are outlined below, together with the
highlights of the revision. Please:
1) Ensure that the preceding revision has been incorporated.
2) Delete the affected pages and insert the new ones.
3) Record the incorporation of this revision in "RECORD OF REVISIONS".
4) Retain this "LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL".
5) CAN: Cancelled INS: Inserted REV: Revised
PAGE CAN INS REV HIGHLIGHTS

DESIGNATION OF REVISIONS
SUPERSEDES PREVIOUS
ALL PAGES ISSUES
LT Page 1
SFIM AV 34/71-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
E Defence and Security Division
F6151
Massy Palaiseau Plant
TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS – 11, rue AMPERE – 91344 MASSY Cedex - FRANCE
Telefax : 33 (0) 1 69 19 67 00 - Telex : 602164F - SITA : PARIMCR

WITH ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST
TYPE 130
GYROMAGNETIC COMPASS
PARTS NUMBERS:
58057-1 58057-41
58057-4 58057-42
58057-11 58057-43
58057-12 58057-82
58057-13 58057-83
58057-32 58057-84
58057-33 58057-85
58057-34 58057-112
58057-35
REVISION No. 14: MAY 15/2008 TP Page 1

SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
NOTICE
Since May 10th, 2000, SFIM Industries Company has been merged within SAGEM SA.
All technical documentation has the SAGEM SA logo in the header line.
In this document all information related to Sfim must be now understood as related to Sagem.
© Copyright SAGEM SA
The data and information contained in this document are proprietary to

SAGEM SA.
This document is given in confidence and may not be reproduced, stored in a
retrieval system, or transmitted to a third party, in any form or by any
means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying or otherwise, without the prior
written permission of SAGEM SA.
Any unauthorized copy, distribution or utilization is illegal according to

Article L 122-4 and L 335-2 of the « Code de la Propriété Intellectuelle »
and to international agreement related to proprietary rights.
TP Page 2
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
RECORD OF REVISIONS
REV. ISSUE INSERTION BY REV. ISSUE INSERTION BY

No. DATE DATE No. DATE DATE
1 30 OCT 73
2 01 MAR 75
3 01 SEP 76
4 15 OCT 79
5 15 JAN 81
6 30 MAR 82
Supersedes
previous issues
7 30 SEP 82
8 29 OCT 82
9 30 NOV 82
Supersedes
previous issues
10 15 NOV 85
11 15 JUL 87
12 30 SEP 96
Supersedes
previous issues
13 15 NOV 02
14 MAY 15/08
Supersedes
previous issues
RR Page 1
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
BLANK
RR Page 2
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS
REVISION INCORPORATED DELETED
No. PAGE No. ISSUE DATE BY DATE REVISION BY

DATE No.
01 106 NOV 22/07 MAY 15/08 SAGEM
RTR Page 1
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
BLANK
RTR Page 2
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

SUBJECT PAGE DATE SUBJECT PAGE DATE
Title Page 1 MAY 15/08 Equipment 11 MAY 15/08

2 MAY 15/08 Evolution List 12 MAY 15/08
(continued) 13 MAY 15/08
Record of 1 MAY 15/08 14 MAY 15/08
Revisions 2 BLANK 15 MAY 15/08
16 MAY 15/08
Record of 1 MAY 15/08 17 MAY 15/08
Temporary 2 BLANK 18 BLANK
Revisions
Table of 1 MAY 15/08
Liste of 1 MAY 15/08 Contents 2 MAY 15/08
Effective Pages 2 MAY 15/08 3 MAY 15/08
3 MAY 15/08 4 BLANK
4 MAY 15/08
5 MAY 15/08 List of 1 MAY 15/08
6 MAY 15/08 Illustrations 2 MAY 15/08
7 MAY 15/08 3 MAY 15/08
8 BLANK 4 MAY 15/08
5 MAY 15/08
Service Bulletin 1 MAY 15/08 6 BLANK
List 2 BLANK
Introduction 1 MAY 15/08
List of Approved 1 MAY 15/08 2 BLANK
Repairs 2 BLANK
Description and 1 MAY 15/08
Equipment 1 MAY 15/08 operation 2 MAY 15/08
Evolution List 2 MAY 15/08 3 MAY 15/08
3 MAY 15/08 4 MAY 15/08
4 MAY 15/08 5 MAY 15/08
5 MAY 15/08 6 MAY 15/08
6 MAY 15/08 7 MAY 15/08
7 MAY 15/08 8 MAY 15/08
8 MAY 15/08 9 MAY 15/08
9 MAY 15/08 10 MAY 15/08
10 MAY 15/08 11 MAY 15/08
12 MAY 15/08
13 MAY 15/08
14 MAY 15/08
15 MAY 15/08
LEP Page 1
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
Description and 16 MAY 15/08 Testing and 117 MAY 15/08

operation 17 MAY 15/08 trouble-shooting 118 MAY 15/08
(continued) 18 MAY 15/08 (continued) 119 MAY 15/08
19 MAY 15/08 120 MAY 15/08
20 MAY 15/08 121 MAY 15/08
21 MAY 15/08 122 MAY 15/08
22 MAY 15/08 123 MAY 15/08
23 MAY 15/08 124 MAY 15/08
24 MAY 15/08 125 MAY 15/08
25 MAY 15/08 126 MAY 15/08
26 MAY 15/08 127 MAY 15/08
27 MAY 15/08 128 MAY 15/08
28 MAY 15/08 129 MAY 15/08
29 MAY 15/08 130 MAY 15/08
30 BLANK 131 MAY 15/08
31/32 MAY 15/08 132 BLANK
33/34 MAY 15/08 133 MAY 15/08
35/36 MAY 15/08 134 MAY 15/08
37/38 MAY 15/08 135 MAY 15/08
39/40 MAY 15/08 136 MAY 15/08
41/42 MAY 15/08 137 MAY 15/08
43/44 MAY 15/08 138 MAY 15/08
45/46 MAY 15/08 139 MAY 15/08
140 MAY 15/08
Testing and 101 MAY 15/08 141 MAY 15/08
trouble-shooting 102 MAY 15/08 142 MAY 15/08
103 MAY 15/08 143 MAY 15/08
104 MAY 15/08 144 MAY 15/08
105 MAY 15/08 145 MAY 15/08
106 MAY 15/08 146 MAY 15/08
107 BLANK 147 MAY 15/08
108 MAY 15/08 148 MAY 15/08
109 MAY 15/08 149 MAY 15/08
110 MAY 15/08 150 MAY 15/08
111 MAY 15/08 151 MAY 15/08
112 MAY 15/08 152 MAY 15/08
113 MAY 15/08 153 MAY 15/08
114 MAY 15/08 154 MAY 15/08
115 MAY 15/08 155 MAY 15/08
116 MAY 15/08 156 MAY 15/08
LEP Page 2
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
Testing and 157 MAY 15/08 Testing and 197/198.2 MAY 15/08
trouble-shooting 158 MAY 15/08 trouble-shooting 197/198.3 MAY 15/08
(continued) 159 MAY 15/08 (continued) 197/198.4 MAY 15/08
160 MAY 15/08 197/198.5 MAY 15/08
161 MAY 15/08 197/198.6 MAY 15/08
162 MAY 15/08 197/198.7 MAY 15/08
163 MAY 15/08 197/198.8 MAY 15/08
164 MAY 15/08 197/198.9 MAY 15/08
165 MAY 15/08 197/198.10 MAY 15/08
166 MAY 15/08 197/198.11 MAY 15/08
167 MAY 15/08 197/198.12 MAY 15/08
168 MAY 15/08 197/198.13 MAY 15/08
169 MAY 15/08 197/198.14 MAY 15/08
170 MAY 15/08 197/198.15 MAY 15/08
171 MAY 15/08 197/198.16 MAY 15/08
172 MAY 15/08
173 MAY 15/08 Disassembly 301 MAY 15/08
174 MAY 15/08 302 MAY 15/08
175 MAY 15/08 303 MAY 15/08
176 MAY 15/08 304 MAY 15/08
177 MAY 15/08 305 MAY 15/08
178 MAY 15/08 306 MAY 15/08
179 MAY 15/08 307 MAY 15/08
180 MAY 15/08 308 MAY 15/08
181 MAY 15/08 309/310 MAY 15/08
182 MAY 15/08
183 MAY 15/08 Cleaning 401 MAY 15/08
184 MAY 15/08 402 MAY 15/08
185 MAY 15/08 403 MAY 15/08
186 MAY 15/08 404 MAY 15/08
187 MAY 15/08 405 MAY 15/08
188 MAY 15/08 406 BLANK
189 MAY 15/08
190 MAY 15/08 Inspection - 501 MAY 15/08
191 MAY 15/08 Check 502 MAY 15/08
192 MAY 15/08 503 MAY 15/08
193/194 MAY 15/08 504 MAY 15/08
195/196 MAY 15/08 505 MAY 15/08
197/198 MAY 15/08 506 BLANK
197/198.1 MAY 15/08
LEP Page 3
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
Repairs 601 MAY 15/08 Assembly 714 MAY 15/08

602 MAY 15/08 (including 715 MAY 15/08
603 MAY 15/08 storage) 716 MAY 15/08
604 MAY 15/08 (continued) 717 MAY 15/08
605 MAY 15/08 718 MAY 15/08
606 MAY 15/08 719 MAY 15/08
607 MAY 15/08 720 MAY 15/08
608 MAY 15/08 721 MAY 15/08
609 MAY 15/08 722 MAY 15/08
610 MAY 15/08 723 MAY 15/08
611 MAY 15/08 724 MAY 15/08
612 MAY 15/08 725 MAY 15/08
613 MAY 15/08 726 MAY 15/08
614 MAY 15/08 727 MAY 15/08
615/616 MAY 15/08 728 MAY 15/08
617/618 MAY 15/08 729 MAY 15/08
619/620 MAY 15/08 730 MAY 15/08
621/622 MAY 15/08 731 MAY 15/08
623/624 MAY 15/08 732 BLANK
625/626 MAY 15/08 733 MAY 15/08
627/628 MAY 15/08 734 MAY 15/08
629/630 MAY 15/08 735 MAY 15/08
631/632 MAY 15/08 736 MAY 15/08
633/634 MAY 15/08 737/738 MAY 15/08
739/740 MAY 15/08
Assembly 701 MAY 15/08 741/742 MAY 15/08
(including 702 MAY 15/08 743/744 MAY 15/08
storage) 703 MAY 15/08 745/746 MAY 15/08
704 MAY 15/08 747/748 MAY 15/08
705 MAY 15/08 749/750 MAY 15/08
706 MAY 15/08 751/752 MAY 15/08
707 MAY 15/08 753/754 MAY 15/08
708 MAY 15/08 755/756 MAY 15/08
709 MAY 15/08 757/758 MAY 15/08
710 MAY 15/08 759/760 MAY 15/08
711 MAY 15/08 761/762 MAY 15/08
712 MAY 15/08 763/764 MAY 15/08
713 MAY 15/08 765/766 MAY 15/08
LEP Page 4
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e

Assembly
(including 767/768 MAY 15/08 Illustrated 1 MAY 15/08
storage) 769/770 MAY 15/08 Parts List 1001 2 BLANK
(continued) 771/772 MAY 15/08
Introduction 1 MAY 15/08
Fits and 801 MAY 15/08 1001 2 MAY 15/08
clearance 802 MAY 15/08 3 MAY 15/08
4 BLANK
Special tools, 901 MAY 15/08 Vendor's Code 1 MAY 15/08
fixtures and 902 MAY 15/08 Index 1001 2 MAY 15/08
equipment 903 MAY 15/08 3 MAY 15/08
904 BLANK 4 MAY 15/08
905 MAY 15/08
906 MAY 15/08 Equipment 1 MAY 15/08
907 MAY 15/08 Designator Index 2 MAY 15/08
908 MAY 15/08 1001 3 MAY 15/08
909 MAY 15/08 4 MAY 15/08
910 MAY 15/08 5 MAY 15/08
911 MAY 15/08 6 MAY 15/08
912 MAY 15/08 7 MAY 15/08
913 MAY 15/08 8 MAY 15/08
914 MAY 15/08 9 MAY 15/08
915 MAY 15/08 10 MAY 15/08
916 MAY 15/08 11 MAY 15/08
917 MAY 15/08 12 MAY 15/08
918 MAY 15/08 13 MAY 15/08
919 MAY 15/08 14 MAY 15/08
920 MAY 15/08 15 MAY 15/08
921 MAY 15/08 16 MAY 15/08
922 MAY 15/08 17 MAY 15/08
923 MAY 15/08 18 MAY 15/08
924 MAY 15/08 19 MAY 15/08
925 MAY 15/08 20 MAY 15/08
926 MAY 15/08
927 MAY 15/08 Numerical Index 1 MAY 15/08
928 MAY 15/08 1001 2 MAY 15/08
929 MAY 15/08 3 MAY 15/08
930 BLANK 4 MAY 15/08
5 MAY 15/08
6 MAY 15/08
LEP Page 5
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
Numerical Index 7 MAY 15/08 Detailed parts 1003-3 MAY 15/08

1001 (continued) 8 MAY 15/08 list (continued) 1003-4 MAY 15/08
9 MAY 15/08 1003-5 BLANK
10 MAY 15/08 1004-0 MAY 15/08
11 MAY 15/08 1004-1 MAY 15/08
12 MAY 15/08 1004-2 MAY 15/08
13 MAY 15/08 1004-3 MAY 15/08
14 MAY 15/08 1004-4 MAY 15/08
15 MAY 15/08 1004-5 BLANK
16 MAY 15/08 1005-0 MAY 15/08
17 MAY 15/08 1005-1 MAY 15/08
18 MAY 15/08 1005-2 MAY 15/08
19 MAY 15/08 1005-3 MAY 15/08
20 MAY 15/08 1006-0 MAY 15/08
21 MAY 15/08 1006-1 MAY 15/08
22 MAY 15/08 1006-2 MAY 15/08
23 MAY 15/08 1006-3 MAY 15/08
24 MAY 15/08 1006-4 MAY 15/08
25 MAY 15/08 1006-5 BLANK
26 MAY 15/08 1007-0 MAY 15/08
27 MAY 15/08 1007-1 MAY 15/08
28 MAY 15/08 1007-2 MAY 15/08
MAY 15/08 1007-3 MAY 15/08
Detailed parts 1001 MAY 15/08 1007-4 MAY 15/08
list 1001-0 MAY 15/08 1007-5 BLANK
1001-1 MAY 15/08 1008-0 MAY 15/08
1001-2 MAY 15/08 1008-1 MAY 15/08
1001-3 MAY 15/08 1008-2 MAY 15/08
1001-4 MAY 15/08 1008-3 MAY 15/08
1001-5 BLANK 1008-4 MAY 15/08
1002-1 MAY 15/08 1008-5 BLANK
1002-2 MAY 15/08 1009-0 MAY 15/08
1002-3 BLANK 1009-1 MAY 15/08
1002-4 MAY 15/08 1009-2 MAY 15/08
1002-5 BLANK 1009-3 MAY 15/08
1003-0 MAY 15/08 1009-4 MAY 15/08
1003-1 MAY 15/08 1009-5 MAY 15/08
1003-2 MAY 15/08 1009-6 MAY 15/08
LEP Page 6
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e

Detailed parts
list (continued) 1009-7 MAY 15/08
1010-0 MAY 15/08
1010-1 MAY 15/08
1010-2 MAY 15/08
1010-3 MAY 15/08
1010-4 MAY 15/08
1010-5 MAY 15/08
1010-6 MAY 15/08
1010-7 MAY 15/08
1010-8 MAY 15/08
1010-9 BLANK
1011-0 MAY 15/08
1011-1 MAY 15/08
1011-2 MAY 15/08
1011-3 MAY 15/08
1011-4 MAY 15/08
1011-5 BLANK
1012-0 MAY 15/08
1012-1 MAY 15/08
1012-2 MAY 15/08
1012-3 MAY 15/08
1013-0 MAY 15/08
1013-1 MAY 15/08
1013-2 MAY 15/08
1013-3 MAY 15/08
1013-4 MAY 15/08
1013-5 MAY 15/08
1013-6 MAY 15/08
LEP Page 7
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
BLANK
LEP Page 8
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
SERVICE BULLETIN LIST
SERVICE BULLETIN REVISION INC. IN DESCRIPTION

No. REVISION
461-34-004 12 Change of counter button

following production
discontinuation
SBL Page 1
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
BLANK
SBL Page 2
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
LIST OF APPROVED REPAIR
COMPANY ADDRESS
LAR Page 1
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
BLANK
LAR Page 2
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
EQUIPMENT EVOLUTION LIST
P/N 58057-1x, 58057-3x
EQUIPMENT INC.
EVOLUTION IN DESCRIPTION IDENTIFICATION
SHEET REVISION
2165 Industrialization of the unit. 58057-1 becomes

58057-11
2173 Reduction of backlash on synchro B 58057-11

take-up wheel.
The gyroscopic part
P/N 461-00270-002 is amended "A".
2193 Reduction of backlash on the take-up 58057-11

wheels.
The synchro-machine assemblies
references evolve:
P/N 461-01275-002 becomes
P/N 461-01506-001.
P/N 461-01275-003 becomes
P/N 461-01506-002.
P/N 461-01331-001 becomes
P/N 461-01507-001.
P/N 461-01331-002 becomes
P/N 461-01507-002.
2191 Interference suppression on SSB 58057-11 becomes

emission. 58057-12
Add one capacitor C31 and one choke
L4 on board No. 1.
Board No. 1 : P/N 461-01498-000
becomes : P/N 461-01498-001
The electronic
unit : P/N 461-00272-001
becomes : P/N 461-00272-101
EEL Page 1
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
P/N 58057-1x, 58057-3x (continued)
EQUIPMENT INC.
SHEET REVISION
2624 Addition of one more operating mode: 58057-12 becomes

DIRECTIONAL MODE. 58057-32
The gyroscopic part becomes:
P/N 461-00343-000
The electronic unit becomes:
P/N 461-00348-000
2632 Protection of power supply by a fuse 58057-12 becomes

that can be accessed from outside. 58057-13
Addition of a 0.5 A fuse on
board : P/N 461-01498-000
becomes : P/N 461-01498-101
Circuit assembly : P/N 461-01500-000
becomes : P/N 461-01500-100

board : P/N 461-09044-000
which becomes : P/N 461-09044-100
becomes : P/N 461-01599-100
2896 10 Standardization of manufacture and 58057-12

improvement of the correct operation
signal of the gyroscope.
Addition of capacitors C13 and C14
on board No. 2 which becomes
P/N 461-01328-101.
Electronic unit P/N 461-00272-101
amendment A.
EEL Page 2
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
P/N 58057-1x, 58057-3x (continued)
EQUIPMENT INC.
SHEET REVISION

P/N 461-01328-101.
amendment A.

P/N 461-01328-101.
amendment A.
3044 10 Creation of a new type including a 58057-32 becomes

"strained landing gear" contact. 58057-34
becomes P/N 461-00363-000
Circuit No. 1 P/N 461-09044-100
becomes P/N 461-09054-000
Circuit No. 2 P/N 461-01328-101
becomes P/N 461-09056-000
Circuit assembly P/N 461-01599-000
becomes P/N 461-01622-000
EEL Page 3
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
REF. 58057-1x, 58057-3x (continued)
EQUIPMENT INC.
SHEET REVISION
3098 10 Improvement of transistor Q5 58057-34

biasing.
Circuit No. 2 P/N 461-09056-000
becomes P/N 461-09056-001
amendment A.
3203 10 Protection against abnormal tran- 58057-12

sient overvoltages.
Addition of 2 diodes to circuit
No. 2 which becomes
P/N 461-01328-102.
amendment B.

sient overvoltages.
No. 2 which becomes
P/N 461-01328-102.
amendment B.

sient overvoltages.
No. 2 which becomes
P/N 461-01328-102.
amendment B.
EEL Page 4
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
P/N 58057-1x, 58057-3x (continued)
EQUIPMENT INC.
SHEET REVISION

sient overvoltages.
No. 2 which becomes
P/N 461-09056-002.
amendment B.
3316 10 Modification allowing operation of 58057-34 becomes

the compass on a support subjected 58057-35
to disturbances and compatible with
restarting during flight.
The part number of circuit No. 2
becomes P/N 461-09056-003.
The part number of the electronic
unit becomes P/N 461-00363-001.
3529 11 Adapt with regard to the evolutions 58057-12

of components features.
At the circuit No. 2 level,
replacement of transistors Q1, Q2
(P/N 2N2907 become P/N BC177B) and
Q3, Q4 become P/N BC107B.
The part number of the circuit No. 2
becomes P/N 461-01328-102 indexed A.

EEL Page 5
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
P/N 58057-1x, 58057-3x (continued)
EQUIPMENT INC.
SHEET REVISION



EEI 1884 12 Following production discontinuation 58057-34

SB.461-34.004 of the revolution counter button, it 58057-35
is replaced by a CT25-6 button.
EEL Page 6
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
P/N 58057-1x, 58057-3x (continued)
EQUIPMENT INC.
SHEET REVISION
EEI 1909 12 On the card P/N 461-09054-000: 58057-34

Replacement of the 2 insulating 58057-35
supports P/N TO18-5T becomes
P/N EN 340.
Replacement of the 3 washers
P/N JZAJ025TCD becomes P/N 52025-1.
EEI 1910 12 On the card P/N 461-09056-003: 58057-34

P/N EN 340.
Replacement of 6 washers
P/N JZAJ030UCD becomes P/N 52030-1.
P/N JEHD030UPA becomes
P/N JFHD030UPA.
3829 12 On the unit P/N 461-00363-001: 58057-35

Modification of the card
P/N 461-09056-003B,
the transistor Q15 P/N 2N2222A
becomes P/N BC107B.
The card reference becomes
P/N 461-09056-003 indexed C.
3540 12 On the card P/N 461-09056-003: 58057-33

The transistors Q1 and Q2
(P/N 2N2907) become P/N BC177B,
Q3 and Q4 become P/N BC107B.
The card reference becomes
P/N 461-01328-102 indexed A.
EEL Page 7
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
P/N 58057-11x
EQUIPMENT INC.
SHEET REVISION
678 10 Suppression of switching transients 58057-112

on the + 28 V valid line during the
start-up sequence.
Addition of a capacitor C14 on board
No. 2 which becomes
P/N 461-01328-101.
amendment A.

sient overvoltages.
Addition of 2 diodes to electronic
unit P/N 461-00354-000.
The circuit P/N 461-01328-101
becomes P/N 461-01328-102
amendment B.
721 10 To facilitate the bonding of the 58057-112

compass without affecting remove-
ability.
amendment C.

EEL Page 8
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
P/N 58057-4x
EQUIPMENT INC.
SHEET REVISION
2174 Compatibility of the compass with 58057-4

the Autopilot. Inversion of the B
and D synchro-machines.
The gyroscopic part
P/N 461-00151-004 is amended "A".
2166 Industrialization of the equipment. 58057-4 becomes

58057-41
2172 Compatibility of the compass with 58057-41

the Autopilot. Inversion of the B
and D synchro-machines.
The gyroscopic part
P/N 461-00270-004 is amended "A".
2194 Reduction of backlash on the take-up 58057-41

wheels.
The synchro-machine assemblies
references evolve:
P/N 461-01275-002 becomes
P/N 461-01506-001.
P/N 461-01275-003 becomes
P/N 461-01506-002.
P/N 461-01331-001 becomes
P/N 461-01507-001.
P/N 461-01331-002 becomes
P/N 461-01507-002.
2192 Interference suppression on SSB 58057-41 becomes

emission. Add one capacitor C31 and 58057-42
one choke L4 on board No. 1.
Board No. 1 : P/N 461-01498-000
becomes : P/N 461-01498-001
The electronic
unit : P/N 461-00272-001
becomes : P/N 461-00272-101
EEL Page 9
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
P/N 58057-4x (continued)
EQUIPMENT INC.
SHEET REVISION

board : P/N 461-01498-000
becomes : P/N 461-01500-100

P/N 461-01328-101.
amendment A.

P/N 461-01328-101.
amendment A.

sient overvoltages.
No. 2 which becomes
P/N 461-01328-102.
amendment B.
EEL Page 10
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
EQUIPMENT INC.
SHEET REVISION

sient overvoltages.
No. 2 which becomes
P/N 461-01328-102.
amendment B.


EEL Page 11
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
P/N 58057-8x
EQUIPMENT INC.
SHEET REVISION
2625 Addition of one more operating mode: 58057-42 becomes

DIRECTIONAL MODE. 58057-82
The gyroscopic
part becomes : P/N 461-00343-100
The electronic
unit becomes : P/N 461-00348-000

board : P/N 461-09044-000
becomes : P/N 461-01599-100
2667 Suppression of switching transients 58057-82

during the start-up sequence.
Addition of a capacitor C14 on board
No. 2.
Board : P/N 461-01328-000
becomes : P/N 461-01328-101
amendment A.
EEL Page 12
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
EQUIPMENT INC.
SHEET REVISION
3045 10 Creation of a new type including a 58057-82 becomes

"strained landing gear" contact. 58057-84
Circuit No. 1 P/N 461-09044-100
becomes P/N 461-09054-000
Circuit No. 2 P/N 461-01328-101
becomes P/N 461-09056-000
Circuits
assemblies P/N 461-01599-000
become P/N 461-01622-000
Electronic
unit P/N 461-00348-000
becomes P/N 461-00363-000
3099 10 Improvement of transistor Q15 58057-84

biasing.
Circuit No. 2 P/N 461-09056-000
becomes P/N 461-09056-001
amendment A.

sient overvoltages.
No. 2 which becomes
P/N 461-01328-102.
Electronic unit becomes
P/N 461-00272-201 amendment B.
3227 10 Protection of the equipment against 58057-83

accidental reversal of 115 V 400 Hz
power supply wires.
becomes P/N 461-09044-101.
The part number of the assembled
circuit becomes P/N 461-01599-101.
The reference of the electronic unit
becomes P/N 461-00348-101.
EEL Page 13
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
EQUIPMENT INC.
SHEET REVISION

sient overvoltages.
No. 2 which becomes
P/N 461-01328-102.
amendment A.

sient overvoltages.
No. 2 which becomes
P/N 461-09056-002.
amendment B.
3318 10 Modification allowing operation of 58057-84 becomes

the compass on a support subjected 58057-85
to disturbances and compatible with
restarting during flight.
Circuit No. 2 P/N 461-09056-002
becomes P/N 461-09056-003.
The part number of the electronic
unit becomes P/N 461-00363-001.

EEL Page 14
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
EQUIPMENT INC.
SHEET REVISION




SB.461-34.004 of the revolution counter button, it

SB.461-34.004 of the revolution counter button, it
EEL Page 15
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
EQUIPMENT INC.
SHEET REVISION
EEI 1909 12 On the card P/N 461-09054-000: 58057-84

P/N EN 340.
Replacement of the 3 washers
P/N JZAJ025TCD becomes P/N 52025-1.
EEI 1910 12 On the card P/N 461-09056-003: 58057-84

P/N EN 340.
P/N JZAJ030UCD becomes P/N 52030-1.
P/N JEHD030UPA becomes
P/N JFHD030UPA.

SB.461-34.004 of the revolution counter button
CT21-6, it is replaced by a button
P/N 461-11419-000.
Modification of the board
P/N 461-11365-000 becomes
P/N 461-11365-100.
Modification of socket
P/N 461-11366-000 becomes
P/N 461-11366-001.
Modification of circuit No. 1
P/N 461-09054-000,
The 3 screws P/N LHQ1HD025010TPA are
replaced by:
1 screw P/N LHQ1HD025008TPA and
2 screws P/N LHQ1HD025012TPA.
EEL Page 16
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
EQUIPMENT INC.
SHEET REVISION
3837 12 On the board P/N 461-09056-003B, the 58057-85

transistor Q15, P/N 2N2222A becomes
P/N BC107B.
The board reference becomes
P/N 461-09056-003 amendment C.
4204 12 On the gyroscopic block 58057-83

P/N 461-00343-100 addition of a
capacitor P/N CPM7B63V100KK across
the terminals R1 - R2 of the synchro
The reference of the gyroscopic
block becomes P/N 461-00343-100
amendment A.
4200 12 On the gyroscopic block, 58057-85

amendment A.
4203 12 On the gyroscopic block, 58057-82

amendment A.
EEL Page 17
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
BLANK
EEL Page 18
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Pages
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1
1. Description 1
A. General 1
B. Characteristics 1
C. Detailed description 4
2. Operation 10
A. General 10
B. Operating principle 10
C. General operation 10
D. Detailed operation of the electronic circuitry
(versions A to F, K and L) 13
E. Detailed operation of the electronic circuitry
(versions G, H, J, M, N, P, R, S and T) 18
TESTING AND TROUBLE-SHOOTING 101
1. General 101
2. Inspection of the closed gyromagnetic compass 102
A. Required equipment 102
B. Test procedure 103
3. Electronic PC board tests and adjustments 128
A. Equipment required 128
B. Test procedure 129
4. Tests and adjustments of the gyromagnetic compass gimballed
without cover 164
A. General 164
B. Required equipment 164
C. Test and adjustment procedures 165
DISASSEMBLY 301
1. General 301
2. Checks prior to repair 302
3. Usual disassembly practices 302
A. General 302
B. Equipment handling 303
C. Maintenance shop 303
4. Gyromagnetic compass disassembly procedure 304
A. Required equipment 304
B. Removal of the protective fuse 304
C. Removal of the electronic boards 304
D. Removal of the gyroscopic part 304
E. Removal of the gimballed gyroscope 305
F. Disassembly of the gyromagnetic compass sub-assemblies 306
TC - Page 1
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Pages
CLEANING 401
1. Required equipment 401

A. Tools 401
B. Materials 401
2. Overall cleaning procedure 401
3. Special cleaning procedure 402
A. Cleaning of treated metal parts 402
B. Cleaning of painted metal parts 402
C. Cleaning of oil and grease deposits on metal parts 402
D. Removal of Loctite compounds 402
E. Cleaning of the backlash take-up wheels 403
F. Cleaning of printed circuits 403
4. Cleaning of assemblies and sub-assemblies 403
A. Gyromagnetic compass 403
B. Electronic box 405
INSPECTION - CHECK 501
1. General 501
2. Inspection 501
A. Standard inspection procedure 501
B. Check of assemblies and sub-assemblies 502
REPAIRS 601
1. General 601
2. General repair instructions 601
A. Mechanical components 601
B. Electrical components 601
C. Wires 603
D. Bindings 603
3. Repair of sub-assemblies 603
A. General 603
B. Gimballed gyromagnetic compass 604
C. Electronic box 609
D. Repair of the electronic PC boards 612
E. Use of liquid Loctite polymers 613
TC - Page 2
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Pages
ASSEMBLY (INCLUDING STORAGE) 701
1. General 701
A. Checks before assembly 701
B. General instructions 701
2. Assembly of the gyromagnetic compass 701
A. Gyro wheel assembly 701
B. Elevation gimbal 711
C. Azimuth gimbal 716
D. Gimballed gyromagnetic compass 723
3. Storage 733
A. Non-gyroscopic equipment 733
B. Peculiar cautions regarding gyroscopic equipments 735
FITS AND CLEARANCES 801
1. Gyromagnetic compass 801

A. Elevation gimbal 801
B. Azimuth gimbal 801
C. Gimballed gyromagnetic compass 802
D. Gyromagnetic compass assembly 802
SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENTS 901
1. Special SFIM tooling 901

2. Standard tools 905
3. Special equipments 905
4. Laboratory equipments 906
5. List of special materials 908
6. Wiring (repair) 910
DETAILED PARTS LIST 1001
TC - Page 3
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
BLANK
TC - Page 4
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
Figure Pages
1 Dimensions (versions A and B) 23
2 Dimensions (versions C, D, E and F) 24
3 Dimensions (versions M and N) 25
4 Dimensions (version J) 26
5 Dimensions (versions K and L) 27
6 Dimensions (versions G and H) 28
7 Dimensions (versions P, R, S and T) 29
8 Composition 31/32
9 Schematic diagram (versions A to F, K and L) 33/34
10 Schematic diagram (versions G, H, J, M, N, P, R, S and T) 35/36
11 Electrical diagram (versions A and B) 37/38
12 Electrical diagram (versions C, D, E, F, K and L) 39/40
13 Electrical diagram (versions G, H, M and N) 41/42
14 Electrical diagram (version J) 43/44
15 Electrical diagram (versions P, R, S and T) 45/46
101 Test set-up (versions A to F, K and L) 193/194
102 Test set-up (versions G, H, M and N) 195/196
103 Test set-up (version J) 197/198
103A Electronic circuits test set-up

(versions P, R, S and T) 197/198.1
104 Electronic circuits test set-up (versions A and B) 197/198.2
105 Electronic circuits wiring diagram (versions A and B) 197/198.3
106 Test point record and operational sequence chart

(versions A and B) 197/198.4
LI - Page 1
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure Pages
107 Electronic circuits test set-up

(versions C, D, E, F, K and L) 197/198.5
108 Electronic circuits wiring diagram

(versions C, D, E and F) 197/198.6
109 Electronic circuits wiring diagram (versions K and L) 197/198.7

(versions C, D, E, F, K and L) 197/198.8
111 Electronic circuits test set-up (versions G, H, M and N) 197/198.9
112 Electronic circuits test set-up (version J) 197/198.10
113 Electronic circuits test set-up


(versions G, H, M and N) 197/198.12
115 Electronic circuits wiring diagram (version J) 197/198.13

(versions G, H, J, M and N) 197/198.14


301 Disassembly sequence flowchart 309/310
601 Replacement of elevation torque-motor stator on frame

assembly 615/616
602 Replacement of threaded sleeve on frame assembly 617/618
603 Compass wiring (versions A and B) 619/620
604 Compass wiring (versions C, D, E, F, K and L) 621/622
605 Compass wiring (versions G, H, J, M, N, P, R, S and T) 623/624
606 Electronic control unit - Replacement of bonding braid

fastening nut 625/626
LI - Page 2
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure Pages
607 Electronic control unit - Replacement of a

floating-anchor nut 627/628
608 Replacement of a damper 629/630
609 Seating of the locking plugs - Rubber foam bonding 631/632
610 Components connection 633/634
701 Gyro wheel assembly 737/738
702 Assembly of flanges and armature on gyro wheel 739/740
703 Extraction of a gyro wheel flange 741/742
704 Dynamic gyro wheel balancing 743/744
705 Gyro wheel running-in 745/746
706 Elevation gimbal assembly 747/748
707 Azimuth torque-motor positioning 749/750
708 Assembled elevation gimbal 751/752
709 Static elevation gimbal balancing 753/754
710 Wired azimuth gimbal (versions A to F, K and L) 755/756
711 Wired azimuth gimbal

(versions G, H, J, M, N, P, R, S and T) 757/758
712 Assembled azimuth gimbal 759/760
713 Measurement of elevation gimbal play in azimuth gimbal 761/762
714 Synchro-machine assembly and check 763/764
715 Mounting plate assembly 765/766
716 Frame assembly 767/768
717 Covers 769/770
718 Gyromagnetic compass 771/772
901 Anvil P/N 199-20002-122 911
LI - Page 3
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure Pages
902 Swaging punch P/N 199-20006-105 912
903 Swaging punch P/N 199-20006-106 913
904 Punch P/N 199-20007-116 914
905 Spacer P/N 199-20010-101 915
906 Spacer P/N 199-20010-102 916
907 Adapter P/N 199-20010-103 917
908 Spanner P/N 199-22401-000 918
909 Spanner P/N 199-22402-000 919
910 Spanner P/N 199-22403-000 920
911 Spanner P/N 199-22405-000 921
912 Spanner P/N 424-65129-000 922
913 Pin wrench and screwdriver P/N 242-65314-000 923
914 Slip-ring protective device P/N 461-65095-000 924
915 Anvil P/N 461-65115-000 925
916 Brush-holder protective device P/N 461-65116-000 926
917 Gyro wheel mounting fixture P/N 461-65139-000 927
918 Drift fixture P/N 461-65145-000 928
919 Support for adaptation on oscillating table

P/N 461-65167-000 929
1001 Composition GC130 1001-0
1002 Gyromagnetic compass mounted 1002-0
1003 Mounting plate assembly 1003-0
1004 Assembled azimuth gimbal 1004-0
1005 Assembled elevation gimbal 1005-0
1006 Electronic box 1006-0
1007 Circuit No. 1 assy (TB4) P/N 461-01327-000 1007-0
LI - Page 4
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure Pages
1008 Circuit No. 1 assy (TB4) P/N 461-01498-XXX 1008-0
1009A Circuit No. 1 assy (TB4) P/N 461-09044-100 1009-1
1009B Circuit No. 1 assy (TB4) P/N 461-09048-000 1009-2
1009C Circuit No. 1 assy (TB4) P/N 461-09044-101 1009-3
1013 Circuit No. 2 assy (TB5) (continued) P/N 461-09056-XXX 1013-0
LI - Page 5
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
BLANK
LI - Page 6
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
INTRODUCTION
1. General.
A. This maintenance manual has been drawn up in accordance with No. 100
standard of the AIR TRANSPORT ASSOCIATION OF AMERICA (ATA 100 standard).
B. This manual provides all information required for equipment repair. The
operations described below can be performed only in workshops provided
with special tools and test benches.
C. This manual does not include routine techniques, or periods, or matters

subject to change, depending on the means available to the repair work-
shop.
2. Manual presentation.
A. For what regards page numbering, a range of numbers has been assigned to
each chapter:
1 - 99 DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

101 - 199 TESTING AND TROUBLE-SHOOTING
201 - 299 UNASSIGNED
301 - 399 DISASSEMBLY
401 - 499 CLEANING
501 - 599 INSPECTION - CHECK
601 - 699 REPAIR
701 - 799 ASSEMBLY (INCLUDING STORAGE)
801 - 899 FITS AND TOLERANCES
901 - 999 SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT
1001 - 1999 DETAILED PARTS LIST
B. Usually, all values are given in units (or multiples or sub-multiples

thereof) of the International System (meter, kilogram, second). In some
particular cases, special units that prove to be more popular will be
used. The corresponding values given between parentheses are intended to
be merely informatory.
3. Revision.
Whenever this manual is subject to revision, detailed instructions dealing

with page insertion and removal will come with each revision. The
modified, added or deleted texts will be identified by means of a vertical
black line in the margin.
IN - Page 1
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
BLANK
IN - Page 2
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
1. Description.
A. General.
(1) Identification.
(a) Designation: TYPE 130 - GYROMAGNETIC COMPASS.
(b) Manufacturer's P/N:
P/N VERSION P/N VERSION
58057-1 A 58057-13 K
58057-4 B 58057-43 L
58057-11 C 58057-83 M
58057-41 D 58057-33 N
58057-12 E 58057-84 P
58057-42 F 58057-34 R
58057-32 G 58057-85 S
58057-82 H 58057-35 T
58057-112 J
(2) Purpose of the equipment.
The type 130 gyromagnetic compass supplies permanently an highly

stable gyromagnetic heading reference.
With versions G, H, J, M, N, P, R, S and T, a direction and heading

display function can be obtained through external switches.
B. Characteristics.
(1) Physical characteristics.
(a) Dimensions (refer to figures 1 to 7).
(b) Weight: 3.5 ± 0.1 kg.
(2) Environmental characteristics.
(a) As per RTCA D0138-27-06-68.
Category GA/JN/AAAXXXXXX.
Page 1
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
1. B. (3) Technical characteristics.
(a) Power supply: 115 V 400 Hz single-phase.

As per RTCA D0138 standard, paragraph 9.
(b) Consumption:
- 115 V 400 Hz : - Starting: 0.38 A as a maximum.

- Normal operation: 0.23 A as a maximum.
- 26 V 400 Hz consumption:
- Versions A, C, E, G, J, K, N, R, T: 0.5 A as a maximum.
- Versions B, D, F, H, L, M, P: 0.6 A as a maximum.
- Version S: 0.66 A as a maximum.
- Flux valve external power supply:

- Voltage: 23.5 V.
- Current: 0.050 A as a maximum.
(c) Insulation: 20 Mohms under 45 V DC.
(d) Angles of freedom.
- In azimuth: 360°.
- In elevation: ± 80°.
(e) Gyro wheel spinning speed: 23,000 rpm.
(f) Performance data.
- Magnetic reference
alignment error: 1° max.
- Magnetic monitoring rate: 2° ± 36'/min.
- Fast azimuth resetting rate: Superior to 70°/min.
- Free gyroscope drift: Inferior or equal to 20°/h.
Page 2
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
1. B. (3) (g) Independent information outputs (5 wires: XYZ, H and C).
(ARINC 407 standard)

P/N VERSION DETECTION SYNCHRO- TORQUE-TYPE SYNCHRO-
TRANSMITTER (CX) TRANSMITTER (TX)
58057-1 A
58057-11 C 2 1
58057-12 E
58057-32 G
58057-112 J
58057-13 K
58057-33 N
58057-34 R
58057-35 T
58057-4 B
58057-41 D 1 2
58057-42 F
58057-82 H
58057-43 L
58057-83 M
58057-84 P
58057-85 S
- GM-CM deviation output.

Load characteristics: 1,500 ohms.
Measurement range: ± 100 μA ± 20 μA
for ± 4°.
(h) Correct operation signals.

- 28 V LF signal.
- Under correct operation: 28 V ± 4 V.
Maximum load: 0.050 A.
- In failed status: 0.7 V as a maximum.
(Version J) under correct operation:
- Pins continuity: A and j.
- Resistive load: 0.5 A as a maximum.
- In failed status: open circuit.
(i) Magnetic compensation.

Adjustment capacity N/S, E/W: ± 8°.
Influence of axis on other axis: ≤ 48'.
(j) Connection.
32-pin connector.
Versions A and B: P/N HE301B00RC1832P1A (F0114).
Versions C, D, E, F, G, H, K, L,
M, N, P, R, S and T: P/N HE301B02E18-32P (F0114).
Version J: P/N HE301B02E18-32PW (F0114).
Page 3
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
1. B. (3) (k) Fastening.
6 oval holes for dia. 5 mm screws.
(Version J): four oval holes for dia. 5 mm screws.
C. Detailed description (refer to figure 8).
The type 130 gyromagnetic compasses are composed of two main sub-assem-
blies: the gyroscopic assembly which is a sealed cylindrical casing and
the electronic assembly, a parallelepiped which holds the gyroscopic
assembly through three dampers (1), in order to protect it from aircraft
induced shocks and vibrations.
The gyroscopic and electronic assemblies are connected to each other by

means of a flexible-mount connector J2 - P2. This connector is not visi-
ble when the two sub-assemblies are assembled, but it can be accessed
through the bottom of the electronic unit.
Connection to the aircraft network is through a fast-locking 32-pin con-

nector J1 (2) secured to the electronic assembly.
Fastening to the aircraft is carried out by means of six (four in ver-

sion J) screws which engage into the assembly bottom part.
(1) Gyroscopic assembly components.
The gyroscopic assembly is contained within a sealed cylindrical

casing.
It is mainly composed of a cut-out frame (3) in which an azimuth

gimbal pivots about vertical axis A-B, an elevation gimbal (5)
which rotates inside the azimuth gimbal (4) about axis C-D, and a
high-angular momentum gyro wheel (6) driven in rotation about
axis E (7) inside the elevation gimbal by an electric motor.
(2) Gyroscope casing.
The casing containing the gyroscope assembly is composed of three

parts: the frame (3), the bottom and lower covers (8-9).
Tightness between parts is achieved by means of a seal flat placed

under each cover; assembly is by screws.
Electrical connection between the casing and the base is made

through a sealed connector (10).
Page 4
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
1. C. (3) Frame.
The frame (3) mainly holds the azimuth gimbal (4), whose rotational
axis A-B is defined laterally by two ball bearings (11-12), and
vertically by a ball (13) on which the lower end of the gimbal
shaft is resting.
On the other hand, the frame (3) holds:
- The elevation torque-motor stator (14).
- The upper mounting plate (15) onto which are secured the synchro-
detector (16) which provides connection to the flux valve, the
synchro-machines (17) and the terminal strip (18).
- A flexible electrical circuit which supplies power to the eleva-

tion servo torque-motor.
Electrical connections between the frame and the azimuth gimbal are
made through a slip-ring (19) placed at the end of the azimuth gim-
bal upper shaft, and the brush-holder (20) secured to the upper
frame mounting plate (15).
(4) Azimuth gimbal.
The azimuth gimbal (4) mainly carries the elevation gimbal (5) on
it horizontal axis C-D, through two ball bearings (21).
The electrical connections between the elevation gimbal and the

azimuth gimbal are made through a slip-ring collector (22)
installed on the elevation gimbal (5), and the brush-holder (23)
secured to the azimuth gimbal (4).
Furthermore, the azimuth gimbal holds:
- The azimuth torque-motor stator (30).
- The rotor (24) of the elevation gimbal servo torque-motor.
- The gear (25) coupling the azimuth information to the synchro-

machines secured to the upper mounting plate.
- The slip-ring collector (19) which ensures the electrical connec-

tion with the frame.
- A 5-lead brush-holder (23) ensuring the electrical connection of

the azimuth gimbal with the elevation one.
- The balancing weights (26-27).
Page 5
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
1. C. (5) Elevation gimbal and gyro wheel.
The elevation gimbal (5) mainly hold the gyro wheel and motor
driving it into rotation, on its shaft (7) (axis E). The two-phase
stator winding (28) is fastened on shaft (7), whereas the rotor
(29), which also acts as flywheel, is driven into rotation about
shaft E (7); the rotor rests onto two special high-speed ball
bearings.
Furthermore, the elevation gimbal holds:
- The rotor of the azimuth servo torque-motor (30).
- A pendulum reference (31) or mercury-contact switch, allowing the

elevation axis to be kept horizontal (versions A to F, K and L).
On versions G, H, J, M, N, P, R, S and T, the servo-control of

elevation gimbal orthogonality to azimuth axis is ensured by an
optronic sensor (40).
- The balancing weights (32) and the gyro wheel motor phase-shifting
capacitor (33).
- A printed circuit ensuring the connection of the elevation slip-

ring to the gyro wheel motor.
(6) Electronic unit components.
The electronic assembly includes two printed circuits secured to

the base walls. They are connected to the mains through the linking
connector J2.
(7) Base.
The base (34) is fitted:
- On the outside, with three dampers (1) bearing the gyroscopic part
and the connector J1 (2) which provides connection with the air-
craft wiring.
- On the inside, a rack and a connector P2 which allow connection to

be made with the gyroscopic assembly and the electronic circuits.
On the front face, on connector side, there are two holes (35) pro-
viding access to the magnetic compensation adjustment potentiome-
ters, as well as a push-button (36) which controls fast azimuth
resetting.
On versions K, L, M, N, P, R, S and T, a cover (37) secured to the

front face gives access to the protective fuse (38) located on
board No. 1.
Page 6
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
1. C. (7) On versions P, R, S and T, a cover (39), secured to the front panel

allows access to the magnetic compensation adjustment potentiome-
ters.
(8) Printed circuits No. 1 (TB4) and No. 2 (TB5).
The printed circuit boards are secured vertically to the base

walls, by means of ten screws. They include the various electronic
circuits required for gyromagnetic compass operation. The following
components will be found in each circuit:
(a) Circuit No. 1 (versions A and B) (figure 105).
- Transformer TR1, inductors L1 and L2, diodes CR20 to CR27,

capacitors C13 to C18 and C25 to C28, and resistors R52 to
R58, compose the various power supply circuits required for
the gyromagnetic compass.
- The flux valve compensation includes potentiometers R64, R66,

resistors R62, R63, R65, R67 to R71, capacitors C20 to C22
and diodes CR30 and CR31.
- Transistors Q19 to Q22, resistors R59 to R61, diodes CR28,

CR29, capacitors C19, C23, C24, C29, C30, and inductor L3
compose the elevation amplifier.
- Fast resetting control is achieved by push-button S1.
(b) Circuit No. 1 (versions C, D, E and F) (figure 108).
It includes the same electronic components as circuit No. 1

(a); resistor R52 is suppressed and replaced by a short-cir-
cuit. The connector J1 which provides connection to the air-
craft mains is welded to the circuit board.
(c) Circuit No. 1 (versions K and L) (figure 109).
It includes the same electrical components as circuit No. 1

(a). Capacitor C31 and inductor L4 have been added for
achieving RMI suppression on helicopter, in conjunction with
SSB emission. Connector J1, providing connection to the air-
craft mains, is welded to the circuit board. The fuse F1
ensures the protection of transformer TR1.
Page 7
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
1. C. (8) (d) Circuit No. 1 (versions G, H, M and N) (figure 114).
- Transformer TR1, inductors L1, L2, diodes CR1 to CR8, capaci-

tors C1 to C8 and resistors R1 and R2 compose the various
power supplies required for the gyromagnetic compass. In ver-
sions M and N, the protection of transformer TR1 is ensured
by fuse F1.
- The flux valve compensation includes potentiometers R14, R15,

resistors R8 to R13, R16 and R17, capacitors C11 to C13 and
diodes CR9 and CR10.
- Integrated circuit M1, transistors Q1 to Q4, resistors R3 to

R7 and diodes CR11 and CR12 compose the elevation amplifier.
- Fast resetting control is achieved by push-button S1, pro-

tected by the network made up of C10 and L3.
- Relay K1, driven by correct-operation + 28 V, changes the

elevation torque-motor current by shorting resistor R21.
- The deviation galvanometer output is protected by diodes CR13

and CR14.
(e) Circuit No. 1 (version J) (figure 115).
It is made up of the same electronic components as the version

G and H circuits, except for the following differences:
- The 2nd contact of relay K1 is used in the external

"INTERLOCK" circuit, through pins J1-j and J1-A of linking
connector.
- A diode CR15 protects relay K1.
(f) Circuit No. 1 (versions P, R, S and T) (figure 117).
Its is made up of the same electronic components as the ver-

sions M and N, except for the following differences:
- An overvoltage protection diode CR16 causes a short-circuit

across terminal J1-P and the structure in case of reversal of
115 V 400 Hz power supply and neutral.
- A diode CR15 protects relay K1.
Page 8
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
1. C. (8) (g) Circuit No. 2 (versions A to F, K and L) (figure 108).
- The first stage of the azimuth assembly driver is composed of

circuit Q23, resistors R1 to R3 and capacitors C1 and C3.
- Transistors Q1 to Q4, circuit Q24, resistors R7 to R22,

diodes CR1 to CR4 and capacitor C3 compose the second stage:
800 Hz demodulator - DC amplifier.
- The third stage, variable gain output DC amplifier, includes

circuit Q25, transistors Q5 to Q11, resistors R23 to R34,
diodes CR5 to CR7 and capacitors C2 and C7.
- Transistors Q12 - Q13, resistors R35 to R38, diodes CR8 to

CR12 and capacitors C8 and C10 establish the gyromagnetic
compass time delay.
- The deviation detector, as well as the slow reset locking

system are composed of circuit Q26, transistors Q14, Q15,
resistors R39 to R45, R75 to R83, diodes CR15 to CR18, CR35,
CR36 and capacitor C9.
- The COMPASS VALIDITY signal is elaborated by transistors Q16

to Q18, resistors R46 to R51 and diode CR19.
- Smoothing capacitors C11 and C12 are incorporated in the

± 15 V power supply of circuits Q23 to Q25.
(h) Circuit No. 2 (versions G to J, M and N) (figure 115).
The deviation detector includes an additional capacitor, C13.
(i) Circuit No. 2 (versions P, R, S and T) (figure 117).
The deviation detector also includes a relay, K1 controlled by

the "LANDING GEAR" (retracted or extended) contact.
Page 9
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
2. Operation.
Note: The values given in this chapter must not be taken into account for
the qualification of equipment. Refer to the "TESTING AND TROUBLE-
SHOOTING" chapter.
A. General.
Operation of the type 130 gyromagnetic compass is described from an
overall point of view in the first paragraph, where the various
operating phases are mentioned and the system features defined; thereaf-
ter, each phase or feature is dealt with in detail.
B. Operating principle (figure 9).
A magnetic sensor detects the horizontal component of the earth's
magnetic field. This information is compared to heading data supplied by
a directional gyroscope. From the detected deviation, an adequate servo
system aligns the directional heading to the magnetic information, per-
manently and automatically. This process allows the magnetic sensor to
be located away from the disturbing fields, and a stabilizing unit
(directional gyroscope) to be installed between the sensor unit and the
magnetic compass. This directional gyroscope averages the indications in
straight flight and corrects "North Change" effects in turns.
In versions G, H, J, M, N, P, R, S and T (refer to figure 10), the auto-
matic gyromagnetic operation may be complemented, depending on the
selected interconnection:
- By a directional mode in course indicator, especially for high lati-
tudes or as a standby of the principal function.
- By a heading display system, through a LH-RH key which allows
aligning the compass heading outputs to a selected heading or to the
local magnetic reference, by means of the synchronization signal
which characterizes the GM-MC deviation.
- By a drift correction device which allows correcting the vertical
component of earth's rotation and the gyroscope intrinsic drift.
- By a device which allows suppressing the rapid erection timing,
through the "off" contact of the retracted landing gear (versions P,
R, S and T).
C. General operation.
The operation of the directional gyroscope is conventional. The gyro
wheel is driven in rotation at 23,000 rpm by an asynchronous two-phase
motor.
Operation includes two sequences:
- A start-up sequence.
- A normal operation sequence.
As the start-up sequence is rather short, normal operation will be
described first.
Page 10
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
2. C. (1) Normal operation.

Once the start-up sequence is completed, the plane defined by the
gyro wheel rotation axis and the shafts of the elevation gimbal is
perpendicular to the azimuth axis, and the directional information
is lined up to the magnetic heading reference.
Thus, in normal operation, the position of the elevation gimbal
with respect to the azimuth axis must be monitored, and the posi-
tion given by directional information with respect to the magnetic
reference must be controlled.
(2) Elevation gimbal monitoring.
Due to mechanical imperfections resulting from manufacturing
(frictions, etc.), the gyroscope always more or less precesses in
elevation, i.e. about axis E.
Elevation servo-control is designed for preventing this phenomenon.
It keeps the elevation gimbal axis orthogonal to the azimuth axis.
This servo-control is achieved as described below:
For versions A to F, K and L:
A mercurial level located on the elevation gimbal detects when the
latter is horizontal, and drives the amplifier. The amplifier out-
put voltage is applied to the control phase of the elevation
torque-motor whose fixed phase is energized through phase-shifting
capacitors C23, C24 by the 115 V 400 Hz source.
For versions G to J, M, N, P, R, S and T:
An optronic sensor located on the azimuth gimbal detects the eleva-
tion gimbal horizontal position and drives an amplifier. The ampli-
fier output voltage is applied to the control phase of the eleva-
tion torque-motor whose fixed phase is energized through phase-
shifting capacitor C2 by the 115 V 400 Hz source.
The elevation torque-motor, located on the azimuth gimbal shaft,
drives the elevation gimbal in precession, until the sensor switch
opens. The amplifier drives the torque-motor in phase opposition;
the elevation gimbal tilts again, until the sensor switch closes,
and conversely. The torque-motor is always actuated, alternately in
one direction or the other.
(3) Gyromagnetic heading monitoring.
Gyromagnetic heading monitoring is intended for slow re-alignment
of the gyroscope to the magnetic North detected by a flux valve.
The alignment is achieved by driving the gyroscope into precession
about the azimuth axis, through the control of a torque-motor by a
signal indicating the deviation between directional heading and
magnetic heading.
Page 11
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
2. C. (3) This deviation signal is picked up across the rotor of the synchro-
detector A, coupled mechanically to the azimuth shaft through a
drive gear, and electrically to a flux valve. The signal detected
at 800 Hz is pre-amplified, demodulated, then amplified. It drives
a DC torque-motor mounted on the elevation shaft. This motor in-
duces a torque on the elevation shaft, which imparts a motion to
the azimuth gimbal tending to cancel the deviation.
As the servo-control rate is limited to 2° 36 minutes of arc per

minute of time in normal operation, gyroscope resetting is slow
enough for the disturbances introduced in the flux valves by air-
craft motions not to have any detectable influence on the gyro-
magnetic heading reference.
Correct operation of the heading monitoring system can be displayed

on an external magnetic deviation indicator. This display cor-
responds to the level of the demodulated 800 Hz voltage, as
measured by a centre-zero galvanometer.
(4) Start-up and automatic resetting sequence.
When it is switched on, the gyroscope adopts any position. Hence,

the directional heading does not match the magnetic one. It must be
quickly and automatically aligned, when the gyro wheel has reached
its normal spinning rate.
On the other hand, thanks to the gyroscope fundamental principle,

the elevation gimbal sets to the horizontal, without any need for
external action.
Fifteen seconds after start-up, and whenever the deviation of the

direction heading with respect to the magnetic one exceeds 5°, the
azimuth torque-motor is energized for fast resetting at a rate of
about 52°/min. When the deviation does not exceed 4°, and after a
10-second time lag, the servo-control system is switched back to
locked slow resetting; the lock can be removed only by depressing
the fast resetting push-button.
For versions P, R, S and T, a "L/G retracted" contact allows,

during flight, rapid erection timing to be inhibited at initial
resetting.
(5) Magnetic compensation.
The flux valve is subject to stray fields induced by the magnetic

metal parts and the high-current electric lines.
A compensation device, which can be accessed on one wall of the

electronic unit, is used to remedy this disturbance.
Page 12
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
2. C. (5) Compensation takes place in two steps:
- The first one consists in a mechanical adjustment of the aircraft

longitudinal axis, to be performed on the flux valve.
- The second one consists in setting the semi-circular error correc-

tion on the "N-S" and "E-W" potentiometers.
The operation of these potentiometers results in adequate voltage

levels being injected in the flux valve sensing windings.
D. Detailed operation of the electronic circuitry (figures 105, 108 and

109) (versions A to F, K and L).
(1) Gyromagnetic compass power supply.
The various AC and DC voltages required for gyromagnetic compass

operation are generated by circuit No. 1 of the electronic assem-
bly, from 115 V 400 Hz supply delivered by the aircraft mains on
connector J1 (pin N (H), pin P (C)).
Versions K and L include a 0.5 A fuse F1, for transformer protec-

tion.
The transformer TR1, supplied with 115 V 400 Hz (terminals 8 and

9), generates five AC voltages:
- 23.5 V 400 Hz, for energizing the flux valve, across terminals 3
and 1.
- A supply voltage for the + 28 V rectifying and regulating circuit,

across terminals 3, 5 and 1.
- A supply voltage for the ± 15 V rectifying and regulating circuit,

- A ± 12 V full-wave rectified supply voltage, toward the elevation

and azimuth amplifiers.
- A voltage for elevation amplifier control.
(a) The 23.5 V 400 Hz voltage for flux valve supply is available on
terminals B (H) and A (C) of connector J1.
(b) The + 28 V voltage for the supply of the time delay, deviation
detector, lock and compass enable circuits is elaborated from
the AC voltage delivered by winding 3-1 of transformer TR1. This
voltage is rectified by diodes CR20 and CR21, then smoothed by
capacitors C17 and C18.
Page 13
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
2. D. (1) (c) The ± 15 V DC voltages intended for energizing the compensation

system and integrated circuits Q23, Q24 and Q25, are generated
from the AC voltage delivered by windings 6-5 and 2 of trans-
former TR1. This voltage is rectified by diodes CR22 to CR27
and smoothed by resistors R53, R54 and capacitors C13, C15.
These voltages are available across terminals 5 (+ 15 V) and 14
(- 15 V) of terminals boards TB4 and TB5.
(d) The ± 12 V full-wave rectified voltage driving the elevation and

azimuth amplifiers is generated from the AC voltage delivered by
windings 6 and 2 of transformer TR1.
Rectification is carried out by the diodes bridge CR22 to CR25

and the voltage is available across terminals 7 (+ 12 V) and 12
(e) The elevation amplifier control AC voltages are taken from ter-
minals 3 and 1 of transformer TR1.
The fixed phase of the elevation torque-motor is supplied with

the AC voltage, 115 V 400 Hz (H), taken on terminal 4 of trans-
former TR1, through phase-shifting capacitors C23, C24. This
voltage is available on terminal 25 of connector J2 (versions A
and B) or on terminal 11 (versions C, D, E, F, K, L).
(2) Start-up sequence.
(a) 15-second time delay.
The time delay which controls the start-up sequence is intended

for energizing the azimuth torque-motor for 15 seconds, from
switch on time, in slow reset rate; this is intended for
limiting the gyro wheel nutation.
From switch on time, transistor Q12, which is connected as an

integrator, keeps transistor Q13 off. The transistors Q14, of
the deviation circuit, Q15, which controls the azimuth ampli-
fier, and Q16, of the compass enable circuit, are saturated by
diodes CR10, CR11 and CR12. Capacitor C8 charges, when the
voltage level across its terminals is high enough, i.e. after
15 seconds, Q12 saturates. CR9 diode Zener voltage is reached
and transistor Q13 becomes saturated.
Transistor Q15 is off and Q5, the transistor which controls the
third stage of the variable gain DC amplifier, is off, and it
switches the amplifier from slow resetting rate to fast reset-
ting rate.
Page 14
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
2. D. (2) (b) Deviation detection and time delay.

Transistor Q14 of the deviation detector is mounted as Miller
integrator, and during the first 15-second sequence, it is
saturated by diode CR12. At the end of the first sequence,
transistor Q13 is saturated and capacitor C9 is discharged.
As long as the azimuth signal level on the output of integrated
circuit Q23 does not drop below the preset threshold, transis-
tor Q14 remains saturated by R39, CR15 and R41. As transistor
Q15 is off, diode CR13 is ineffective. From the time when the
threshold is reached, i.e. deviation between directional
heading and magnetic heading larger than 5°, collector voltage
on transistor Q14 increases linearly as a function of the time
constant C9-R41.
When the Zener voltage of diode CR18 is reached, transistor
Q15, biased by diode CR18 and resistor R44, becomes saturated
about 12 seconds after the first 15-second time delay. This
system is required and enough for clearing the azimuth gimbal
from the 180° ± 5° area.
Locking of the deviation detector circuit is achieved by cir-
cuit Q26 at the time when transistor Q15 is saturated. The
deviation signal, whatever its level, does not affect the state
of transistor Q14 any more.
Once transistors Q15, Q5, Q6, Q9 are saturated, the amplifier
energizes the torque-motor in slow resetting rate.
(c) Compass enable.
During the first timing sequence, between 0 and 15 seconds,
transistor Q16 is saturated by conduction of diode CR10, then
during the second sequence by resistors R45 and R46. Transis-
tors Q17 and Q18 are off, and terminal K of connector J1 is at
level 0 V, which means that the gyromagnetic compass informa-
tion cannot be used.
Once the time delays have elapsed and the gyromagnetic compass
is aligned, transistor Q15 is saturated, which turns off tran-
sistor Q16 and makes transistors Q17 and Q18 conductive. Com-
pass enable + 28 V signal is available on terminal K of connec-
tor J1.
(d) Elevation amplifier.
Servo-control of the elevation gimbal with respect to the azi-
muth gimbal vertical axis is performed by means of a mercurial
level which, through an amplifier, drives a correction torque-
motor mounted on the compass azimuth shaft. The torque-motor
drives the elevation gimbal in precession, in a direction oppo-
site to that of the detected deviation.
Page 15
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
2. D. (2) (d) The pendulum-type level switch is inserted in one branch of a

resistor bridge R55, R56, R57 biasing a push-pull amplifier.
When the level switch is closed, biasing is such that transis-

tors Q19, Q20, Q21 and Q22 apply to the torque-motor a voltage
in phase with the 115 V 400 Hz supply.
The torque-motor operates until the level switch on the eleva-

tion gimbal opens. Transistors Q19 to Q22 deliver a voltage to
the torque-motor in phase opposition with the 115 V 400 Hz sup-
ply. The rotation of the torque-motor is reversed with respect
to the foregoing sequence, and it operates until the level
switch opens, and so on.
The elevation torque-motor fixed phase is powered by the 115 V

400 Hz supply, through capacitors C23 and C24, which introduces
the 90° phase shift required for correct operation.
(e) Azimuth amplifier.
Gyromagnetic heading monitoring is intended for slowly

restoring the alignment of the gyroscope to the magnetic North
detected by the flux valve.
The 800 Hz signal detected by the flux valve is fed, through

capacitors C20, C21 and C22, to the synchro-detector A stator
which is mechanically coupled to the azimuth shaft.
The 800 Hz voltage collected on the synchro-detector rotor,

whose level is proportional to the deviation between the North,
detected by the flux valve, and the gyroscope heading, is sent
to the servo-control amplifier.
The signal drives "non inverting" input 3 of integrated circuit

Q23 which composes the preamplifier.
The amplifier second stage is a balanced demodulator, composed

of four chopper transistors, driven by two square-wave signals
one of which is in phase with the 115 V 400 Hz mains supply
whereas the other one is phase-shifted by + 90°. The first con-
trol signal is generated from the 23 V 400 Hz AC voltage; it is
chopped at diode CR3, CR4 Zener voltages and biases transistors
Q2 and Q4. The second control signal comes from the 115 V
400 Hz AC voltage; it is phase-shifted by + π/2 through the
resistors network R15, R16, R17, R84 and through capacitors C4,
C5; it is chopped by diodes CR1, CR2 and it biases transistors
Q1 and Q3.
Page 16
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
2. D. (2) (e) Whenever the control signals are positively or negatively coin-
cident, the chopper transistors are turned off. The 400 Hz
demodulated signal is then sent to "inverting" input 2 of cir-
cuit Q24, where it is amplified.
At the output of amplifier Q24, the signal integrated by

capacitor C6 and limited by resistor R22 constitutes a DC level
proportional to the deviation of the azimuth gimbal position
with respect to the magnetic heading.
The amplifier third stage includes and integrated circuit Q25

and a push-pull transistor stage which can take any of two
states, depending whether transistor Q5 is saturated or not.
Thus, the azimuth torque-motor is controlled either in fast
speed, during the time delay period, when the compass is not
aligned and during manual resetting, or in slow speed during
normal operation.
In normal operation, between 0 and 15 seconds, then after the

second time delay and when the gyromagnetic compass is aligned,
transistor Q15 is saturated, which also saturates transistors
Q6 and Q9. Since transistors Q7 and Q8 are saturated by the
signal delivered by integrated circuit Q25, the DC torque-motor
is energized in slow resetting mode for a speed of
2° ± 48'/min.
The fast resetting rate is effective after the first time delay
sequence, whenever the deviation exceeds 5°, and in conjunction
with manual resetting. In this status, transistors Q15, Q6, Q9
are off, and transistors Q7, Q8, Q10 and Q11 are saturated. The
DC amplifier gain increases and alignment to the magnetic
heading is performed at the high speed.
(f) Flux valve compensation.
The information supplied by the flux valve also contains errors

induced by stray magnetic fields.
Magnetic compensation of the flux valve is achieved by means of

two potentiometers, namely: R64 (N-S) and R66 (E-W), whose con-
trols can be seen on the base.
One of the potentiometers performs the correction along the

North-South axis (R64), whereas the other one works along the
East-West axis (R66). They act by superimposing a DC voltage to
the AC voltage delivered by the flux valve. Both potentiometers
are supplied with ± 15 V taken from the electronic unit power
supply.
Page 17
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
2. D. (2) (f) During adjustment, thanks to the resistors bridge R62, R63,
R65, R67, R68, R69, R70, the two potentiometers inject the cor-
rective voltages into the flux valve windings.
E. Detailed operation of the electronic circuitry (figures 114, 115 and

117) (versions G, H, J, M, N, P, R, S and T).
(1) Gyromagnetic compass power supply.
The various AC and DC voltages required for gyromagnetic compass

operation are generated by circuit No. 1 of the electronic assem-
bly, from 115 V 400 Hz supply delivered by the aircraft mains on
connector J1 (pin N (H), pin P (C)).
Versions M, N, P, R, S and T include a 0.5 A fuse F1, for trans-

former protection. The transformer, TR1, supplied with 115 V 400 Hz
(terminals 8 and 9), generates five AC voltages:
- 23.5 V 400 Hz, for energizing the flux valve, across terminals 9
and 10.
- A supply voltage for the + 28 V rectifying and regulating circuit,
- A supply voltage for the ± 15 V rectifying and regulating circuit,
- A ± 11.5 V full-wave rectified supply voltage, toward the eleva-
tion and azimuth amplifiers, and toward connector J1 for external
use.
- A voltage for elevation amplifier control.
(a) The 23.5 V 400 Hz voltage for flux valve supply is available on
terminals B (H) and A (C) of connector J1.
(b) The + 28 V voltage for the supply of the time delay, deviation
detector, lock and compass enable circuits is elaborated from
the AC voltage delivered by winding 3-1 of transformer TR1. This
voltage is rectified by diodes CR1 and CR6, then smoothed by
capacitors C4 and C6.
(c) The ± 15 V voltages intended for energizing the compensation

system and integrated circuits M1, Q23 to Q26, are generated
from the AC voltage delivered by windings 6-5 and 2 of trans-
former TR1. This voltage is rectified by diodes CR2 to CR5, CR7,
CR8, and smoothed by resistors R1, R2 and capacitors C7, C8.
These voltages are available across terminals 5 (+ 15 V) and 14
Page 18
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
2. E. (1) (d) The ± 11.5 V full-wave rectified voltage driving the elevation
and azimuth amplifiers is generated from the AC voltage
delivered by windings 6 and 2 of transformer TR1.
Rectification is carried out by the diode bride CR2 to CR5 and

the voltage is available across terminals 7 (+) and 12 (-) of
terminals boards TB4 and TB5.
(e) The elevation amplifier control AC voltages are taken from ter-
minals 3 and 1 of transformer TR1.

the AC voltage, 115 V 400 Hz (H), taken on terminal 4 of trans-
former TR1, through phase-shifting capacitor C2. This voltage
is available on terminal 11 of connector J2.
(2) Start-up sequence.
(a) 15-second time delay.
The time delay which controls the start-up sequence is intended

for energizing the azimuth torque-motor for 15 seconds, from
switch one time, in slow reset speed; this is intended for
limiting the gyro wheel nutation.
From switch on time, transistor Q12, which is connected as an

integrator, keeps transistor Q13 off. The transistors Q14, of
the deviation circuit, Q15, which controls the azimuth ampli-
fier, and Q16, of the compass enable circuit, are saturated by
diodes CR10, CR11 and CR12. Capacitor C8 charges, when the
voltage level across its terminals is high enough, i.e. after
15 seconds, Q12 saturates. CR9 diode Zener voltage is reached
and transistor Q13 becomes saturated.
Transistor Q15 is off and Q5, the transistor which controls the
third stage of the variable gain DC amplifier, is off, and it
switches the amplifier from slow resetting speed to fast reset-
ting speed.
(b) Deviation detection and time delay.
Transistor Q14 of the deviation detector is mounted as Miller

integrator, and during the first 15-second sequence, it is
saturated by diode CR12. At the end of the first sequence,
transistor Q13 is saturated and capacitor C9 is discharged.
Page 19
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
2. E. (2) (b) As long as the azimuth signal level on the output of integrated
circuit Q23 does not drop below the preset threshold, transis-
tor Q14 remains saturated by R39, CR15 and R41. As transistor
Q15 is off, diode CR13 is ineffective. From the time when the
threshold is reached, i.e. deviation between directional
heading and magnetic heading larger than 5°, collector voltage
on transistor Q14 increases linearly as a function of the time
constant C9-R41. When the Zener voltage of diode CR18 is
reached, transistor Q15, biased by diode CR18 and resistor R44,
becomes saturated about 12 seconds after the first 15-second
time delay. This system is required and enough for clearing the
azimuth gimbal form the 180° ± 5° area. Locking of the devia-
tion detector circuit is achieved by circuit Q26 at the time
when transistor Q15 is saturated. The deviation signal, what-
ever its level, does not affect the state of transistor Q14 any
more.
Once transistors Q15, Q5, Q6, Q9 are saturated, the amplifier

energizes the torque-motor in slow resetting speed.
(c) Compass enable.
During the first timing sequence, between 0 and 15 seconds,

transistor Q16 is saturated by conduction of diode CR10, then
during the second sequence by resistors R45 and R46. Transis-
tors Q17 and Q18 are off, and terminal K of connector J1 is at
level 0 V, which means that the gyromagnetic compass informa-
tion cannot be used. During this period, relay K1 is in "REST"
position; the elevation amplifier current toward the torque-
motor is limited by resistor R21.
Once the time delays have elapsed and the gyromagnetic compass
is aligned, transistor Q15 is saturated, which turns off tran-
sistor Q16 and makes transistors Q17 and Q18 conductive. Com-
pass enable + 28 V signal is available on terminal K of connec-
tor J1. Relay K1 comes to "OPERATION" position, thus shorting
resistor R21, the elevation torque-motor is then normally ener-
gized.
In version J, an additional contact of relay K1, so-called

"INTERLOCK signal" ensures continuity across terminals A and j
of connector J1.
(d) Elevation amplifier.
The optronic sensor located on the azimuth gimbal delivers a

signal which indicates the direction of the deviation between
the horizontal plane and the plane defined by the elevation
gimbal rotation axes.
Page 20
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
2. E. (2) (d) This signal (or absence of signal) is applied to one input of
preamplifier M1. It is compared to the 400 Hz (23.5 V/180°).
The preamplifier delivers a 400 Hz voltage whose phase is 0° or
180°; this voltage is fed to the power amplifier composed of
transistors Q1 to Q3. The elevation torque-motor rotation
direction is such that the optronic coupler delivers an
inverted signal. The elevation gimbal is set into alternating
motion, whose amplitude is a few minutes of angle, on each side
of the horizontal; this improves the gyroscope performance.

the 115 V 400 Hz voltage phase, through capacitor C2, which
induces a 90° phase shift required for proper operation. The
current-limiting resistor R21 is introduced in the elevation
torque-motor control phase only during the start-up sequence,
before relay K1 is set to "OPERATION" position by the correct-
operation signal.
(e) Azimuth amplifier.
Gyromagnetic heading monitoring is intended for slowly

restoring the alignment of the gyroscope to the magnetic North
detected by the flux valve.
The 800 Hz signal detected by the flux valve is fed, through

capacitors C11, C12 and C13, to the synchro-detector A stator
which is mechanically coupled to the azimuth shaft.
The 800 Hz voltage collected on the synchro-detector rotor,

whose level is proportional to the deviation between the North,
detected by the flux valve, and the gyroscope heading, is sent
to the servo-control amplifier.
The signal drives "non inverting" input 3 of integrated circuit

Q23 which composes the preamplifier.
The amplifier second stage is a balanced demodulator, composed

of four chopper transistors, driven by two square-wave signals
one of which is in phase with the 115 V 400 Hz mains supply,
whereas the other one is phase-shifted by + 90°. The first con-
trol signal is generated from the 23 V 400 Hz AC voltage; it is
chopped at diode CR3, CR4 Zener voltages and biases transistors
Q2 and Q4. The second control signal comes from the 115 V
400 Hz AC voltage; it is phase-shifted by + π/2 through the
resistors network R15, R16, R17, R84 and through capacitors C4,
C5; it is chopped by diodes CR1, CR2 and it biases transistors
Q1 and Q3.
Page 21
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
2. E. (2) (e) Whenever the control signals are positively or negatively coin-
cident, the chopper transistors are turned off. The 400 Hz
demodulated signal is then sent to "inverting" input 2 of cir-
cuit Q24, where it is amplified.
At the output of amplifier Q24, the signal integrated by
capacitor C6 and limited by resistor R22 constitutes a DC level
proportional to the deviation of the azimuth gimbal position
with respect to the magnetic heading.
The amplifier third stage includes an integrated circuit Q25
and a push-pull transistor stage which can take any of two
states, depending whether transistor Q5 is saturated or not.
Thus, the azimuth torque-motor is controlled either in fast
speed, during the time delay period, when the compass is not
aligned or during manual resetting, or in slow speed during
normal operation.
In normal operation, between 0 and 15 seconds, then after the
second time delay and when the gyromagnetic compass is aligned,
transistor Q15 is saturated, which also saturates transistors
Q6 and Q9. Since transistors Q7 and Q8 are saturated by the
signal delivered by integrated circuit Q25, the DC torque-motor
is energized in slow resetting mode for a speed of
2° ± 48'/min.
The fast resetting speed is effective after the first time
delay sequence, whenever the deviation exceeds 5°, and in con-
junction with manual resetting. In this status, transistors
Q15, Q6, Q9 are off, and transistors Q7, Q8, Q10 and Q11 are
saturated. The DC amplifier gain increases and alignment to the
magnetic heading is performed at the high speed.
(f) Flux valve compensation.
The information supplied by the flux valve also contains errors
induced by stray magnetic fields.
Magnetic compensation of the flux valve is achieved by means of
two potentiometers, namely R15 or R64 (N-S) and R14 or R66
(E-W), whose controls can be seen on the base.
One of the potentiometers performs the correction along the
North-South axis, whereas the other one works along the East-
West axis. They act by superimposing a DC voltage to the AC
voltage delivered by the flux valve. Both potentiometers are
supplied with ± 15 V taken from the electronic unit power
supply.
During adjustment, thanks to the resistors bridge R8 to R13,
R16, R17, the two potentiometers inject the corrective voltages
into the flux valve windings.
Page 22
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
Figure 1
Dimensions
Versions A and B
Page 23
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
Figure 2
Dimensions
Versions C, D, E and F
Page 24
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
Figure 3
Dimensions
Versions M and N
Page 25
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
Figure 4
Dimensions
Version J
Page 26
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
Figure 5
Dimensions
Versions K and L
Page 27
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
Figure 6
Dimensions
Versions G and H
Page 28
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
Figure 7
Dimensions
Versions P, R, S and T
Page 29
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
BLANK
Page 30
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
Figure 8
Composition
Pages 31/32
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
Figure 9
Schematic diagram
Versions A to F, K and L
Pages 33/34
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
Figure 10
Schematic diagram
Versions G, H, J, M, N, P, R, S and T
Pages 35/36
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
Figure 11
Electrical diagram
Versions A and B
Pages 37/38
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
Figure 12
Electrical diagram
Versions C, D, E, F, K and L
Pages 39/40
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
Figure 13
Electrical diagram
Versions G, H, M and N
Pages 41/42
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
Figure 14
Electrical diagram
Version J
Pages 43/44
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
Figure 15
Electrical diagram
Pages 45/46
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
TESTING AND TROUBLE-SHOOTING
1. General.
Unless otherwise specified, all adjustments and tests are performed under
a pressure ranging from 860 to 1060 hPa., at a temperature of 20°C ± 5°C,
and 75 % relative humidity, as a maximum; the equipment must be placed in
normal operating position.
Test description is broken down into three paragraphs:
- The first one describes the electrical operation tests for the assembly
appear as a non-specific procedure, along with trouble-shooting graphs.
These tests, carried out as per the shown sequence allow either deter-
mining the condition of a piece of equipment which was taken out of
service or checking that assembly has been properly executed, after
replacement of a defective component.
- The second one, which has the same overall aspect as that devoted to the
assembly tests deals with the electronic part, including the circuit
adjustments.
- The third one relates to the adjustments to be performed after assembly

or after a defective component has been replaced in the gyroscopic part
whose cover has been removed, and which is electrically connected to the
electronic circuits of boards No. 1 (TB4) and No. 2 (TB5).
Note: In case of check using SFIM's type SAMPAN automatic bench, refer to
the operator's manual for the maintenance resources and equipment.
Page 101
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
2. Inspection of the closed gyromagnetic compass (figures 101 to 103A).

A. Required equipment.
- Megohmmeter, 45 V DC.
- Detection synchro-transmitter analyzers, or angular position indica-

tor.
- Torque-type synchro-transmitter analyzers, or angular position indi-

cator.
- Flux valve simulator, P/N 199-27028-008.
- AC power supply, 400 Hz 115 V and 26 V.
- Digital multimeters.
- Stop-watch with an one-second accuracy.
- Biased capacitors 82 microF, 40 V.
- Resistor 1500 ohms, 1/2 W, ± 5 %.
- Resistor 680 ohms, 1/2 W, ± 5 %.
- Resistors 100 ohms, 1/2 W, ± 5 %.
- "SCORSBY" type oscillating table for combined roll, pitch and yaw
sinewave motions, with the following characteristics:
Oscillation frequency: 5 to 7 per minute.
Amplitude: 7° to 8°.
Reversal of rotation direction every minute.
Support for adaptation to

oscillating table: P/N 461-65167-000.
Page 102
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
2. B. Test procedure
Page 103
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
Gyroscopic part Cut-off and

Insulation NO
wiring fault remove
resistance
gyroscopic part
YES
Electronic part Cut-off and

wiring fault remove
electronic boards
Page 104
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
2. B. (1) Insulation resistance.

(a) On connector J1, connect between them:
− All pins (versions A to N)
− Pins T, U, V, W, X, Y, Z, a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, (versions P to T).
(b) With a megohmmeter, measure the insulation resistance between

the connected pins and the casing ground.
(c) The read insulation resistance shall be greater than 20 Megohms
under 45 V DC.
(2) Test set-up implementation.
Versions B, D, F, H, L, M, P and S.
(a) Connect a detection synchro-transmitter analyzer as follows:
J1-d (H)
J1-e (C)
J1-g (X) Output B
J1-h (Y)
J1-f (Z)
(b) Connect two torque-type synchro-transmitter analyzers as fol-
lows:
J1-Y (H) J1-T (H)
J1-Z (C) J1-U (C)
J1-b (X) Output C J1-W (X) Output D
J1-c (Y) J1-X (Y)
J1-a (Z) J1-V (Z)
Versions A, C, E, G, J, K, N, R and T.
(c) Connect two detection synchro-transmitters analyzers as follows:
J1-d (H) J1-Y (H)
J1-e (C) J1-Z (C)
J1-g (X) Output B J1-b (X) Output C
J1-h (Y) J1-c (Y)
J1-f (Z) J1-a (Z)
(d) Connect a torque-type synchro-transmitter analyzer as follows:
J1-T (H)
J1-U (C)
J1-W (X) Output D
J1-X (Y)
J1-V (Z)
Page 105
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
2. B. (2) (e) The 26 V 400 Hz supply fed to the synchro-transmitter analyzers

must be in phase with the 115 V 400 Hz single-phase gyro-
magnetic compass power supply.
(f) Synchro-transmitter analyzers with a resolutive power equal to

2' must be used.
(g) Connect a flux valve simulator set to 0° across pins:
J1-B (H) J1-B (H)

J1-A (C) J1-P (C)
J1-E (X) Versions A to H J1-E (X) Version J
J1-F (Y) K to T J1-F (Y)
J1-D (Z) J1-D (Z)
J1-C ground J1-C ground
(h) Connect a 1500 ohms, 1/2 W, ± 5 % resistor across pins J1-J and
J1-G (galvanometer output).
(i) Step suppressed .
(j) On the gyromagnetic compass, set N-S and E-W potentiometers to

centre position at 0°.
(k) Place the gyromagnetic compass onto a surface plate or horizon-

tal table (within ± 30 minutes of the horizontal).
(l) Connect a multimeter (V1), set to DC voltage function and 0-30 V

range, across the 1500 ohms resistor connected to terminals
J1-K (H) and J1-P (C) (VALIDITY + 28 V).
(m) Connect another multimeter (V2), set to DC voltage function and

0.3 V range, across the 1500 ohms resistor connected to termi-
nals J1-J (H) and J1-G (C) (galvanometer output) or J1-P (C) for
versions P, R, S and T.
(n) On versions G, H, M, J, P, R, S and T, connect pins J1-L and

J1-M (GYROMAGNETIC function).
(p) Step suppressed

(q) Step suppressed
Page 106
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
BLANK
Page 107
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
Consumption NO Gyroscopic Replace the

measurement part fault gyroscopic part
YES
Electronic Replace the

boards fault electronic
boards
Page 108
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
2. B. (3) Implementation - Consumption measurement.

(a) Feed a 115 V 400 Hz supply (as per AIR 2021E standard) to termi-
nals J1-N (H) and J1-P (C), and a 26 V 400 Hz supply to termi-
nals J1-d, J1-Y, J1-T (H) on the one hand, and J1-e, J1-Z,
J1-U (C) on the other hand.
(b) Measure consumption on 115 V 400 Hz supply for the first
30 seconds; current lower than 0.380 A.
(c) After 5 minutes of operation, measure consumption under normal
speed:
Current lower than 0.230 A.
A multimeter set to ammeter function and 0 - 0.5 A range shall
be used.
Page 109
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
Correct Gyroscopic Replace the

operation NO gyroscopic
part fault
signal part
YES

boards
Page 110
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
2. B. (4) Correct operation signal.

(a) After 3 minutes 30 seconds of operation, the voltmeter V1 indi-
cates a DC voltage level in excess of 24 V.
(b) On version J, check for continuity between pin J1-A and pin J1-j
(INTERLOCK signal).
Page 111
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
Fast Gyroscopic Replace the

azimuth resetting NO gyroscopic
speed part fault
part
YES

boards
Page 112
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
2. B. (5) Measurement of the fast azimuth resetting speed.

(a) Allow the gyromagnetic compass to operate for at least
15 minutes.
(b) Offset the flux valve simulator by 160° toward increasing
headings.
(c) Depress push-button S1, located on the compass base for
5 seconds.
(d) The synchro-transmitter analyzer B moves towards increasing
headings.
(e) Measure the time elapsed between the moment when the pointer
shows 10° and the moment when it shows 150°; this time must be
shorter than 1 minute 40 seconds.
(f) Set the flux valve simulator to 0°.
(g) Depress push-button S1, located on the compass base for
5 seconds.
(h) The synchro-transmitter analyzer B moves towards decreasing
headings.
(i) Measure the time elapsed between the moment when the pointer
shows 150° and the moment when it shows 10°; this time must be
shorter than 1 minute 40 seconds.
(k) Offset the flux valve simulator by 30° towards increasing

headings and depress push-button S1, located on the compass base
for 5 seconds.
(l) After 20 seconds, record synchro-transmitter analyzer B reading.
The value shall not exceed 1°.
(m) Step suppressed.
Page 113
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
Azimuth Gyroscopic Replace the

NO gyroscopic
monitoring part fault
speed part
YES

boards
Page 114
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
2. B. (6) Measurement of the gyroscope azimuth monitoring speed.

(a) Offset the gyromagnetic compass by 29° towards increasing
headings, value read on synchro analyzer B.
(b) The synchro-transmitter analyzer B indicates 29°.
(c) The synchro-transmitter analyzer B comes back to decreasing
headings.
(d) Measure the time elapsed from the moment when the pointer shows
25° to the moment when it shows 20°, perform the same measure-
ments for the 20° and to 15°, to 15° and to 10° intervals. All
three values must be within 1 minute 55 seconds and 3 minutes
34 seconds.
(e) Wait until the moment where the gyromagnetic compass is aligned.
The synchro-transmitter analyzer B indications are lined up to
those of the flux valve.
(f) Perform the aforesaid operations once more, after offsetting the
gyromagnetic compass to 331° towards decreasing headings.
(g) The same tolerances apply to the monitoring speed.
Page 115
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
Gyroscopic Replace the

Repeatability NO gyroscopic
part fault
tests part
YES
Page 116
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
2. B. (7) Repeatability tests.

(a) Offset the gyromagnetic compass by 2° towards increasing
headings, value read on synchro analyzer B.
(b) Synchro-transmitter analyzer B shows 2°.
(c) Allow the compass to restore alignment, and record the dis-
crepancy between the information supplied by the synchro-
transmitter analyzer B and flux valve simulator information. The
discrepancy must be smaller than 48'.
(d) Repeat the aforesaid steps, after shifting the gyromagnetic com-
pass to 358° towards decreasing heading.
(e) The discrepancy tolerances are identical.
(f) Set the flux valve simulator to 90°.
(g) Depress push-button S1, located on the compass base, and wait
for alignment of the synchro-transmitter analyzer B to the flux
valve simulator.
(h) Repeat the repeatability tests for 90° heading. The same
tolerances apply.
(i) Thereafter, perform the same test with the flux valve simulator
set to 180°, then to 270°. The same tolerances apply.
Page 117
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
Recopy Gyroscopic Replace the

NO gyroscopic
accuracy part fault
part
YES
Page 118
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
2. B. (8) Measurement of recopy accuracy.

(a) Set the flux valve simulator to 0°. Depress push-button S1,
located on the gyromagnetic compass base, and wait until syn-
chro-transmitter analyzers B, C and D are lined up to the flux
valve simulator indications. The permissible deviation shall not
exceed 1°.
(b) Offset the flux valve simulator by 30° towards increasing
headings.
(c) Depress push-button S1 on the compass base.
(d) Release S1 and wait for synchro-transmitter analyzers B, C and D
to be lined up with the flux valve simulator indications.
The deviation is smaller than or equal to 1°.
(e) Proceeding in this way, perform a recopy from 30° in 30° from 0°
at 360° increments, toward increasing heading, then repeat the
test towards decreasing headings, from 360° to 0°. The dis-
crepancy between the flux valve simulator and the three
analyzers must always be lower than 1°.
Page 119
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e

Compensation NO electronic
system boards fault
boards
YES
Page 120
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
2. B. (9) Check of the compensation system.

(a) Disconnect the flux valve simulator, and connect three 100 ohms,
1/2 W, ± 5 % resistors to terminals J1-D, J1-E and J1-F.
(b) Connect to each other the three free connector leads and connect
them to terminal J1-P (Y-connection).
(c) Make sure the potentiometer on the gyromagnetic compass is in
middle position and read DC voltage across terminals J1-E, J1-F
and J1-D on the one side, and cold point J1-P on the other side
(see table 101).
(d) Go on checking the voltages by setting the potentiometers alter-
nately to N, S, E and W positions, in accordance with the indi-
cations and tolerances stated in table 101. Once checking has
been completed, substitute the flux valve simulator to the three
resistors.
Potentiometer positions DC voltages
N/S E/W J1-E/J1-P J1-F/J1-P J1-D/J1-P
0 0 ≤ 5 mV ≤ 5 mV ≤ 5 mV
N O ≥ + 20 mV ≤ 5 mV ≥ + 9 mV
S O ≥ - 20 mV ≤ 5 mV ≥ - 9 mV
O E ≤ 5 mV ≤ 5 mV ≥ + 20 mV
O W ≤ 5 mV ≤ 5 mV ≥ - 20 mV
TABLE 101
Page 121
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
10

Deviation NO
detector
boards
YES
Page 122
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
2. B. (10) Check of the galvanometer output (deviation detector).

(a)On versions P, R, S and T, connect pins J1-G and J1-P
(LANDING GEAR CONTACT "ON")
(b) Set the flux valve simulator to 0°.
(c) Offset the gyromagnetic compass by 4° towards increasing
headings, with respect to the initial heading and read the value
on synchro-transmitter analyzer (axis B).
(d) Voltmeter V2 indicates a negative voltage of - 150 mV ± 30 mV.
(e) Offset the gyromagnetic compass by 4° towards decreasing
headings with respect to the initial heading and read the value
on synchro-transmitter analyzer (axis B).
(f) Voltmeter V2 indicates a positive voltage of + 150 mV ± 30 mV.
(g) Remove the 115 V 400 Hz supply fed to pins J1-N (H) and
J1-P (C), and wait for 10 minutes, for complete gyroscope stop,
before any further action.
(h)On versions P, R, S and T, disconnect pins J1-G and J1-P
(LANDING GEAR CONTACT "OFF")
Page 123
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
11
Precession Gyroscopic Replace the

NO gyroscopic
directional part fault
function part
YES
Page 124
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
2. B. (11) Directional function - Free precession in SCORSBY motions

(versions G, H, J, M, N, P, R, S and T).
(a) Install the gyroscopic compass onto an oscillating table, fitted
with support P/N 461-65167-000 and set to the horizontal ± 30'.
(b) Feed 115 V 400 Hz supply to terminals J1-N (H) and J1-P (C), and
wait for 15 minutes, to allow equipment warm up.
(c) Orient the flux valve simulator to zero; depress push-button S1,
located on compass base and wait for alignment of synchro-trans-
mitter analyzer B to flux valve simulator.
(d) Record analyzer B indication, and simultaneously remove the con-
nection between J1-M and J1-L; trip a stop-watch, tilt the table
and start it.
(e) After 10 minutes have elapsed, stop table motion, stop timing,
reset the table to its initial horizontal position; record syn-
chro-transmitter analyzer B indication. The difference between
readings corresponds to the gyroscope overall drift (intrinsic
drift + earth rotation at the measurement point latitude).
(f) Repeat the measurements along the other three orientations, 90°,
180° and 270°, then fill in the table below.
Orientation Drift Tolerance :
0° ---- DEG ---- min. t sin L ± 20°/h

or
90° ---- DEG ---- min. t = 15.0411°/h
(earth rotation)
180° ---- DEG ---- min. and
270° ---- DEG ---- min. L = measurement point

latitude.
(g) Restore the connection between J1-M and J1-L.
Page 125
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
12

LEFT-RIGHT NO electronic
function boards fault
boards
YES
Page 126
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
2. B. (12) Check of LEFT-RIGHT function (versions G, H, J, M, N, P, R, S and

T).
(a) Connect two 82 μF / 40 V biased capacitors to terminals S, P, R
of J1, as shown figures 102 and 103.
- Using a digital multimeter set to "DC voltmeter" function and
0-30 V range, measure the voltage level across pins J1-S (H)
and J1-P (C).
- Measured absolute voltage level: greater than 11.5 V.
Thereafter, repeat the measurement across terminals J1-R (H)
and J1-P (C).
- Measured absolute voltage level: greater than 11.5 V.
- Disconnect the two capacitors.
(b) After removing the link between J1-L and J1-M, connect pins J1-R
and J1-L and measure the heading display speed on the synchro-
transmitter analyzer B, toward increasing headings.
Time required for a 180° rotation: less than or equal to
2 minutes 30 seconds.
(c) Disconnect J1-R and J1-L and connect J1-S and J1-L. Information
is now rotating toward decreasing headings.
Measure the time required for a 180° rotation.
This time shall be less than or equal to 2 minutes 30 seconds.
Page 127
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
3. Electronic PC board tests and adjustments.

(Versions A and B: Figures 104 to 106).
(Versions C, D, E, F, K and L: Figures 107 to 110).
(Versions G, H, J, M and N: Figures 114 to 116).
(Versions P, R, S and T: Figures 113, 117 and 118).
A. Equipment required.
- Transport fixture P/N 461-65103-000.
- Flux valve simulator P/N 199-27028-008.
- Synchro-detector (CT) simulator P/N 199-27028-006.
- Resistors, 1500 ohms, 680 ohms, 2 Kohms and 10 Kohms (1/2 W, ± 5 %).
- Resistor, 100 ohms (3 W, ± 5 %).
- Resistors, 22 ohms and 2.2 Kohms (6,5 W, ± 5 %).
- Stop watch with a one-second accuracy.
- 45 V DC megohmmeter.
- 115 V 400 Hz, single-phase power supply.
- Dual trace oscilloscope.
Page 128
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
3. B. Test procedure
Page 129
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
NO TR1 insulation Replace

Insulation fault transformer TR1
YES
NO Continuity Reconnect
Continuity fault the circuit
YES
Replace printed
circuit on
board No. 1
Page 130
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
3. B. (1) Insulation - Continuity.

(a) Place the PC boards onto the transport fixture
P/N 461-65103-000.
(b) Using the megohmmeter, measure the insulating resistance between
the transformer TR1 fastening plugs and terminal J2-23
(versions A and B) or terminal J1-N (other versions).
This resistance must be in excess of 20 Mohms under 45 V DC.
(c) Using a multimeter, set to ohmmeter function, or a bell, check
the connector pins for continuity.
J1 J2 (Applicable to versions C to T)
c 6
R 23
S 19
T 21
U 27
V 29
W 26
X 24
Y 20
Z 18
a 12
b 8
d 4
e 25
f 28
g 22
h 16
Note: For versions P, R, S and T, do not apply voltage to the

diode CR16 connecting lug.
Page 131
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
BLANK
Page 132
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
3. B. (2) Test set-up implementation.
(a) Make the set-up shown on figure 104, for versions A and B.
(b) Make the set-up shown on figure 107, for versions C, D, E and F.
(c) Make the set-up shown on figure 111, for versions G, H, M and N,
that of figure 112 for version J and that of figure 113 for ver-
sions P, R, S and T.
(d) Set the simulators to zero.
(e) Energize the test set-up with the 115 V 400 Hz single-phase
power supply (AIR 2021E standard).
(f) For versions P, R, S and T, interconnect pins G to P through

"LANDING GEAR" contact.
Page 133
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
Check or
Consumption NO Consumption out
replace
≤ 0.250 A of tolerances
transformer TR1
YES
Check
the power
transistors
Page 134
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
3. B. (3) Consumption measurement.
(a) Apply a 115 V 400 Hz power supply and measure overall consump-
tion. The multimeter set to ammeter function and 0-0.5 A range
shall be used for this purpose.
The current recorded must be less than or equal to 0.250 A.
Page 135
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
Voltage NO Voltage out of Replace

23.5 V tolerances transformer TR1
YES
Page 136
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
3. B. (4) 23.5 V AC flux valve supply voltage.

(a) Using the multimeter set to AC voltage function and 0-30 V
range, make sure that the flux valve power supply voltage level
is 23.5 V. This measurement will be performed across terminals:
Versions A and B J2-22 (C) and J2-20 (H).
Versions C, D, E, F, G, H,
M, N, P, R, S and T J1-A (C) and J1-B (H).
Version J J1-P (C) and J1-B (H).
Tolerance: 23.5 Vrms ± 2.5 Vrms.
Page 137
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
Azimuth
torque-motor NO Gain out of
tolerances Adjust R31
signal small
gain
YES
Pre-amplifier Check or
fault replace Q23
Demodulator Check or
fault replace Q1 to Q4
DC amplifier Check or
fault replace Q24-Q25
Q5 to Q11
Rectified Check or
12 V power supply replace CR23
fault and CR24
Page 138
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
3. B. (5) Azimuth torque-motor signal - Small gain.

(a) Connect channel 1 of a dual-trace oscilloscope to the azimuth
amplifier output.
Versions A and B: J2-10 (H) and J2-19 (C).
Other versions: J2-15 (H) and J2-1 (C).
Channel 2 is connected to the 115 V 400 Hz reference supply.
(b) Offset the synchro-detector simulator by 8° clockwise and read
voltage level on channel 1.
Positive voltage: 0.250 V ± 0.050 V peak (double alternation).
See oscillograms on figures:
106 for versions A and B,
110 for versions C, D, E, F, K and L,
116 for versions G, H, J, M and N,
118 for versions P, R, S and T.
(c) Offset the synchro-detector simulator by 8° counter-clockwise
and read voltage level on channel 1.
Negative voltage: 0.250 V ± 0.050 V peak (double alternation).
(d) If required, adjust voltage level by means of R31.
Nominal value: 1 Kohm.
Adjustment range: from 900 ohms and 1.5 Kohm.
(e) After adjustment, check voltage levels again.
(f) Reset the simulator to zero.
Page 139
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
Azimuth
torque-motor NO Gain out of Adjust
signal large tolerances resistor R31
gain
YES
No switching Check or
to large gain replace Q15
or Q5-Q6-Q9
Page 140
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
3. B. (6) Azimuth torque-motor signal - Large gain.

(a) Offset the synchro-detector simulator by 8° clockwise and press
the fast resetting control on the test set-up or button S1 on PC
board No. 1.
(b) On oscilloscope channel 1, read the positive voltage of 18 V
± 2 V peak (double alternation).

(c) Offset the synchro-detector simulator by 8° counter-clockwise
and hold the fast resetting control.
(d) As in step (b), read the negative voltage; the value obtained
must be 18 V ± 2 V peak (double alternation).
(e) Reset the simulator to zero and disconnect the oscilloscope.
Page 141
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
Switching Check and match

NO Offset threshold transistors
threshold ± 4°
Q1-Q2 and Q3-Q5
YES
Threshold out of Check and
tolerances replace Q26
Check value
of resistor R75
Page 142
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
3. B. (7) Large gain/small gain switching threshold.

(a) Connect the multimeter, set to DC voltage function and 0-30 V,
range, to test point (j) (deviation detector test).
(b) The multimeter should read - 13 V ± 2 V.
(c) Rotate the simulator clockwise and record the value of the angle
at which the signal polarity reverses to + 13 V ± 2 V.
(d) Return the simulator to 0°; the multimeter should indicate
- 13 V ± 2 V.
(e) Rotate the simulator counter-clockwise and record the value of
the angle at which the signal polarity reverses to + 13 V ± 2 V.
(f) The switching angle must be included between 4° and 5°.
(g) Reset the simulator to zero and disconnect the multimeter.
Page 143
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
10-seconds NO Time lag out of Check and

time lag tolerances replace Q14
YES
Check and
replace C9
Time lag Check and

fault replace Q14
Versions P, R, S, T Check and

No fast erection replace
inhibition relay K1
Page 144
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
3. B. (8) 10-seconds time lag.

(a) Connect a multimeter V1, set to DC voltage function and 0-30 V
range, to terminals:
Versions P, R, S and T: J1-K (H) and J1-P (C).
Versions C to N: J1-K (H) and J1-G (C).
(b) Connect a multimeter V2, set to DC voltage function and 0-30 V
range to test point (J) (deviation detector test).
(c) Offset the synchro-detector simulator by 10° clockwise.
(d) Press "fast resetting" push-button on the test set-up.
V1 should indicate a voltage level lower than 1 V.
V2 should indicate a voltage level higher than 12 V.
(e) Return the simulator towards 0° position and trip a stop watch
at the time when V2 polarity reverses (from + to -).
(f) Stop timing when V1 indicates a positive voltage level in excess
of 20 V. The elapsed time must be 10 s ± 2 s.
(g) For versions P, R, S and T, disconnect J1-G and J1-P and when
the "fast resetting" push-button is released, voltage V1 indi-
cates a positive voltage higher than 20 V without timing (fast
erection inhibition).
- Reconnect J1-G and J1-P.
Page 145
SFIM AV 34/71-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
Time lag NO Time lag out of Adjust

15 ± 3 sec. tolerances resistor R35
YES
Check and replace
transistors
Q12 or Q13
Check and replace

diode CR9 or
capacitor C8
Time lag Check and replace

fault transistors
Q12 or Q13
Check and replace

diode CR9 or
capacitor C8
Page 146
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
3. B. (9) 15-second time lag.

(a) Connect a multimeter, set to DC voltage function and 0-30 V
range, to test point (B).
(b) Connect a multimeter, set to DC voltage function and 0-30 V
range, to test point (C).
(c) Offset the synchro-detector simulator by more than 20° clock-
wise.
(d) Switch off the 115 V 400 Hz test set-up power supply.
(e) Switch on the 115 V 400 Hz power supply and simultaneously trip
a stop watch.
(f) At energization, test point (B) indicates a voltage level lower
than 1 V and test point (C) shows a voltage level in excess of
12 V.
(g) After 15 s ± 3 s, test point (B) indicates a voltage level in
excess of 12 V and test point (C) shows a voltage level lower
than 1 V.
(h) If necessary, adjust by means of resistor R35, whose nominal
value is 120 Kohms and adjustment range 75 Kohms to 150 Kohms.
(i) Disconnect both multimeters and reset the simulator to 0°.
Page 147
SFIM AV 34/71-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
10
Galvanometer NO Output out of Adjust

output tolerances resistor R22
YES
Galvanometer Check and
output fault replace Q24
Page 148
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
3. B. (10) Deviation indicator or galvanometer output.

(a) Connect a multimeter, set to DC voltage function and 0-0.3 V
Versions P, R, S and T: J1-J (H) and J1-P (C).
Versions C to N: J1-J (H) and J1-G (C).
(b) Offset the synchro-transmitter simulator by 4° clockwise and
read the multimeter indication.
Voltage: - 0.150 V ± 0.020 V.
(c) Offset the synchro-transmitter simulator by 4° counter-clockwise
and read the multimeter indication.
Voltage: + 0.150 V ± 0.020 V.
(d) If necessary, adjust by means of resistor R22.
Nominal value: 27 Kohms.
Adjustment range: 24 Kohms to 39 Kohms.
(e) Reset the simulator to 0° and disconnect the multimeter.
Page 149
SFIM AV 34/71-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
11
Correct NO Check + 28 V
operation No signal supply at H
signal
YES
Check
transistors
Q16 to Q18
Check
diode CR19
INTERLOCK signal
(version J)
replace relay K1
Page 150
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
3. B. (11) Correct operation signal (+ 28 V DC VALID).

(a) Connect a multimeter, set to DC voltage function and 0-30 V
Versions P, R, S and T: J1-K (H) and J1-P (C).
Versions C to N: J1-K (H) and J1-G (C).
(b) The multimeter must indicate a positive voltage equal to 27.5 V
± 2.5 V.
(c) In version J, check the interlock by connecting a multimeter,

set to ohmmeter function, across pins J1-A and J1-j. The resis-
tance must be lower than 1 ohm.
Page 151
SFIM AV 34/71-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
12
Elevation Check
NO Voltage out of
amplifier varia- elevation
ble phase tolerances
amplifier
YES
Check and replace
transistors
Q19 to Q22
Check or
replace network
L6, C29, C30
Page 152
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
3. B. (12) Elevation amplifier - Variable phase (versions A to F, K and L).

(a) Connect channel 1 of a dual-trace oscilloscope to terminals:
Versions C, D, E, F, K and L: J1-L (H) and J1-G (C).
Channel 2 is connected to the 115 V 400 Hz reference voltage.
(b) The variable-phase signal is in phase opposition to the 400 Hz
reference and its peak-to-peak value is 38 V ± 4 V.
(c) Depress the elevation control push-button on the test set-up and
check the signal.
(d) The signal is in phase with the 400 Hz reference.
Versions A and B: Figure 106.
Versions C, D, E, F, K and L: Figure 110.
Page 153
SFIM AV 34/71-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
13
Elevation Voltage out of Check or replace

NO capacitors
amplifier fixed- tolerances
phase C23/C24
YES
Page 154
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
3. B. (13) Elevation amplifier - Fixed phase (versions A to F, K and L).

(a) Disconnect the oscilloscope and connect a multimeter, set to AC
voltage function and 0-30 V range, to terminals:
Versions C, D, E, F, K and L: J2-11 (H) and J2-1 (C).
(b) Read the voltage level. Its value must be 21 Vrms ± 2 Vrms.
(c) Disconnect the multimeter.
Page 155
SFIM AV 34/71-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
14
Elevation Voltage out of Check

amplifier varia- NO tolerances amplifier
ble phase
YES
Check or
replace
circuit M1
Check or replace
transistors
Q1 to Q4
Rate switching Check or

out of order replace
relay K1
Page 156
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
3. B. (14) Elevation amplifier - Variable phase (versions G, H, J, M, N, P, R,

S and T).
(a) Switch off the 115 V 400 Hz power supply, then set the flux
valve simulator to + 20° position.
(b) Connect channel 1 of a dual-trace oscilloscope to terminals:
J2-10 (H) and J2-1 (C), while channel 2 is connected to the
115 V 400 Hz reference voltage.
(c) Switch on the 115 V 400 Hz power supply.
(d) The variable-phase is in phase opposition to the 400 Hz
reference, and its peak-to-peak value is 10 V ± 2 V, see
oscillograms:
Versions G, H, M, N and J: Figure 116.
Versions P, R, S and T: Figure 118.
(e) Set the flux valve simulator to zero. The peak-to-peak value of
the variable-phase signal becomes 25 V ± 2.5 V.
(f) Depress the elevation control push-button on the test set-up,
then check the signal.
(g) The signal must be in phase with the 400 Hz reference, see
oscillograms:
Page 157
SFIM AV 34/71-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
15
Elevation Voltage out of Check or

NO replace
amplifier fixed tolerances
phase capacitor C1
YES
Page 158
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
3. B. (15) Elevation amplifier - Fixed phase (versions G, H, J, M, N, P, R, S

and T).
(a) Disconnect the oscilloscope and connect a multimeter, set to AC
voltage function and 0-30 V range, to terminals:
J2-11 (H) and J2-1 (C).
(b) Read the voltage level. Its value must be 21 Vrms ± 2 Vrms.
Page 159
SFIM AV 34/71-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
16
Check
Compensation NO
potentiometers No voltage potentiometers
R64-R66
YES
Check power
supply network
and CR30-CR31
Voltage out of Check

tolerances potentiometers
R64-R66
Check power
supply networks
Page 160
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
3. B. (16) Compensation potentiometers check and adjustment (versions A to F,

K and L).
(a) Switch off the 115 V 400 Hz power supply (ARRET).
(b) Disconnect the simulators from the test set-up.
(c) Switch on the 115 V 400 Hz power supply (MARCHE).
(d) Loosen the locking screws of potentiometers R64 and R66, so as
to release their shafts.
(e) Measure the voltage levels with respect to ground:
(Versions A and B: J2-16 and versions C, D, E, F, K and L:
J1-G) as per the table below. A multimeter, set to DC voltage
function and 0-10 V range, will be used for this purpose.
Rotation Measurement points

Potentiometer Versions C, D, Measured voltage
direction Versions A-B E, F, K and L
R64-NS J2-6 J1-D + 7.4 ± 0.74 V

J2-7 J1-E + 8.2 ± 0.82 V
R66-EW J2-4 J1-F + 5.1 ± 0.51 V
R64-NS J2-6 J1-D + 2 ± 0.4 V

J2-7 J1-E - 8.2 ± 0.82 V
R66-EW J2-4 J1-F - 1.3 ± 0.26 V
R64-NS J2-6 J1-D - 7.4 ± 0.74 V

J2-7 J1-E - 8.2 ± 0.82 V
R66-EW J2-4 J1-F - 5.1 ± 0.51 V
R64-NS J2-6 J1-D - 2 ± 0.4 V

J2-7 J1-E + 8.2 ± 0.82 V
R66-EW J2-4 J1-F - 1.3 ± 0.26 V
(f) Set the potentiometer shafts to zero, till obtaining a voltage

lower than 0.5 V between the cursors and ground.
(g) Switch off the 115 V 400 Hz power supply and disconnect the PC
boards from the test set-up.
Page 161
SFIM AV 34/71-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
17
Check
Compensation NO
potentiometers No voltage potentiometers
R14-R15
YES
Check power
supply network
and CR9-CR10
Voltage out of Check

tolerances potentiometers
R14-R15
Check
power supply
network
Page 162
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
3. B. (17) Compensation potentiometers check and adjustment (versions G, H, J,

M, N, P, R, S and T).
(a) Switch off the 115 V 400 Hz power supply (ARRET).
(b) Disconnect the simulators from the test set-up.
(c) Switch on the 115 V 400 Hz power supply (MARCHE).
(d) Loosen the locking screws of potentiometers R14 and R15, so as
to release their shafts (versions P, R, S and T: 10-turn knobs).
(e) Measure the voltage levels with respect to ground: (J1-G), as
per the table below. A multimeter, set to DC voltage function
and 0-10 V range, will be used for this purpose.
Rotation
Potentiometer direction Measurement Measured voltage
points
R14-NS J1-D + 7.4 ± 0.74 V

J1-E + 8.2 ± 0.82 V
R15-EW J1-F + 5.1 ± 0.51 V
R14-NS J1-D + 2 ± 0.4 V

J1-E - 8.2 ± 0.82 V
R15-EW J1-F - 1.3 ± 0.26 V
R14-NS J1-D - 7.4 ± 0.74 V

J1-E - 8.2 ± 0.82 V
R15-EW J1-F - 5.1 ± 0.51 V
R14-NS J1-D - 2 ± 0.4 V

J1-E + 8.2 ± 0.82 V
R15-EW J1-F - 1.3 ± 0.26 V
(f) Set the potentiometer shafts to zero, till obtaining a voltage

lower than 0.5 V between the cursors and ground.
(g) Switch off the 115 V 400 Hz power supply and disconnect the PC
boards from the test set-up.
Page 163
SFIM AV 34/71-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
4. Tests and adjustments of the gyromagnetic compass gimballed without cover.

A. General.
The tests and adjustments of the gimballed gyromagnetic compass are to
be performed with associated and matched electronic circuitry, PC boards
No. 1 and No. 2.
Make sure the elements composing this circuitry are provided with iden-
tification tags bearing the same serial number.
B. Required equipment.
- Boom for flux valve: P/N 424-65070-000.
- Compass support: P/N 461-65158-000.
- Transport fixture: P/N 461-65103-000.
- Spanner: P/N 199-22402-000.
- Flux valve simulator: P/N 199-27028-008.
- AERITALIA type flux valve: P/N 664543C1.
- Megohmmeter, 45 V DC.
- Detection synchro-transmitter analyzers, or angular position indica-
tors.
- Torque-type synchro-transmitter analyzers, or angular position indi-
cators.
- Power supplies 115 V 400 Hz and 26 V 400 Hz.
- Stop-watch with a one-second accuracy.
- Resistors 1500 ohms and 10 Kohms, 1/2 W, ± 5 %.
- Biased capacitors 82 microF, 40 V ± 20 %.
- Blue glue, type 8620.
- "SCORSBY" type oscillating table.
- Adaptation support, P/N 461-65167-000.
Page 164
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
4. C. Test and adjustment procedures
Pages 165
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Insulation Gyroscopic Switch off

NO part wiring and repair
resistance
> 20 MΩ fault gyroscopic part
YES
Electronic Isolate and

boards wiring repair
fault electronic boards
Pages 166
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
4. C. (1) Insulation resistance measurement.

(a) Install the gimballed gyromagnetic compass, the cover of which
has been removed, onto the support fixture, P/N 461-65158-000.
(b) With the electronic PC boards still on the transport fixture,
P/N 461-65103-000, link connector P2 on the compass to connector
J2 on board No. 1.
(c) Connect all pins of connector J1 together and measure the insu-
lation resistance between these pins and the compass casing.
Note: On versions P, R, S and T, do not interconnect pins A,
B, C, D, E, F, G, H, J, K, L, M, N, P, R, S, d and j.
(d) The read off insulation resistance must exceed 20 Megohms under
45 V DC. This measurement shall be made twice, first with the
gyrocompass in normal position, then after it has been rotated
by 90°.
Pages 167
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
4. C. (2) Test set-up implementation.

Versions B, D, F, H, L, M, P and S.
(a) Connect a detection synchro-transmitter analyzer as follows:
J1-d (H)
J1-e (C)
J1-g (X) Output B
J1-h (Y)
J1-f (Z)
(b) Connect two torque-type synchro-transmitter analyzers as fol-
lows:
J1-Y (H) J1-T (H)
J1-Z (C) J1-U (C)
J1-b (X) Output C J1-W (X) Output D
J1-c (Y) J1-X (Y)
J1-a (Z) J1-V (Z)
Versions A, C, E, G, J, K, N, R and T.
(c) Connector two detection synchro-transmitters analyzers as fol-
lows:
J1-d (H) J1-Y (H)
J1-e (C) J1-Z (C)
J1-g (X) Output B J1-b (X) Output C
J1-h (Y) J1-c (Y)
J1-f (Z) J1-a (Z)
(d) Connect a torque-type synchro-transmitter analyzer as follows:
J1-T (H)
J1-U (C)
J1-W (X) Output D
J1-X (Y)
J1-V (Z)
Pages 168
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
4. C. (2) (e) The 26 V 400 Hz supply fed to the synchro-transmitter analyzers

must be in phase with the 115 V 400 Hz single-phase gyro-
magnetic compass power supply.
(f) Synchro-transmitter analyzers with a resolutive power equal to
2' must be used.
(g) Connect a flux valve simulator set to 0° across pins:
J1-B (H) J1-B (H)
J1-A (C) J1-P (C)
J1-E (X) Versions A to H J1-E (X) Version J
J1-F (Y) K to T J1-F (Y)
J1-D (Z) J1-D (Z)
J1-C ground J1-C ground
(h) Connect a 1500 ohms, 1/2 W, ± 5 % resistor across pins J1-J and
J1-G (galvanometer output) or J1-J and J1-P (versions P, R, S
and T).
(i) Connect a 680 ohms, 1/2 W, ± 5 % resistor across pins J1-K and
J1-P (GYRO VALIDITY + 28 V DC).
(j) On the gyromagnetic compass, set N-S and E-W potentiometers to
centre position at 0°.
(k) Place the gyromagnetic compass onto a flat surface or horizontal
table (within ± 30 minutes of the horizontal).
(l) Connect a digital multimeter (V1), set to DC voltage function
and 0-30 V range, across the 680 ohms resistor connected to ter-
minals J1-K (H) and J1-P (C) (VALIDITY + 28 V).
(m) Connect another digital multimeter (V2), set to DC voltage func-
tion and 0-3 V range, across the 1500 ohms resistor connected to
terminals J1-J (H) and J1-G (galvanometer output) or J1-P (C) -
versions P and R.
(n) On versions G, H, M, J, P, R, S and T, connect pins J1-L and
J1-M to each other (GYROMAGNETIC function).
(p) On versions G, H, M, J, P, R, S and T, connect two 82 microF
40 V biased capacitors between the cold spot and pins J1-S and
J1-R.
(q) On versions P, R, S and T, connect pins J1-G and J1-P (LANDING
GEAR contact "ON").
Pages 169
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Compensation NO Set screw Replace shaft

potentiometer ineffective locking device
alignment
YES
Alignment Adjust or
fault correct
Replace
defective
potentiometer
Pages 170
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
4. C. (3) Compensation potentiometers alignment.

(a) Loosen the small set screw which locks the shafts of potentiome-
ters: R64 (NS) and R66 (EW): versions A to F, K and L,
R14 (NS) and R15 (EW): versions G, H, J, M and N,
so as to allow free rotation of the shafts.
Unlock the 10-turn knobs (versions P, R, S and T).
See allocations:
Versions A and B: Figure 106.
Versions C, D, E, F, K and L: Figure 110.
(b) Turn the shaft of the NS potentiometer fully counter-clockwise,
then fully clockwise and make sure that the middle of its travel
corresponds to a vertical position of the shaft end slot. The
shaft can rotate over a 325° ± 5° range.
(c) If required, loosen the shaft locking nut by means of a 10 mm
open-ended spanner and orient the potentiometer body as neces-
sary. Tighten the shaft nut and check alignment again.
(d) Repeat steps (b) and (c) for EW potentiometer.
Pages 171
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Gyroscope Check and

Consumption NO wheel is not repair
measurement
energized board No. 1
YES
Check and
repair
gyroscopic part
Gyro wheel Check continuity

stator windings and replace gyro
cut-off wheel stator
Gyro wheel Check resistance

stator windings and replace gyro
shorted wheel stator
Consumption does Replace

not decrease. gyro wheel
Gyro wheel locked
Pages 172
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
4. C. (4) Consumption measurement.

(a) Use a multimeter set to ammeter function and 0-0.5 A range.
(b) Apply a 115 V 400 Hz power supply to pins J1-N (H) and J1-P (C).
(c) Measure consumption on the 115 V 400 Hz power supply for the
first 30 seconds.
The measure current must be less than 0.380 A.
(d) After 3 minutes of operation, measure the consumption under nor-
mal speed:
Current lower than 0.230 A.
(e) Check the elevation gimbal for horizontality and, if required,
correct any deviation by modifying the voltage of elevation
torque-motor fixed phase. This correction is achieved by the
installation of capacitor C24 on PC board No. 1 (versions A to
F, K and L).
Rating: 0.047 microF, 160 V, ± 5 %.
Adjustment values: 0.033 microF, 160 V, ± 5 %.

0.082 microF, 160 V, ± 5 %.
Pages 173
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Synchro- Fault in Check the

NO synchro-machine
machines gear wheel
setting B setting
YES
Replace
synchro-machine
B
Fault in Check the

synchro-machine gear wheel
C setting
Replace
synchro-machine
C
Fault in Check the

synchro-machine gear wheel
D setting
Replace
synchro-machine
D
Pages 174
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
4. C. (5) Synchro-machines setting.

(a) Using the spanner, P/N 199-22402-000, check that the synchro-ma-
chine A securing screws (item 7 - figure 71) are properly
tightened.
(b) Apply the 26 V 400 Hz supply in phase with the 115 V 400 Hz
power supply to pins:
J1-d, J1-Y, J1-T (H),
and
J1-e, J1-Z, J1-U (C).
(c) Set the flux valve simulator to 0° position and offset the com-
pass by 10° clockwise.
(d) Press push-button S1 on the tool or PC board No. 1. The analyzer
of synchro-transmitter B must recopy the flux valve simulator
signal to ± 1°.
(e) Repeat steps (c) and (d) for a 10° counter-clockwise compass
offset. The same recopy tolerance applies.
(f) If necessary, slightly loosen the fastening screw (item 7,
figure 714) and rotate the synchro-machine body in order to
obtain a setting as close to zero as possible.
Check again after retightening the screws.
Note: It is recommended that, during adjustment, the synchro-
machine be kept in contact with the base plate, so that
the wheels remain in gear.
(g) Repeat steps (c) to (f) for synchro-machines C and D.
Tolerance for zero-setting: ± 1°.
Pages 175
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Resetting Incorrect gyro

NO Replace
times are out of wheel rotation
tolerances the gyro wheel
speed
YES
Azimuth Replace azimuth
torque-motor torque-motor
fault stator
Check and
Servo-control
repair
circuit fault
board No. 2
Pages 176
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
4. C. (6) Measurement of fast azimuth resetting speed.

(a) Set the flux valve simulator to 0° position. Press push-button
S1, and make sure that synchro-transmitter analyzer B also
indicates zero. Release S1.
(b) Rotate the compass by 150° clockwise.
Analyzer B shows 150°.
(c) Press push-button S1 and trip a stop watch. Measure the time
required for analyzer B to return from 150° to 10°. This time
must be less than 1 min. 40 s.
(d) Repeat steps (a) to (c), by rotating the compass by 150°
counter-clockwise.
The time required for resetting from 210° position to 350°
position must be less than 1 min. 40 s.
Pages 177
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Check wiring
Recopy NO No output
and
accuracy information
power supply
YES
One
Adjust
synchro-machine
zero setting
offset
Wheels Check and

incorrectly replace
geared faulty wheel
Synchro-machine Replace the

internal fault synchro-machine
Forwards-to- Make sure play

return curves take-up wheels
deviation over
12' are set
Clean wheel
gears
Pages 178
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
4. C. (7) Synchro-machine recopy accuracy.

(a) Set the flux valve simulator to 0°. Press push-button S1, and
wait for synchro-transmitter analyzers B, C and D to line up
with the flux valve simulator indications. Measure the
deviations; they shall not exceed 1°.
(b) Offset the flux valve simulator by 30° clockwise (increasing
headings).
(c) Press push-button S1, release, and wait for synchro-transmitter
analyzers B, C and D to line up with the flux valve simulator
indications.
(d) The deviation between analyzer readings and simulator indication
is smaller than 1°.
(e) Proceeding in this way, perform a recopy from 0° to 360°, in
clockwise 30° increments, then repeat the test counter-clock-
wise, from 360° down to 0°.
(f) Record and plot the clockwise and counter-clockwise deviations
for synchro-machine B (applies to versions C to H, J, M, N, P,
R, S and T).
(g) For each point on the curve, the discrepancy between the clock-
wise and counter-clockwise values not exceed 12 min. Otherwise,
make sure the play take-up wheel is engaged and check the wheel
gears for cleanliness.
Pages 179
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Check and
Galvanometer NO No output
output repair
indications
check board No. 2
YES
Indications Adjust resistor
R22 (versions A
out of to N), R15
tolerances (versions P to T)
Check and
Dissymmetrical
adjust
indications
board No. 2
Pages 180
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
4. C. (8) Adjustment and test of the galvanometer output (deviation detec-

tor).
(a) Orient the flux valve simulator to 0° position.
(b) Offset the gyromagnetic compass by 4° clockwise (increasing
headings).
(c) Synchro-transmitter analyzer B moves clockwise.
(d) Voltage on J1-J (H) is negative with respect to J1-G or J1-P
(versions P, R, S and T). Its value is: - 0.150 V ± 0.030 V.
(e) Offset the gyromagnetic compass by 4° counter-clockwise
(decreasing headings).
(f) Synchro-transmitter analyzer B moves counter-clockwise.
(g) Voltage on J1-J (H) is positive with respect to J1-G or J1-P
(versions P, R, S and T). Its value is: + 0.150 V ± 0.030 V.
(h) If required, modify the value of resistor R22 (R15 - versions P
to T).
Rating: 33 Kohms.
Adjustment range: 27 to 39 Kohms.
Pages 181
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Speeds Adjust elevation

Azimuth dissymmetrical
monitoring NO gimbal balancing
and out of
speed tolerances screws
YES
Speeds Adjust resistor

symmetrical R31 (board No. 2)
(Vers. P, R, S and
but offset T resistor R22)
Pages 182
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
4. C. (9) Adjustment of azimuth monitoring speed.

(a) Set the flux valve simulator to 0° position. Synchro-transmitter
analyzer B indicates 0° ± 1° voltmeter V1 shows over 20 V DC.
(b) Offset the compass by 29° clockwise. Synchro-transmitter ana-
lyzer B indicates 29°, then it returns to zero.
(c) Measure the time required by the pointer to rotate:
from 25° to 20°.
from 20° to 15°.
from 15° to 10°.
The three recorded times must be included between 1 min. 55 s
and 3 min. 34 s (speed between 1° 24' and 2° 36' per minute).
(d) Wait for the synchro-transmitter analyzer B to restore alignment
with the flux valve simulator and repeat the above operations
with the compass offset to 331° (counter-clockwise). The same
tolerance values apply.
(e) Correct the monitoring speed, so as to obtain symmetrical times
with respect to the centre value. Work by trial-and-error
approach. Adjustment is performed by means of the elevation gim-
bal balancing screws, as follows:
Example: If the time recorded for clockwise drift exceeds
3 minutes 34 seconds, tighten both screws equally
(item 11, figure 708) and loosen both screw (item 12,
figure 708) by an equal amount. Use the spanner,
P/N 199-22402-000.
If the times are symmetrical but offset, modify the
value of resistor R31.
Rating: 1200 ohms.
Adjustment range: 910 to 1500 ohms.
If the time exceeds 3 min. 34 s, decrease the value of
resistor R31.
Versions P, R, S and T: modify the value of resistor
R22.
Pages 183
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
10
Threshold Adjust resistor

Threshold NO out of R3 (Versions P,
R, S, T
tolerances resistor R1)
YES
Pages 184
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
4. C. (10) Threshold adjustment (all versions except J).

(a) Set the simulator to zero position. Then adjust compass orienta-
tion, so as to read off a voltage lower than 0.020 V on voltme-
ter V2.
(b) Connect a multimeter, set to DC voltmeter function and 0-30 V
range, to J1-j.
The multimeter indicates a negative voltage.
(c) Rotate the compass clockwise and record the angle indicated by
the synchro-transmitter analyzer B when polarity reversal occurs
on the voltmeter connected to J1-j.
(d) Rotate the compass clockwise and record the angle indicated by
the synchro-transmitter analyzer B when polarity reversal
occurs.
(e) The switching threshold is located between 3° and 5° (this
applies to all versions, except G and H for which it is between
4° and 5°).
(f) If necessary, adjust the value of resistor R3.
Its rating is 11 Kohms.
Its adjustment range is from 8.2 Kohms to 15 Kohms.
The value of the resistor R3 must be increased if the threshold
is under 3°.
Note: Versions P, R, S and T, adjust the value of resistor R1.
Pages 185
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
11
Measurements Adjust drift

Directional NO out of
drift (see text)
tolerances
YES
Replace gimbal
bearings
(items 8-13
figure 711)
Adjust elevation
gimbal balancing
(ASSEMBLY)
Check the
base-plate wheels
for free rotation
Pages 186
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
4. C. (11) Directional function check and adjustment (versions G, H, J, M, N,

P, R, S and T).
(a) Install the gyroscopic compass onto an oscillating table,
equipped with support P/N 461-65167-000 and set to the horizon-
tal ± 30 minutes.
(b) Feed a 115 V 400 Hz supply to terminals J1-N (H) and J1-P (C),
and wait for 15 minutes, to allow the equipment to warm up.
(c) Orient the flux valve simulator to the North; press push-but-
ton S1, located on compass base and wait for alignment of syn-
chro-transmitter analyzer B to flux valve simulator.
(d) Record analyzer B indication, and simultaneously remove the con-
nection between J1-M and J1-L; trip a stop-watch, tilt the table
and start it.
(e) After 10 minutes have elapsed, stop table motion, stop timing,
reset the table to its initial horizontal position; record syn-
chro-transmitter analyzer B indication. The difference between
readings corresponds to the gyroscope overall drift (intrinsic
drift + earth rotation at the measurement point latitude).
(f) Repeat the measurements along the other three directions, East,
South and West, then fill in the table below.
Orientation Drift
NORTH ---- DEG ---- min. Tolerance
EAST ---- DEG ---- min. t sin L
WEST ---- DEG ---- min. ± 20°/h
SOUTH ---- DEG ---- min. (L = measurement point

latitude)
(g) If required, adjust the drift by means of screws (items 11 and

12, figure 708). Rotate both screws by an equal amount, tighten-
ing one of them and loosening the other one. Use spanner
P/N 199-22402-000.
(h) If the drift has to be adjusted, repeat the operations described
in paragraph 4. C. (9).
Pages 187
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
12
LEFT- Check voltage

NO Incorrect
RIGHT function rotation speed ± 11.5 V DC
(board No. 1)
YES
Replace the
azimuth torque-
motor stator
Check azimuth
gimbal free
motion
Pages 188
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
4. C. (12) Check of LEFT-RIGHT function (versions G, H, J, M, N, P, R, S and

T).
(a) Using a digital multimeter set to "Voltmeter" function and
0-30 V DC range, measure the voltage level across pins J1-S (H)
and J1-P (C).
- Measured voltage level: higher than + 11.5 V.
Thereafter, repeat the measurement across terminals J1-R (H)
and J1-P (C).
- Measured voltage level: higher than - 11.5 V.
(b) After removing the link between J1-L and J1-M, connect pins J1-R
and J1-L and measure the heading display speed on the synchro-
transmitter analyzer B, towards increasing headings.
Time required for a 180° rotation: less than 2 min. 30 sec.
(c) Disconnect J1-R and J1-L and connect J1-S and J1-L. Information
is now rotating towards decreasing headings.
Measure the time required for a 180° rotation.
This time shall be less than 2 min. 30 sec.
Pages 189
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
13
Measurements Re-adjust
Compensation NO
potentiometer out of electronic
tolerances boards
YES
Pages 190
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
4. C. (13) Check of the compensation system.

(a) Disconnect the flux valve simulator, and replace it by a true
flux valve, type AERITALIA, P/N 664543C1 or an equivalent one.
(b) Install the flux valve onto a support boom, P/N 424-65070-000 or
an equivalent one, and look for a place that is not disturbed by
metal masses or magnetic fields.
(c) Orient the flux valve toward the geographic North.
(d) Depress, then release, push-button S1 on the compass base.
(e) The synchro-transmitter analyzer B reproduces the flux valve
information and voltmeter V1 shows a voltage higher than 20 V.
(f) Keep push-button S1 depressed, and turn the N-S potentiometer
fully leftwards, then rightwards. The synchro-transmitter indi-
cation deviation changes by more than 8°.
(g) Reset the N-S potentiometer to its centre position. The synchro-
transmitter analyzer B lines up to the flux valve indications.
(h) Release push-button S1.
(i) Keep the push-button depressed and turn the E-W potentiometer to
stop rightwards, then leftwards. Record the deviation on the
synchro-transmitter analyzer B, when the potentiometer is to
stop. The permitted deviation must be smaller than 0.8°.
(j) Release push-button S1.
(k) Repeat the above steps after orienting the flux valve, succes-
sively to the East, South and West, as shown in table 102 below:
Flux valve Potentiometer Tolerances
position position
NORTH N.S L.H. stop Equal to or
R.H. stop larger than 8°
SOUTH E.W L.H. stop Equal to or
R.H. stop lower than 0.8°
EAST E.W L.H. stop Equal to or
R.H. stop larger than 8°
WEST N.S L.H. stop Equal to or
R.H. stop lower than 0.8°
TABLE 102
Pages 191
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
4. C. (14) End of adjustments.

(a) Switch off the 115 V 400 Hz power supply.
(b) Disconnect the test set-up and wait for complete gyro wheel stop
before any further handling.
(c) Apply a drop of blue glue, type 8620, on the balancing screws
(items 11 and 12 - figure 708), flanges (item 6 - figure 714)
and fastening screws (item 7 - figure 714).
(d) Perform final connection of the adjustments resistors:
R3: Switching threshold adjustment.
(R1 - versions P, R, S and T).
R22/R122: GALVANOMETER output adjustment.
R31: Azimuth monitoring speed adjustment.
These operations shall be carried out as per wiring instruc-
tions stated in "REPAIR" chapter, page 601.
(e) Install the covers.
(Refer to "ASSEMBLY (INCLUDING STORAGE)" chapter, page 701).
Pages 192
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 101
Test set-up
Pages 193/194
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 102
Test set-up
Pages 195/196
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 103
Test set-up
Version J
Pages 197/198
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 103A
Electronic circuits test set-up
Pages 197/198.1
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 104
Versions A and B
Pages 197/198.2
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 105
Electronic circuits
wiring diagram
Versions A and B
Pages 197/198.3
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 106
Test point record and operational sequence chart
Versions A and B
Pages 197/198.4
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 107
Pages 197/198.5
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 108
Electronic circuits
wiring diagram
Versions C, D, E and F
Pages 197/198.6
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 109
Electronic circuits
wiring diagram
Versions K and L
Pages 197/198.7
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 110
Pages 197/198.8
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 111
Pages 197/198.9
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 112
Version J
Pages 197/198.10
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 113
Pages 197/198.11
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 114
Electronic circuits
wiring diagram
Pages 197/198.12
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 115
Electronic circuits
wiring diagram
Version J
Pages 197/198.13
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 116
Versions G, H, J, M and N
Pages 197/198.14
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 117
Electronic circuits
wiring diagram
Pages 197/198.15
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 118
Pages 197/198.16
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
DISASSEMBLY
CAUTION
OBSERVE ALL
PRECAUTIONS FOR
HANDLING PRODUCTS
SENSITIVE TO
ELECTROSTATIC
DISCHARGE.
ESD
For all manipulation of electronic circuits, The following precautions
should be taken:
- The workstation should be equipped with antistatic bench mat and floor
mat, the assembly interconnected through a 1 MΩ resistance.
- A conducting bracelet connecting the wrist of the cabling technician to

the floor mat should be used (1 MΩ resistance).
- A soldering iron insulated by transformer fitted with an earth plug and

of which secondary voltage is less than or equal to 24V should be used.
- Sensitive components should be transported in trays or on antistatic

foam.
- Sensitive boards should be transported in antistatic bags or containers.

Note: Section "TESTING AND TROUBLE-SHOOTING" shall be referred to, in order
to assess equipment condition and the most likely cause of malfunc-
tioning. This is intended for determining the extent of required dis-
assembly work, and avoiding complete equipment disassembly and reas-
sembly.
1. General.
In conjunction with overhaul, the unit will be dismantled as per the

procedure described below (figure 301). First, dismantle it into main sub-
assemblies. These are further disassembled, until the unit is completely
dismantled if necessary.
Page 301
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
2. Checks prior to repair.
Whenever a user sends a unit back to the maintenance workshop, if the

repair to be carried out is precisely known, disassembly shall be
performed only to such an extent as allowing the concerned part or sub-
assembly to be accessed. Conform to the standard disassembly sequence,
without dismantling the other sub-assemblies.
In any case, review the equipment record sheet, and make sure the defects
have been written down during operation. If there exists any doubt about
the extent or nature of a defect, carry out all relevant tests.
3. Usual disassembly practices.
A. General.
Maintenance operation, including sub-assembly testing and inspection,

must always be performed under the cleanliness rules set forth in the
text. Disregarding this rule may jeopardize equipment operation and
drastically reduce its service life.
In order to make cleaning, inspection and assembly easier, take the fol-
lowing precautions during disassembly.
(1) Prior to disconnecting a wire, record its colour and connection

point (including TB number). If required, draw a sketch showing the
connections.
Page 302
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
3. A. (2) Keep all parts of a sub-assembly together, in the disassembly

order. Make sure the components are correctly protected before
storing them until inspection and assembly are performed.
(3) Pay attention to cleanliness of the workbench and tools during dis-
assembly.
B. Equipment handling.
This unit is a delicate piece of equipment. It should be handle with

care. To lift and move the unit, hold it by its base.
When performing disassembly as per standard maintenance procedures,

handle the unit with the greatest care. Any abrupt movements, especially
shocks to the workbench, are likely to damage the assembly and make fur-
ther maintenance operations more difficult. Shocks shall be damped by
placing a rubber mat under the assembly.
C. Maintenance shop.
The main recommendations relative to the maintenance shop (air condi-

tioned room) with air dedusting and relative humidity and temperature
monitoring, where work is to be performed on high-precision equipment,
must conform to the standards in force.
The personnel must wear clothing compatible with the permissible dust
content.
- The parts, materials, pieces of equipment, drawings, required for

carrying out the maintenance work, must all comply with the cleanli-
ness rules applied to the room.
- Drilling, deburring, filing or grinding operations, as well as those

requiring the use of solvents or toxic bonding material, must be per-
formed in specific areas of the room, provided with forced draught
exhaust hoods capable of removing dust, particles and toxic fumes at
a rate high enough for the cleanliness and safety rules to be met.
For precision ball bearing handling, tweezers should be used, or any
convenient tool suitably protected by plastic coating, so as to avoid
scratches (or surgical gloves).
Page 303
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
4. Gyromagnetic compass disassembly procedure (figure 718).
A. Required equipment.
- Electro-mechanic tool kit.

- Transport fixture: P/N 461-65103-000.
- Support fixture: P/N 461-65158-000.
B. Removal of the protective fuse (versions K to T).
(1) Unscrew the two captive screws (31) on the cover (32) and remove
the latter.
(2) Take fuse (33) out of its holder.
Note: A spare fuse (34) is fixed to the inner wall of the elec-
tronic unit.
C. Removal of the electronic boards.
(1) Remove the locking seals.
(2) Remove four screws (23) and take off the bottom cover (22) fitted
with the rubber sheet (35).
(3) Unscrew the two screws securing connector P2 to No. 1 electronic

board. Treat each screw similarly and disconnect connector P2.
(4) Remove the four screws (36) (applicable to versions C to T) and ten
screws (16).
(5) Take out electronic boards (12) (13) and fasten them onto the
transport fixture, P/N 461-65103-000.
(6) Secure the J1 connector spacer (10) onto circuit No. 1 by means of
a screw (36) (except for versions A and B, the connector remains
integral with the unit (2)).
(7) On versions P, R, S and T, loosen screws (39) and remove cover

(38).
D. Removal of the gyroscopic part.
(1) While holding nuts (21), unscrew screws (19), remove the clamps
(18) and washers (20).
(2) For versions A and B, unscrew screws (36), remove connector J1 (11)
and nuts (28).
(3) Remove screws (4) and (7), nuts (9) and washers (8).
Page 304
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
4. D. (4) Release the bonding braid (5), as well as the compass grounding
strip (6).
Lift the compass (1), and place it onto a surface protected by a
foam rubber mat or on tool, P/N 461-65158-000.
(5) Remove the spacers (3).
(6) If required, remove screws (37) and take off the bonding braid (5).
E. Removal of the gimballed gyromagnetic compass.
(1) Required equipment:

- Electro-mechanic fitter tool kit.
- Spanner: P/N 199-22403-000.
- Support: P/N 461-65109-000.
- Slip-ring protector: P/N 461-65095-000.
- Spanner: P/N 199-22401-000.
- Support: P/N 461-65139-000.
Note: The disassembly procedure described below is in accordance
with paragraph 1, "General". This is intended for providing
fast access to the gyro wheel sub-assembly by successive
removals of the azimuth and elevation gimbals.
(2) Cover removal (figure 717).
(a) Using the spanner, P/N 199-22403-000, remove the 7 screws (4).
(b) Remove the grounding strip (9), after removing the screws (8).
(c) Remove the cover (3) and gasket (2), and scrap it.
(3) Azimuth gimbal removal (figure 716).
(a) From the mounting plate (6), loosen the two screws (17) and
release the K2 slip-ring brush-holder (13) from the azimuth gim-
bal.
(b) Remove the shim (16).
(c) By means of spanner, P/N 199-22403-000, remove screws (14).
(d) While holding the compass firmly with one hand, lift the
mounting plate (6) vertically, by acting on the synchro-machines
(10).
(e) Take care not to damage slip-ring K2. Swivel the mounting plate,
grasp the azimuth gimbal (8) and pull it out of the frame (5).
(f) Lay the azimuth gimbal onto support, P/N 461-65109-000 and fit
it with the slip-ring protective device, P/N 461-65095-000.
Page 305
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
4. E. (4) Elevation gimbal removal (figure 712).

(a) Remove screws (3) and lift the R.H. and L.H. coils (2).
(b) On versions G, H, J, M, N, P, R, S and T, loosen screws (22),
remove the detector (21) and recover the washer (23).
(c) Loosen screws (4), pull the brush-holder (5) out and recover the
shim (16).
(d) Using spanner, P/N 199-22401-000, loosen all four screws (11) on
slip-ring K1 side.
(e) Remove the flange (10), shim (9), bearing (8), then pull the
elevation gimbal (6) out of the azimuth gimbal (1).
(f) Lay the elevation gimbal onto the support, P/N 461-65139-000 and
install the slip-ring protective device, P/N 461-65095-000 on to
slip-ring K1.
(5) Gyro wheel removal (figure 708).
(a) On the elevation gimbal, unsolder the three gyro wheel leads
from circuit TB1.
(b) Loosen the nuts (5) and locknuts (1).
(c) Take the gyro wheel (3) out of the elevation gimbal and place it
onto the support, P/N 461-65139-000.
F. Disassembly of the gyromagnetic compass sub-assemblies.
- Electro-mechanic fitter tool kit.
- Spanner: P/N 424-65314-000.
- Spanner: P/N 199-22405-000.
- Spanner: P/N 199-22401-000.
- Spanner: P/N 424-65129-000.
- Extraction tool: P/N 461-65104-000.
- Spanner: P/N 199-22402-000.
(2) Disassembly of the frame assembly (figure 716).
(a) Remove the lower cover (6 - figure 717) after removing the
screws (8 - figure 717). Remove the gasket (5 - figure 717) and
scrap it.
(b) Swivel the frame (5) and salvage ball (2).
(c) Using the spanner, P/N 424-65314-000, loosen the locknut (4), in
order to release the setting screw (1) and its pellet (3).
(d) Remove the bearings (7) and (9).
Page 306
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
4. F. (3) Removal of the components from the mounting plate (figure 715).
(a) If necessary, unsolder the wiring strand leads from circuits

TB2, TB3 and TB10 (for further details about removal of the
wiring strand, refer to "REPAIR" section, page 601, figures 603,
604 and 605).
(b) Loosen screws (7), remove flanges (6) and synchro-machines (5).
(c) On versions A and B, loosen both screws (13), remove the cir-
cuits (12), spacers (14) and grounding terminal lug (11).
(d) On versions G, H, J, M, N, P, R, S and T, unscrew the 2 screws

(4), remove circuit (12), spacers (14) and grounding lug (15).
(e) On versions C, D, E, F, K and L, unscrew the 2 screws (4),

remove spacer (2) and grounding lug (15).
(4) Removal of the synchro-machine wheels (figure 714).
(a) Using spanner, P/N 199-22405-000, loosen by a quarter turn the

four screws (10) securing the clamping stirrup (12).
(b) Separate the wheel (11) from the synchro-machine (9), then
remove the clamping stirrup (12).
(c) Using spanner, P/N 199-22405-000, loosen by a quarter turn the

four screws (8) securing the locking stirrup (4).
(d) Separate the wheel assembly (6-7-3 and 5) from the synchro-ma-
chine (1), then remove the locking stirrup (4) and nut (2).
(e) Remove the retainer ring (5), then separate the wheel (6) from
the counter-wheel (7). Keep spring (3) for further use.
(5) Removal of the azimuth gimbal components (figure 712).
(a) On gimbal (1), loosen all four screws (11) by means of spanner,
P/N 199-22401-000, remove the flange (10), shim (12) and bearing
(13).
(b) Unsolder the leads to the R.H. and L.H. coils (2) of the azimuth
torque-motor. Loosen screws (3) and remove the coils (2).
(c) If required, unsolder the brush-holder (5) leads, unscrew the

2 screws (4) and remove lash support (5). Store it in a poly-
ethylene box.
(d) Remove screws (19) and shims (17) and (18).
Page 307
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
4. F. (5) (e) If required, loosen the balancing screws (20), by means of

spanner, P/N 199-22402-000.
(f) Unscrew nut (6 - figure 710) and remove the wheel (5 -
figure 710).
(g) If slip-ring K2 has to be replaced, refer to "REPAIR" chapter,
page 601, for what regards the disassembly procedure.
(h) For versions G, H, J, M, N, P, R, S and T, disconnect circuit
TB2 wiring (19 - figure 711) and, after removing screws (20 -
figure 711), remove the circuit.
(6) Elevation gimbal component disassembly (figure 706).
(a) If necessary, loosen nut (10), remove shield (8), torque-motor
rotor (9) and the second shield (8). On versions G, H, J, M, N,
P, R, S and T, remove the blanking plug (21) and its washer
(20).
Note: Any dismantling of the torque-motor (9) entails the exe-
cution of a re-magnetization (refer to "ASSEMBLY
(INCLUDING STORAGE)" chapter, page 701).
(b) Unsolder the leads from circuit TB1 (14), undo screws (15),
remove circuit (14) and spacers (16).
(c) Unscrew screws (12), remove erector CT1 (11) and washer (13)
(versions A to F, K and L).
(d) Undo nut (7), unsolder the two leads from support (6) and remove
support (6) and its capacitor (19) (versions A to F, K and L).
(e) If required, remove the balancing screws (2), using the spanner,
P/N 199-22402-000.
(f) If slip-ring K1 has to be replaced, refer to "REPAIR" chapter,
page 601, for what regards the disassembly procedure.
(7) Gyro wheel disassembly (figure 701).
(a) Using spanner, P/N 424-65129-000, remove locknuts (5) and nuts
(4).
(b) Use the extraction tool, P/N 461-65104-000, to remove the
flanges (2). Proceed as indicated in figure 703 of chapter
"ASSEMBLY (INCLUDING STORAGE)", page 701.
(c) Remove the wound stator (3) and store it in a protective box.
(d) Drive the bearings (6) out of the flanges (2). Discard the
bearings (6).
(e) Drive the armature (7) out of the flywheel (1).
Page 308
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
Figure 301
Disassembly sequence flowchart
Pages 309/310
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
CLEANING
CAUTION
OBSERVE ALL
PRECAUTIONS FOR
HANDLING PRODUCTS
SENSITIVE TO
ELECTROSTATIC
DISCHARGE.
(PAGE 301)
ESD
1. Required equipment.
A. Tools.
- Oven.
B. Materials.
- Antistatic boxes.
- Biosane TE213 .
- Wash leather.
2. Overall cleaning procedure.
The surfaces accessible from the outside must be cleaned with a clean
lintfree piece of cloth, moistened with Biosane TE213. Areas that cannot
be accessed must be cleaned with low-pressure clean compressed air
(1.5 bar - 21.75 psi).
CAUTION: Protect dampers and pushbutton protective cap against contact

with solvent
The electronic boards will be cleaned with a soft nylon brush and a
Biosane TE213.
After cleaning a sub-assembly or parts, place them into clean, transparent

boxes which protect them from dust (polyethylene box).
Keep all components of a sub-assembly together, in order to make further

identifications easier.
Page 401
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
3. Special cleaning procedure.

A. Cleaning of treated metal parts.
Clean treated metal parts with a clean lint-free cloth moistened with
Biosane TE213. Clean with a soft nylon brush all parts that cannot be
accessed by the cloth.
Dry all cleaned areas with a jet of dry and filtered low-pressure
(1.5 bar - 21.75 psi) compressed air.
3. B. Cleaning of painted metal parts.
Clean painted metal parts with a clean lint-free cloth moistened with
Biosane TE213. Clean with a nylon brush all parts that cannot be
accessed by the cloth. Dry all cleaned parts with a jet of dry and fil-
tered low-pressure (1.5 bar - 21.75 psi) compressed air.
C. Cleaning of oil and grease deposits on metal parts.
Oil and grease deposits can be removed by dipping the part in a
degreasing bath. Foreign matter is removed by the solvent vapors. Beware
of skin burns when handling the parts. Protective gloves should be used.
D. Removal of Loctite compounds.
Polymerized Loctite is insoluble, and can only be removed by scraping
or, in case of threads, by using a threading die or tap of appropriate
size.
E. Cleaning of the play take-up wheels.
Release the springs from the wheels, then perform ultrasonic cleaning.
Refer to ultrasonic cleaning machine manual.
Dry all cleaned parts with a jet of dry and filtered low-pressure
(1.5 bar - 21.75 psi) compressed air.
Page 402
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
F. Cleaning of printed circuits.

After wiring:
- Clean the circuits with Fluxclene FLU400D and a hard-haired brush, in
order to remove resin and solder grains. Avoid long-time storage and
perform protective operations quickly.
During checking:
- Clean the circuits with a clean lint-free piece of cloth moistened
with Biosane TE213.
Removal of protective varnish:
- Soak the parts for two hours in a container filled with a solvent
specific to the varnish. Scrap the varnish with a stiff-hair brush or
a charcoal pencil.
4. Cleaning of assemblies and sub-assemblies.
CAUTION: do not clean bearings
A. Gyromagnetic compass.
(1) Gyro wheel assembly.
- Clean all the parts (refer to paragraph 3. A.).
- Remove all traces of Loctite or varnish from the gyro wheel

shafts.
- If necessary, clean the threads by means of a threading die of

appropriate size.
- Only a lint-free cloth shall be used for cleaning the electric

components (gyro wheel stator). Do not apply cleaning chemicals.
(2) Elevation gimbal.
- Clean all the parts (refer to paragraphs 3. A. and 3. C.).
- Clean the slip-ring by means of a soft brush wetted with Biosane

TE213.
Protect the slip-ring after it has been cleaned.
When the slip-ring collector is dry, polish the rings with a thin
wash leather.
- Remove all traces of Loctite and varnish from the fastening and
balancing screws.
- Clean circuit TB1 (refer to paragraph 3. F.).
Page 403
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
(3) Azimuth gimbal.
- Clean all the parts (refer to paragraphs 3. A. and 3. C.).
- Remove all traces of Loctite and varnish from the fastening and
balancing screws.
- Clean the azimuth slip-ring by means of a soft brush wetted with

Biosane TE213.
Protect the slip-ring after it has been cleaned.
When the slip-ring collector is dry, polish the rings with a thin
wash leather.
4. A. (4) Gyromagnetic compass.
- Clean all the parts (refer to paragraphs 3. A., 3. B., 3 C. and

3. E.).
- Remove all traces of Loctite and varnish from the fastening

screws and tapped threads.
If necessary, clean the threads by means of a threading die or

tap of appropriate size.
- Only a lint-free cloth shall be used for cleaning the electric

components (TB, synchro-machines). Do not apply cleaning chemi-
cals.
Page 404
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
B. Electronic box.
(1) Printed circuits.
- Apply the method set forth in paragraph 3. F.
(2) Base assembly.
- Clean all the parts (refer to paragraphs 3. A., 3. B. and 3. C.).
- Remove all traces of Loctite or varnish from the fastening screws

and tapped threads.
If necessary, clean the threads by means of a threading die or
tap of appropriate size.
Page 405
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
BLANK
Page 406
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
INSPECTION - CHECK
CAUTION
OBSERVE ALL
PRECAUTIONS FOR
HANDLING PRODUCTS
SENSITIVE TO
ELECTROSTATIC
DISCHARGE.
(PAGE 301)
ESD
1. General.
The gyromagnetic compass is a precision equipment composed of a large num-

ber of tight-tolerance elements. Each part and each sub-assembly must be
carefully checked prior to being accepted for assembly in the
corresponding higher-order assemblies.
2. Inspection.
A. Standard inspection procedure.
(1) Visual inspection.
(a) Cleanliness.
Before assembly, make sure all parts and sub-assemblies are

free of dust, metal particles or cleaning agent.
(b) Distortion.
Check dimensional characteristics of the covers and casings.

Reject any part showing evidence of shocks, crushing or distor-
tion.
(c) Corrosion.
Make sure that all components, attachment parts and sub-assem-

blies are free of visible corrosion.
Page 501
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
2. A. (1) (d) Condition of wires and connections.
Make sure that the wiring does not show any sign of overheat,
burns, cracks. Check for installing and fastening of the insu-
lating sheaths.
(e) Overheating.
Any part showing signs of overheating, thermal expansion or

blisters shall be rejected.
(f) Attachment.
Before assembly, check attachment of the sub-assembly compo-
nents, as well as safety locking of the attachment parts.
(2) Electrical inspection.
Check the continuity and insulation of all electrical parts and

wires (refer to "TESTING AND TROUBLE-SHOOTING").
B. Check of assemblies and sub-assemblies.
(1) Gyromagnetic compass check.
(a) Gyro wheel assembly.
Check:
- The gyro wheel (refer to paragraph 2. A.).
- The gyro wheel assembly for cleanliness, and make sure the
balancing tappings are free of chips.
- That the gyro wheel speed bearings are new genuine parts
(prior to installation, check packing data on the sealed
bag).
- That the stator leads are long enough.
Page 502
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
2. B. (1) (b) Elevation gimbal.
Check:
- The elevation gimbal (refer to paragraph 2. A.).
- That the adjustment screws are in middle position before

balancing.
- That the capacitor and erector equipped are tightly fixed

(versions A to F, K and L).
- The azimuth torque-motor rotor for correct position and North

and South poles for marking.
- The leads for proper bonding.
- The gyro wheel for correct centering in the gimbal.
- The slip-ring surface condition.
(c) Azimuth gimbal.
Check:
- The azimuth gimbal (refer to paragraph 2. A.).
- Lead bonding.
- Slip-ring surface condition and position of the brushes.
- That the setting screws are in middle position before

balancing.
- Gear wheel teeth condition.
- Azimuth torque-motor rotor for free rotation with respect to

the coils.
Page 503
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
2. B. (1) (d) Gimballed gyromagnetic compass.
Check:
- The gimballed gyromagnetic compass (refer to para-

graph 2. A.).
- The synchro-machines for correct positioning on the mounting

plate.
- That the azimuth gimbal rotates freely in the frame.
- Slip-ring surface condition and brush position.

- The correct meshing of the synchro-machine wheels on the
azimuth frame wheel.
- That the grounding strips are installed and the covers

tightly secured.
(2) Check of the electronic box.
(a) Printed circuit assemblies.
Check:
- The circuits (refer paragraph 2. A.).
- That all the components are coated with protective varnish,

particularly when they have been replaced.
- The connector pins for condition.
- That the modification tags are properly filled in.
2. B. (2) (b) Base assembly.
Check:
- The base (refer paragraph 2. A.).
- That the shock absorbers are properly fastened and that the
rubber pads do not show tears.
- That the identification plates are installed and the modifi-

cation tags marked at the latest index.
Page 504
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
(3) Check of the gyromagnetic compass assembly.
(a) Assembly.
Check:
- The gyromagnetic compass (refer to paragraph 2. A.).
- Free motion of the compass in the electronic box.
- The grounding strips for condition and proper electrical con-

tact.
- The security of the bottom plate and safetying seals.
- The position on 5 of the revolution counter buttons of the

N-S and E-W compensation potentiometers (versions P to T) and
the adjustment possibility.
- Push-button S1 protective cap.
Page 505
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
BLANK
Page 506
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
REPAIRS
CAUTION
OBSERVE ALL
PRECAUTIONS FOR
HANDLING PRODUCTS
SENSITIVE TO
ELECTROSTATIC
DISCHARGE.
(PAGE 301)
ESD
1. General.
Repairs to be performed on the unit are limited to the replacement of de-

fective elements by new ones.
2. General repair instructions.
A. Mechanical components.
Basically, no specific instruction is required for replacing a defective

part. The part is accessed by following the removal and disassembly
instructions (refer to "DISASSEMBLY"). Install the new part (refer to
"ASSEMBLY (INCLUDING STORAGE)"), and test it (refer to "TESTING AND
TROUBLE-SHOOTING").
B. Electrical components.
- The new wires, used for replacement, must have correct characteris-
tics as far as current, voltage, material and colour code are con-
cerned.
Make sure the wire is correctly placed and supported in the harness.
- Use tripping pliers of appropriate size for stripping the wires. For
wires provided with a teflon (PTFE) sheath, stripping is easier if
thermal stripping pliers are used.
- Strip the wire over 3 mm, in order to ensure a secure soldered con-
nection. Whenever possible, mechanically link the conductor to the
terminal lug, before applying the solder.
- Take care not to allow any solder particles, drops of pickling

product or any other material to fall into the unit.
- Use non-corrosive pickling product or resin-based solder.
Page 601
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
2. B (cont'd)
- When installing biased components, such as capacitors, diodes, tran-

sistors, etc. Make sure the connections are properly made.
- Use Forane 141b MGX for removing any excess pickling product.
- Make sure the insulating sheath is neither softened, nor burnt, nor
shrinked by more than 1.5 mm from the connection.
- When performing tests, always make sure that the power fed to the
unit has correct polarities.
- Make sure the power supplies are free of surges, fluctuations and
transient voltages that any prove dangerous.
- Do not cut the component leads too short, and do not bend them too
close to the component body. Respect the minimum lengths indicated by
the manufacturer.
- Heat sinks shall be installed to avoid that the components, and more
specifically the semiconductors, be damaged by thermal effects.
- Take care not to damage a component when cutting its lead.
- Sometimes, the soldering irons may present a potential difference to

the earth likely to induce too high a current in the transistor
during soldering operation. Use a workstation protected against
static electricity.
- Make sure the insulating bushings and mica washers fitted on the
original component are re-installed.
- The maximum time permitted for soldering of semiconductors is 10 s,

provided the soldering iron temperature does not exceed 245°C and the
soldered spot is at least 5 mm off the seal. The maximum time can be
reduced down to 5 s if the iron temperature is between 245 and 400°C.
- No soldering operation should be undertaken within 1.5 mm of the

seal.
- Do not solder a component which is connected to an electrical power

supply.
- When using multi-function and multi-range measurement equipment, dis-

connect the unit before switching from one range to the other, for
low impedances or voltages may sometimes be induced in the circuit.
- Protect the transistors against ionizing radiations and excessive

heat radiated by some sources.
Page 602
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
2. C. Wires.
- In order to avoid dismantling the strands, whenever a wire needs
replacement, cut the stripped ends of the faulty wire and insulate it
perfectly. Then, bind the new wire to the harness by means of a thin
piece of thread. Cut the thread with a low power soldering iron.
- Label the wires in the harnesses. Wrap identification tape around the
disconnected wires, so as to indicate the corresponding connection
point.
- To avoid any stresses, the harness and connector wires must be slack.
- Make sure the bending radius of the wires, either alone or included
in a strand, is at least twice the radius of the wire. Never use
pliers to bend the wires, regardless of whether they are alone or in-
cluded in strands.
- All single wires or strands located near screw threads or other rough
surfaces, or passing over the edge of a frame, must be protected
against abrasion.
- In order to avoid the production of sparks, the wires which have a
piece of bare conductor between the end of the sheath and the termi-
nal must be sufficiently separated from similar wires connected to
neighbouring terminals.
D. Binding.
- The bound wires must be parallel to each other, and they must not be
intertwined, except for twisted pairs.
- All knots shall be made in such a way as to be concealed when the
strand is installed on the unit.
- Cut the ends of the binding wire right at the knot, then stop each
knot by applying a drop of colourless varnish.
3. Repair of sub-assemblies.
A. General.
In case of mechanical failure or electrical fault of component which
needs replacement, the repair shall be performed as stated below:
- Assess the nature of the failure, either by visual inspection or by
means of a test (refer to "TESTING AND TROUBLE-SHOOTING").
- Dismantle the unit to such an extent as to access the defective com-
ponent; the standard dismantling procedure shall be applied (refer to
"DISASSEMBLY"). Do not dismantle the sub-assemblies when this is not
required.
Page 603
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
3. A. - Remove the defective part and install the new one (refer to "ASSEMBLY
(INCLUDING STORAGE)").
- Test, check and calibrate during the assembly, as stated in the stan-
dard procedure.
- The removal of defective parts and installation of new parts which

require that non-standard procedures be applied are dealt with in
specific paragraphs, below.
B. Gimballed gyromagnetic compass.

- Driving tool: P/N 461-65159-000.
- Dismantling tool: P/N 461-65160-000.
- Driving tool: P/N 461-65161-000.
- Standard electro-mechanic fitter tool kit.
- Thermal stripping pliers.
- 40/60 W soldering iron.
- Dia. 2.2 mm drill.
- Dia. 1.9 mm drill
- Dia. 9.5 mm drill.
- Oven.
- Megohmmeter 45 V DC.
- Dia. 2 mm pin drift.
- Digital multimeter.
(2) Special materials.
- 60/40 multi-coloured tin solder.

- Forane 141b MGX.
- Loctite BLOCPRESS No. 675 (F7121).
- Glue, EC 1300L.
- Unsoldering braid ULTRA-WICK 2.5 mm.

- Binding wire P/N 2-840B (F0331).
- Shielded teflon wire P/N 2ET26-19BLG1-6-9 (F1868).
- Shielded teflon wire P/N 3ET26-19BLG1-6-29-9 (F1868).
- Divided wire, teflon
insulation AWG26 P/N KZ05-04 (F0114).
- Heat-shrinkable sheath P/N RNF100-1-16-0 (F6220).
P/N RNF100-1-8-0 (F6220).
P/N RNF100-3-8x (F6220).
Page 604
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
3. B. (3) Elevation gimbal - Replacement of slip-ring K1.

(a) Dismantle the gyromagnetic compass to such an extent as to ac-
cess the defective slip-ring collector (refer to "DISASSEMBLY"
chapter, page 301).
(b) Disconnect the slip-ring leads from circuit TB1 (see
figure 706).
(c) Drive the defective slip-ring (17 - figure 706) from the shaft
(4 - figure 706). The elevation gimbal must be protected during
this operation.
(d) Remove any trace of glue from the shaft. If necessary, use a
dia. 2.2 mm drill, move manually.
(e) Engage the leads of the new slip-ring collector, linked to-
gether, into the shaft assembly opening.
(f) Coat the slip-ring bearing with Loctite BLOCPRESS No. 675 and
slide the slip-ring over the shaft.
(g) Cure for 3 H at 80°C in an oven previously raised to this tem-
perature.
(h) Measure the insulation resistance between the wires of the col-
lector connected together and its support using a megohmmeter.
Permissible value greater than 20 Mohms at 45 V DC.
(i) Connect the slip-ring wiring, clean and re-install the elevation
gimbal (refer to "ASSEMBLY (INCLUDING STORAGE)", page 701).
(4) Elevation gimbal - Replacement of an insulating bushing on the ca-
pacitor support (item 6 - figure 706).
cess the support (refer to "DISASSEMBLY" chapter, page 301).
(b) Unsolder the defective insulating bushing from the support.
(c) Clean the bushing location and, if necessary, use a dia. 1.9 mm
drill rotated by hand.
(d) Engage the new insulating bushing in the support, with the out-
put wire towards the inside of the support.
(e) Cut flush the shorter part, located towards the outside.
(f) Solder the insulating bushing by means of a 60 W soldering iron
and 60/40 tin solder.
(g) Using a megohmmeter, measure the insulation resistance between
the bushing wire and the support. This must be over 20 Mohms un-
der 45 V DC.
(h) Install the support and connect the wiring (refer to "ASSEMBLY
Page 605
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
3. B. (5) Elevation gimbal - Replacement of azimuth gimbal slip-ring K2.

cess the defective slip-ring collector (refer to "DISASSEMBLY"
chapter, page 301).
(b) Disconnect the slip-ring leads from circuit TB1 (see

figure 710).
(c) Drive the defective slip-ring (7) from the shaft (4 -

figure 710). The elevation gimbal must be protected during this
operation.
(d) Remove any trace of glue from the shaft. If necessary, use a
dia 2.2 mm drill, move manually.
(e) Engage the leads of the new slip-ring collector, linked to-
gether, into the shaft assembly opening.
(f) Coat the slip-ring bearing with Loctite BLOCPRESS No. 675 and
slide the slip-ring over the shaft.
(g) Cure for 30 min. at 70°C in an oven previously raised to this

temperature.
(h) Measure the insulation resistance between the wires of the col-
lector connected together and its support using a megohmmeter.
Permissible value greater than 20 Mohms at 45 V DC.
(i) Connect the slip-ring wiring, clean and re-install the azimuth
gimbal (refer to "ASSEMBLY (INCLUDING STORAGE) chapter,
page 701).
(6) Frame assembly - Replacement of the elevation torque-motor stator

(figure 601).

cess the defective stator (refer to "DISASSEMBLY" chapter,
page 301).
(b) Unsolder the four stator leads from circuit TB3.
(c) Place the frame assembly onto the anvil as shown in

figure 601 A.
(d) Using a dia. 2 mm pin drift engage in the three holes on the
frame, drive the stator out of its housing. Operate in small in-
crements in the three holes in sequence.
(e) Clean the stator housing as stated in "CLEANING" chapter,

page 401, so as to remove any traces of Loctite and varnish.
Page 606
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
3. B. (6) (f) Coat the stator housing in the frame with a thin film of
EC 1300L glue.
(g) Present the stator on the frame, with the output wires set at a
30° angle to circuit TB3, so as to make a loop.
(i) Check the ohmic resistance of the stator windings by means of a

multimeter set to ohmmeter function.
Red - Black wires: 84 Ω ± 10 %.

Yellow - White wires: 2170 Ω ± 10 %.
(j) Using a megohmmeter, measure the insulation resistance between

the stator wires connected to each other and the frame struc-
ture. This resistance must be higher than 20 Mohms under
45 V DC.
(k) Connect the stator wires to circuit TB3 (refer to figures 603,
604 and 605). Clean the solders as indicated in "CLEANING" chap-
ter, page 401.
(l) Equip the frame in accordance with the instructions given in

"ASSEMBLY (INCLUDING STORAGE)" chapter, page 701.
(7) Frame assembly - Replacement of flexible circuit TB3.

cess circuit TB3 needing replacement (refer to "DISASSEMBLY"
chapter, page 301).
(b) Unsolder the wires on each side of circuit TB3.
(c) Release the circuit and remove any trace of glue (refer to
"CLEANING" chapter, page 401).
(d) Coat the new circuit with EC 1300L glue and fix it to the frame
(refer to figures 603, 604 and 605).
(f) Clean circuit TB3 wiring (refer to figures 603, 604 and 605).
(g) After wiring has been completed, clean as stated in "CLEANING"

chapter, page 401.
(h) Again equip the frame in accordance with the instructions given
in "ASSEMBLY (INCLUDING STORAGE)" chapter, page 701.
Page 607
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
3. B. (8) Frame assembly - Threaded sleeve replacement on the frame assembly.

Do not replace the Threaded sleeve. If it is defective, replace all
the entire frame assembly.
.
(9) Gyromagnetic compass wiring repair (figures 603, 604 and 605).
(a) For the replacement of electrical components such as connectors,
TB circuits, brush-holders, etc., apply the standard instruc-
tions set forth in paragraphs 2. B., 2. C. and 2. D.
(b) If the wiring strand needs to be replaced, follow these steps:
- Dismantle the gyromagnetic compass to such an extent as to
access the strand (refer to "DISASSEMBLY" chapter, page 301).
- Disconnect the synchro-machine leads, after removing screws
(1).
- Loosen screws (3), release clamps (4) and washers (2).
- Unsolder the leads to circuits TB2 and TB3, brush-holders K2
and TB10 for versions A and B.
- After undoing nut (7), remove the packing gland (6) and gas-
ket (5).
- Remove the strand.
- Insert the new strand into the frame, after having installed
the gasket (5), packing gland (6) and nut (7). Do not
tighten.
- Position the strand on the mounting plate.
- Solder the leads on circuits TB2, TB3 and brush-holders K2
and TB10 for versions A, B, G, H, J, M, N, P, R, S and T.
Page 608
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
3. B. (9) (b) - Secure the leads to the synchro-machines with screws (1).
- Install the clamps (4) and secure them by means of screws (3)
and washers (2). Correct the strand position on the mounting.
- Plate and then tighten the packing gland (6) and nut (7).
- Clean the mounting plate and all soldered components as indi-
cated in "CLEANING" chapter, page 401.
- Using a multimeter set to ohmmeter function, check continuity
between pins of connectors P2 and the connected components
(versions C to T) or between pins of connectors J1 - P2 and
the connected components (versions A and B) (refer to
figures 603, 604 and 605).
- By means of a megohmmeter, check the insulation resistance
between the pins of connectors P2 connected to each other and
the frame mechanical ground (versions C to T) or between the
pins of connectors J1 - P2 connected to each other and the
frame mechanical ground (versions A and B).
Note: For versions P, R, S and T, do not connect pins A, B,
C, D, E, F, G, H, J, K, L, M, N, P, R, S, d and j.
The value of the insulation resistance shall be higher than
20 Mohms under 45 V DC.
- Reassemble the gyromagnetic compass (refer to "ASSEMBLY
C. Electronic box.
(1) Required equipment.
- Standard punch: P/N 199-20007-116.
- Anvil: P/N 199-20002-122.
- Spacer: P/N 199-20010-101.
- Standard die: P/N 199-20001-101.
- Swaging punch: P/N 199-20006-106.
- Driving punch: P/N 461-65115-000.
- Adaptor: P/N 199-20010-103.
- Spacer: P/N 199-20010-102.
- Punch: P/N 199-20006-105.
- Riveting tool: P/N 461-65145-000.
- Drift dia. 6.7, 5.4 and 3.5 mm.
- 60 W soldering iron.
- Brush.
- Forced draught hood.
- Protective goggles.
- Protective gloves.
- Dia. 2 at 90° tip drill.
- Workshop press, automator type.
- Punch with 60° tip.
- Punch with 90° tip.
- Pin drift dia. 1.8 mm.
Page 609
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
3. C. (2) Special materials.
- Unsoldering braid ULTRA-WICK 2.5 mm.

- Adhesive tape.
- Protective varnish VERNELEC 43022X with solvent D4064 and paint
remover 4118.
- Glue EC 1300L.
- 19 x 0.16 flexible wire, P/N KU01-20-99.
(3) Base assembly - Replacement of bonding braid swaged nut.

cess the defective nut (refer to "DISASSEMBLY" chapter,
page 301).
(b) Using a drill of appropriate size (dia. 7 mm, 90° tip), remove
the swaged part of the nut. Operate in small increments, in or-
der to not to damage the base.
(c) Drive the nut out, by means of a 6.7 mm diameter drift.

+0.1
(d) Check hole diameter, it should be 6.8 mm.
+0
(e) Using the appropriate tool (refer to figure 606), insert the nut
into the base, the swage it.
(f) Inspect the swaging and re-install the base assembly (refer to
"ASSEMBLY (INCLUDING STORAGE)" chapter, page 701).
(4) Base assembly - Replacement of a floating swaged nut in the base

assy.
(a) Using a drill of appropriate size (dia. 6 mm, 90° tip), remove
the swaged part of the nut from the base assembly. Operate in
small increments, in order not to damage the base.
(b) Drive the defective nut out, by means of a 5.4 mm diameter

drift.
+0.1
(c) Check hole diameter, it should be 5.5 mm.
+0
(d) Install the new nut and engage it into the base (refer to
figure 607). Orient the nut lugs lengthwise (refer to detail A).
(e) Turn the base assembly over and swage the nut by means of the
swaging punch.
(f) Inspect the swaging.
Page 610
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
3. C. (5) Base assembly - Replacement of a damper (figure 608).

cess the damper to be replaced on the base assembly from which
electronic PC boards have been removed (refer to "DISASSEMBLY"
chapter, page 301).
(b) Using a drill of appropriate size (dia. 3.8 mm, 90° tip), remove
the swaged part of the rivets. Operate in small increments, in
order not to damage the base.
(c) Drive the rivets out and remove the defective damper. Use a dia.
3.5 mm drift.
(d) Install the new damper and the rivets. Versions G, H, J, M, N,
P, R, S and T are provided with a spacer beneath the damper.
(e) Swage the rivets by means of the tool shown on figure 608.
(f) Inspect the swaging and install the base assembly (refer to
"ASSEMBLY (INCLUDING STORAGE) chapter, page 701).
(6) Bottom plate repair (figure 609).

cess the bottom plate (refer to "DISASSEMBLY" chapter,
page 301).
(b) Using a drill of appropriate size (dia. 2 mm, 90° tip), remove
the swaged part of the safetying plug. Operate in small incre-
ments, in order not to damage the bottom plate.
(c) Drive the plug out, by means of a dia. 1.8 mm pin drift.
(d) Install the new plug and swage it by means of the 60° and 90°
tip punches.
(e) Inspect the swaging.
(f) If the rubber sheet is damaged, tear it off, then clean the sur-
face so as to remove any trace of glue.
(g) Bond the new sheet to the bottom plate with EC 1300L type glue,
or any equivalent.
(h) Re-install the bottom plate (refer to "ASSEMBLY (INCLUDING

STORAGE)" chapter, page 701).
Page 611
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
3. D. Repair of the electronic PC boards (refer to figure 610).

(1) Removal of components.
Note: As in the course of manufacture the PCB's have been pro-
tected against moisture and salt spray, the protective var-
nish must be removed prior to unsoldering the components.
Regardless of the extent of the repair, only the damaged
components or those which proved to be faulty during tests
will be unsoldered for replacement.
(a) Once the defective component has been spotted, cut out and
remove small square sections of the plastic coating on solder
side.
(b) Apply the iron tip and the unsoldering braid onto the solder,
until all the solder material has been absorbed in the braid.
The component lead is released from the terminal.
(c) Do not extend iron tip contact, as terminal insulating material
may be damaged.
(d) Conform to standard repair instructions (refer to paragraph 2.).
Note: In case of replacement of a connecting wire between cir-
cuits No. 1 and No. 2, use wire P/N KU01-20-99.
(2) Connection of components.
(a) Insert the lead of the component to be soldered into its hole,
in the centre of the recess.
(b) Using thin flat-nose pliers, bend the lead against the printed
circuit.
(c) Cut the lead to the length of 2 mm.
(d) Solder the lead.
(e) If the capacitors are replaced, they shall be bonded to the cir-
cuit with Araldite 2015 glue .
(3) Protection of the circuits.
CAUTION: THE USE OF ACETONE OR ANY CHLORINATED SOLVENT AS
CLEANING AGENT IS PROHIBITED.
(a) The electronic PCB connectors shall be protected with adhesive
tape.
(b) Varnish the PC boards (refer to paragraph 3. D. (4)).
Page 612
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
3. D. (4) Use of the printed circuit protection varnish.
(a) Clean the repaired area of the circuit board with FLUXCLENE
FLU400D.
(b) Mix 100 parts of VERNELEC 43022X varnish with 30 parts of D4064
thinner.
(c) Apply the varnish, by means of a soft 10 mm wide brush, only on

the repaired area.
(d) Place the circuit a flat and let it dry in air, protected from
dust, for about 5 h.
(e) The impregnated board can be handled after this first period
(5 h) has elapsed, by polymerization is complete only after
72 h.
(f) Varnish can be diluted with toluene or paint remover 4118 and
removed with an hot soldering iron tip.
(g) The varnish contains a flammable solvent. So, take all precau-
tions relevant to the use of volatile, flammable and noxious
agents. All work must be performed under a forced-draught hood.
(h) At the end of the work, thoroughly wash hands, avoid contact
with the eyes. Wear protective goggles and gloves all throughout
the job.
E. Use of liquid Loctite polymers.
(1) All parts to be treated must be dry and free of oil or grease. If
necessary, degrease.
(2) The Loctite can be applied by spraying, dipping or with a brush.
(3) As a normal safety measure, lengthy contact with the Loctite should
be avoided. Efficient protection will be ensured by gloves or a
protective cream applied to the hands.
(4) Liquid Loctite is soluble in chlorinated solvent and in most pick-

ling solvents. Polymerized Loctite is insoluble. It can only be
scraped or remove from screw threads by means of a tap or die of
proper size.
(5) Only one of the parts need be coated with Loctite. One or two drops
are sufficient to stop a screw thread.
Page 613
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
3. E. (6) The product must never be applied to an hot surface.
(7) The curing temperature will be chosen depending on the heat

strength of the various materials and components contained.
This temperature can be:
- Either 30 min. at 100°C.
- Or 10 min. at 160°C.
The times mentioned above do not include the time required for
raising the oven to the curing temperature.
Page 614
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 601
Replacement of elevation torque-motor stator on frame assembly
Pages 615/616
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 602
Replacement of threaded sleeve on frame assembly
Pages 617/618
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 603
Compass wiring
Versions A and B
Pages 619/620
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 604
Compass wiring
Pages 621/622
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 605
Compass wiring
Pages 623/624
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 606
Electronic control unit
Replacement of bonding braid fastening nut
Pages 625/626
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 607
Electronic control unit
Replacement of a floating-anchor nut
Pages 627/628
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 608
Replacement of a damper
Pages 629/630
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 609
Seating of the locking plugs
Rubber foam bonding
Pages 631/632
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 610
Component connection
Pages 633/634
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
ASSEMBLY (INCLUDING STORAGE)
CAUTION
OBSERVE ALL
PRECAUTIONS FOR
HANDLING PRODUCTS
SENSITIVE TO
ELECTROSTATIC
DISCHARGE.
(PAGE 301)
ESD
1. General.
A. Checks before assembly.
- Make sure that all components have been checked.

- Make sure that all elements to be used have been cleaned.
- Make sure that all required tools, equipment, measuring instruments
and materials are available.
B. General instructions.
- All assembly and test operations must be carried out in a clean room.
- Do not stack the components. The parts to be assembled must be kept
separately under an appropriate protective cover until the time of
their assembly.
- Drilling, deburring, filing and polishing operations, as well as
those implying the use of toxic solvent or bonding agents, must be
performed in special areas of the premises, equipped with extraction
hoods.
2. Assembly of the gyromagnetic compass.
A. Gyro wheel assembly (figure 701).
(1) General.
The assembly of the gyro wheel results from a logical assembly

process applied to high-precision parts which, starting from the
wound stator, leads to the gyro wheel assembly.
The assembly instructions must be followed all along the process:
- All the operations shall be performed in a clean room.

- All the fastening screws must be locked with Loctite No. 274.
Page 701
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
2. A. (2) Required equipment.

(a) Tools.
- Standard electro-mechanic tool kit.
- Spanner: P/N 424-65129-000.
- Mounting tool: P/N 461-65105-000.
- Extraction tool: P/N 461-65104-000.
- Support fixture: P/N 461-65139-000.
- Balancing tool: P/N 461-65106-000.
- Chip suction nozzle: P/N 199-65043-000.
- Run-in bench: P/N 461-65110-001.
- Set of taps, dia. 3 mm, pitch 0.3 mm.
- Antistatic boxes.
- Screw press.
- Oven.
- Feeler gauge.
- Balancing machine, SCHENCK, type AIOG, No. P/N ARB 1260.
- Sensitive drilling machine.
- Stop watch, one-second accuracy.
- Multimeter.
- Strobe light.
- Torque wrench.
(b) Special materials.
- Tapping oil TARFIL.
- Kerosene.
- Loctite, T No. 747.
- Loctite BLOCPRESS No. 675.
- Loctite SCELLEROULEMENT No. 672.
- Biosane TE213.
- Brush.
- Desiccating agent ACTIGEL T150.
(3) Preparation of the parts.
(a) Using a tooling bearing, carry out the fitting of the two
flanges (2). Push fit by means of a burnisher.
(b) Inspect the stator condition, and more specifically the bonding
of the laminations insulating material, the cleanliness of the
outer face of the laminations, the overall width of the winding
(21.5 mm max.).
(c) Check the fit of the nuts (4) and locknuts (5) on the threaded
shafts of the wound gyro wheel stator (3). Spanner
P/N 424-65129-000 shall be used for nuts (4) and a 6 mm wrench
for locknuts (5). A push fit, free of play should be achieved.
(d) If the fit of nuts (4) and locknuts (5) is too snug, tap with a
3 mm diameter, 0.3 mm pitch tap. Use half a drop of TARFIL oil
during the operation. Clean after the tapping has been com-
pleted.
Page 702
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
2. A. (3) (e) Store the nuts (4) and locknuts (5) matched to the stator
shafts (3) in separate boxes.
(f) Check the fit of the bearings (6) on the stator shafts (3). As
for the flanges, use a tooling bearing. Perform a push fit, free
of play. A burnisher and kerosene shall be used for this opera-
tion. Clean after completion.
(4) Mounting of a flange (2) into the flywheel (1) (figure 702 A.).
(a) Place a flange (2) onto the tool base. Use the mounting tool,
P/N 461-65105-000.
(b) Engage the flywheel (1) onto the flange (2). Position the tool
centring part over the flywheel (1).
(c) Using a screw press, drive the flange (2) into the flywheel (1).
(d) Remove the flywheel and flange assembly of the tool.
(5) Mounting and bonding of the armature (7) into the flywheel (1)
(figure 702 B.).
(a) Using a brush, apply a thin film of Loctite T No. 747 activator
on the outside of the armature (7) and at the location of the
armature in the flywheel (1). Allow 10 minute drying.
(b) Coat the outside of the armature (7) and at the location of the
armature in the flywheel (1) with Loctite BLOCPRESS No. 675.
(c) Place the flywheel (1) fitted with flange (2) on the tool base.
(d) Insert the armature (7) into the flywheel (1).
(e) Using the tool piston and the screw press, drive the armature
(7) into the flywheel (1).
(f) Remove the tool, then cure and polymerize for 2 H. at 80°C in an
oven previously raised to this temperature.
(g) Take the assembly out of the oven, let it cool at room tempera-
ture.
Page 703
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
2. A. (6) Wound stator (3) assembly and driving of the 2nd flange (2)
(figure 702 C.).
(a) Engage the wound rotor (3), with the wires downwards, into the
flywheel (1) fitted with one flange (2) and the armature (7).
(b) Position the whole set on the tool base, taking care not to
damage the stator (3) wires. Use mounting tool,
P/N 461-65105-000.
(c) Engage the second flange (2). Drive it in, by means of the tool
piston and screw press.
(d) Remove the whole tool.
Note: After completing this operation, handle the assembly

with great care, in order to avoid damaging the stator
windings (3), since the latter is not yet restrained by
the speed bearings (6).
(e) If a flange has to be removed, extraction tool, P/N 461-65104-000

(figure 703 A.), must be used.
(7) Installation of the bearings (6).
(a) Place the gyro wheel onto the support fixture, P/N 461-65139-000
(refer to figure 703 B.).
(b) Clean the bearing (6) seating surfaces on the stator shafts and
flanges (2), by means of a brush dipped in Biosane TE213.
(c) Take a new bearing (6) out of its bag and degrease its outside
face with Biosane TE213.
(d) Coat the outside face with a thin film of Loctite SCELLEROULE-
MENT No. 672.
(e) Slide the bearing (6) onto the shaft, on wire side, in the
flange (2).
(f) Perform steps (c) to (e) again for the second bearing (6).
(g) Remove any excess Loctite with a fine soft brush.
Page 704
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
2. A. (8) Assembly of the nuts (4) and locknuts (5).
(a) With the gyro wheel laying on support fixture P/N 461-65139-000
(refer to figure 703 B.), mount the matched nut (4) and locknut
(5) on the side opposite to the wire outlet.
(b) Tighten by hand till coming in contact with the bearing (6).
(c) Using the feeler gauge, adjust nut (4) and locknut (5) till
obtaining 15.5 mm ± 0.1 mm from the end of the stator (3) shaft
and the flange (2) outer face (refer to figure 701, dimen-
sion A).
(d) Hold nut (4) with the spanner, P/N 424-65129-000, and tighten
the locknut (5) with a 6 mm wrench.
Tightening torque: 0.15 m.daN.
(e) On wire side, tighten the nut (4) and locknut (5) by hand, till
coming in contact with the bearing.
(f) While holding the stator shafts between thumbs and forefingers,
rotate the rotor by hand.
(g) The bearings are correctly stressed when the bearing rotation
cannot be felt, and when the flywheel rotation stops without
apparent braking.
(h) Using spanner P/N 424-65129-000 and a 6 mm wrench, hold nut (4)
and tighten locknut (5).
(i) Place the gyro wheel into a clean oven previously raised to the
temperature of 80°C and polymerize for 2 H.
(9) Dynamic gyro wheel balancing (refer to figure 704).
(a) Install the gyro wheel on balancing tool P/N 461-65106-000; the
knurled bearing must be installed with a dia. 3 mm flat washer
on each side. Secure by means of the two tool clamps.
(b) Check free motor motion on the fixture and place the whole set
on the SCHENCK - type balancing machine (type AIOG FAB ARB 1260)
or any equivalent.
(c) Connect the gyro wheel supply leads to the 115 V 400 Hz power
network. Isolate the voltage source by means of a switch,
without leaving out the capacitor (9).
(d) Feed the balancing machine with 220 V 50 Hz power supply.
Page 705
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
2. A. (9) (e) First consult the operation manual for the SCHENCK type
balancing machine, then set it up as per the instructions of
the table below.
WEIGHT OF THE ROTOR (kg) 0.325

(lb) 0.716
Rough balancing 6,000

operation
Indications Balancing rotation
about the part speed (rpm) Fine balancing 22,000
operation
rpm L.H. side R.H. side
Potentiometer 6,000 P1 P2
dial-knobs 2.10 3.10
SCHENCK 22,000 3.60 2.80
balancing
machine A/Z polarity switch A A
controls
Calibration dial-knobs C1/C2 10 10
Switch +/- + +
Indications Compensation type Drilling Drilling

relative
to Correction drill diameter (mm) 2.7 2.7
compensation
Required scale precision 5 div. 5 div.
(f) Place the probe in front of the ground face insert. This mark is
considered as the 0° reference. The end of the ground area is
taken as 180° reference, the 90° point being located in-between.
Page 706
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
2. A. (9) (g) Energize the gyro wheel by connecting:
- Green lead: 115 V 400 Hz supply (H).

- Black lead: 115 V 400 Hz supply (C).
- Yellow lead connected to green lead through a 0.22 microF,
± 10 %, 250 V capacitor, P/N HA64S250V220KK (F1379).
Then check that the flywheel rotates clockwise, when seen from
wire end.
(h) Select "3.9-10" by means of the "AFFICHAGE VITESSE" (speed

selection) knob.
(i) Set the sensitiveness selector switch to "50" position.
(j) Trigger the photoelectric probe by foot or hand control.
(k) Monitor rotational speed on the meter, when 6000 rpm is reached,
switch off the gyro wheel and photoelectric probe power sup-
plies.
(l) Using the spots on the R.H. and L.H. indicators, check the un-
balance point positions whose azimuth and range are shown by
each spot.
(m) First, the information of the L.H. indicator are taken into
account. Drilling is performed on the flywheel rim, at 6 mm from
the left edge.
(n) Stop and release the gyro wheel. Place it on the Vee-block
beneath the drilling machine, the drilling depth of which is al-
ready set. The drilling machine is fitted with a chip suction
nozzle, P/N 199-65043-000.
(o) Using a dia. 2.7 mm drill, start drilling slowly at the location
indicated by the spot, and only at 0°, 90°, 180° and 270°
positions, which are nearest to the indicated unbalance point
position. The drilling depth shall always be as shallow as pos-
sible, i.e. equal to or less than 4 mm. If necessary, drill up
to 2 additional holes at max ±10° around the first hole.
Operate in small increments.
(p) Repeat these operations for the R.H. side.
(q) Display "18-50" using the "AFFICHAGE VITESSE" (speed selection)

button and continue balancing by increasing the sensitiveness.
Finish at 22,000 rpm (ultimate speed).
(r) Balancing is completed when the unbalance point is less than

5 divisions, with the sensitiveness switch set to "1".
Page 707
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
2. A. (9) (s) If dynamic balancing cannot be achieved, dismantle the gyro

wheel as indicated in "DISASSEMBLY" chapter, page 301 and check
the following items likely to have originated the anomaly:
- Armature bonding in the flywheel.
- Outer bearing race bonding.
- Stressed bearings.
- Defective bearings.
(t) Switch off gyro wheel power supply. Shut down the balancing unit
and remove the gyro wheel from the tool.
(10) Rundown time check and adjustment (figure 705).
(a) Install the gyro wheel on the run-in bench P/N 461-65110-001.
(b) Make sure locknut (5) is fully engaged into the rectangular
groove of the rear tooling support.
(c) Secure the gyro wheel by means of nut P/N 461-10645-000, whose
large face shall be in contact with the support fixture (refer
to figure 705, detail A).
Note: Do not torque the nut, tighten by hand, only.
(d) Connect the gyro wheel leads to the run-in bench terminals;
colour codes must be complied with.
(e) Install the tool protective cover.
(f) Set the switch corresponding to the gyro wheel to "ARRET"
(stop).
(g) Connect supply cord P/N 199-53531-015 to the 115 V 400 Hz sin-
gle-phase power system.
(h) Set the switch to "MARCHE" (run). The gyro wheel rotates clock-
wise, as seen from wire end.
(i) After 5 min. of operation, set the switch to stop position and
simultaneously trip a stop watch.
(j) Stop timing when the gyro wheel stops and record the obtained
value.
(k) Rundown time must be between 4 and 6 min.
(l) If rundown time is over 6 min., loosen locknut (5 - figure 701)
on wire side, the tighten nut (4 - figure 701), and retighten
locknut (5 - figure 701). Use spanner P/N 464-65129-000 for nut
(4 - figure 701) and a 6 mm wrench for locknut (5 - figure 701).
Page 708
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
2. A. (10) (m) If rundown time is between 5 and 6 min., proceed as stated

above, but in this case nut (4 - figure 701) must be loosened.
(n) After each adjustment, measure rundown time, as instructed in
steps (h) to (l).
(o) If rundown time is not within the indicated range, the bearings
must be replaced and scrap it.
Note: Fit new bearings only.
(11) Gyro wheel run-in (figure 705).
(a) Install the gyro wheel onto the run-in bench, P/N 461-65110-001,
fitted with its cover and run-in the gyro wheel for 30 hours.
(b) After 10 hours of operation, set the selector switch to "ARRET"
and simultaneously trip a stop watch. Measure rundown time and
correct the adjustment if required.
(c) When 30 hours have elapsed, set the switch to "ARRET" and allow
the wheel to cool for one hour.
(d) Set the switch to "MARCHE" and wait for 30 min.
(e) Set the selector switch to "ARRET" and simultaneously trip a
stop watch.
(f) Stop timing when the gyro wheel stops. Record the obtained
value.
(g) Rundown time after run-in must be between 4 and 6 min .
(12) Runup time.
(a) The gyro wheel is still on the run-in bench, P/N 461-65110-001,
whose cover has be removed. Remove the jumper, dia. 8 mm, which
corresponds to the green wire of the gyro wheel.
(b) Connect at this location an AC ammeter set to 0-0.5 A range or a
multimeter set to "ammeter function". Install the cover.
(c) Set the selector switch to "MARCHE" and simultaneously trip a
stop watch. The ammeter pointer deflects.
(d) Stop timing when the ammeter indication stabilizes.
Record time and current.
(e) The time lapse must be less than 2 min. and the current must be
lower than 0.125 A.
Page 709
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
2. A. (13) Gyro wheel rotational speed measurement.
(a) The gyro wheel is rotating on bench, P/N 461-65110-001. Remove

the cover.
(b) Using a strobe lamp, measure the gyro wheel rotational speed.
(c) The measured speed must be over 22,000 rpm.
(d) The values obtained for the various characteristics shall be

entered into a log sheet:
- Runup time.
- Consumption.
- Rundown time.
- Speed.
(e) Set the selector switch to "ARRET"; wait for gyro wheel complete
stop and remove it from the tool.
(14) Final dynamic balancing (refer to figure 704).
(a) Resume dynamic gyro wheel balancing as indicated in para-

graph 2. A. (9).
(b) Check the gyro wheel as indicated in "INSPECTION - CHECK" chap-

ter, page 501.
(c) If the gyro wheel is not to be used immediately, store it in an

appropriate package, packed with polyurethane foam.
Page 710
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
2. B. Elevation gimbal (figure 706).

(1) General.
- The elevation gimbal is a light-alloy frame accommodating the
gyro wheel. It is recommended that the balancing operations
described in this chapter be performed whenever one of the compo-
nents is replaced.
- All screws shall be stopped with Loctite No. 274.
(2) Required equipments.
(a) Tools.
- Positioning fixture: P/N 461-65108-000.
- Slip-ring protective device: P/N 461-65095-000.
- Balancing support: P/N 425-65064-000.
- Spanner: P/N 199-22402-000.
- Oven.
- Scribing machine.
- Torque wrench.
- Tooling bearing: P/N R2W3VLC011(K1499).
- Magnetization unit LMM type: AE150.
- Hall-effect gaussmeter LMM type: GP106.
- Power supply 115 V 400 Hz and 26 V 400 Hz.
- Loctite No. 274.
- Heat-shrinkable sheath RNF100-3-64-0 (F6220).
- Glue 3M P/N EC 1300L.
- Glue 8620.
- Nylon thread 0.7 to 0.8 mm GREENWATER.
(3) Preparation of the parts.
(a) Check the gimbal (1) for cleanliness.
(b) Introduce a piece of nylon thread (3) into the balancing screw
tapping (2).
(c) Tighten screw (2) until it protrudes out of its tapping by one
turn of thread. Use spanner P/N 199-22402-000 for this purpose.
(d) Cut thread (3) and tighten screw (2) again, so that it protrudes
by equal lengths on each side.
(e) Install the other three screws (2).
(f) Check shaft assembly (4) and hub (5) fitting in gimbal (1). No
play shall be permitted.
Page 711
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
2. B. (4) Shaft assembly (4) installation.
(a) Engage the shaft assembly (4) into the elevation gimbal (1).
Note: The shaft assembly (4) bears the slip-ring collector K1

(17) protected by tool P/N 461-65095-000. Replacement
procedure for slip-ring (17) is given in "REPAIR" chap-
ter, page 601.
(b) Install on shaft assembly (4) the capacitor support (6), with
the capacitor securing loop (19) towards the elevation gimbal
bosses (applies to versions A to F, K and L).
- For versions G, H, J, M, N, P, R, S and T, a washer (22) sub-
stitutes for the capacitor support (6).
(c) Using a 10 mm socket wrench, screw nut (7) onto shaft assembly
(4). Then lock the nut.
(5) Hub (5) installation.
(a) Engage hub (5) into the elevation gimbal (1).
(b) Install the positioning tool, P/N 461-65108-000 (refer to

figure 707 B.).
(c) Introduce the first shield (8).
(d) Install the torque-motor rotor (9), with the "S" side towards
the elevation gimbal bosses.
(e) Introduce the second field (8) and, for versions G, H, J, M, N,

P, R, S and T, install a washer (20) and the blanking shutter
(21).
(f) Secure the whole set by means of nut (10). Torque nut (10) to
1 m.daN. Lock with Loctite No. 274.
(g) Remove the positioning tool.
(6) Installation of erector (11) (versions A to F, K and L).
(a) Install the erector assembly (11) on the elevation gimbal (1),
with the erector output wires towards printed circuit TB1 (14).
(b) Secure the erector (11) by means of two screws (12). A washer
(13) must be placed between the gimbal (1) and the erector
blade.
(c) Form the output wire into a loop, passing them under the erector
blade, on washer (13) side. They will be connected at a further
time.
Page 712
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
2. B. (7) Installation of printed circuit TB1 (14).

(a) Place both washers (16) on the elevation gimbal (1).
(b) Position printed circuit TB1 (14) on the elevation gimbal (1),
with the side bearing 6 terminals toward the shaft assembly (4).
(c) Secure the circuit (14) by two screws (15).
(8) Elevation gimbal wiring.
(a) Connect the elevation gimbal assembly wiring (refer to electri-
cal diagram of figure 706).
(b) Protect the capacitor leads with heath-shrinkable sheath (18),
P/N RNF 100-3-64-0 (versions A to F, K and L).
(c) Once the wiring has been connected, clean all solders as indi-
cated in "CLEANING" chapter, page 401.
(d) Using a megohmmeter, measure the insulation resistance of cir-
cuit TB1 terminals with respect to the elevation gimbal ground.
The insulation resistance must exceed 20 Mohms under 45 V DC.
Terminal 6 is the bonding terminal.
(e) Fix the wires to the gimbal by means of drops of SCOTCH-GRIP
elastomeric glue, P/N EC 1300L. Allow to dry at room tempera-
ture.
(9) Magnetization of the azimuth torque-motor rotor.
Note: This operation is required only after removal of the rotor
or replacement of the rotor or a shield.
(e) If residual induction cannot be obtained, replace the

torque-motor rotor.
Page 713
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
2. B. (10) Installation of the gyro wheel in the elevation gimbal

(figure 708).
(a) Check locknut (1) and nut (5) push fit on the gyro wheel
threaded shafts (3) is free of play.
(b) Thoroughly screw a locknut (1) on each threaded shaft (3) of the
gyro wheel.
(c) Engage washers (4) and push them against the locknuts (1).
(d) Screw both nuts (5) by one turn on each gyro wheel shafts (3).
(e) Introduce the gyro wheel (3) thus prepared into the elevation
gimbal (8) and tighten both nuts (5) by hand, until they are in
contact with the elevation gimbal.
(f) Loosen the locknuts (1), so as to tighten the washers (4) on the
elevation gimbal (8). Check the gyro wheel (3) for centring in
the elevation gimbal (8).
(g) Connect the three gyro wheel supply leads to circuit TB1 (9)
(refer to figure 706 - Electrical diagram). The wiring loop must
be retained. Clean as per "CLEANING" chapter, page 401.
(11) First static balancing of the elevation gimbal (figure 708).
(a) Remove the slip-ring protector and install the elevation gimbal
on the support fixture, P/N 425-65064-000, fitted with two jour-
nals, P/N 425-65064-113, each of which contains a tooling
bearing P/N R2W3VLC011 (K1499) (refer to figure 709).
(b) Set the elevation gimbal in normal position, i.e. with the mer-
cury switch CT1 is up position.
(c) Loosen both nuts (5) by an equal amount, in order to allow gyro
wheel (3) motion inside the elevation gimbal (8).
(d) Perform as fine balancing as possible through the adjustment of

the locknuts (1). If the gyro wheel is slanted towards side B,
loosen locknut (1) on side A.
(e) Operate in small increments while holding the locknuts (1) in

contact with the elevation gimbal (8).
(f) Once balance has been achieved, torque nuts (5) to 0.4 m.daN.
Use a torque wrench fitted with a 14 mm socket. Check balance
after torquing the nuts (5).
Page 714
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
2. B. (11) (g) If balance is not achieved, check the alignment of the eleva-
tion gimbal shafts (maximum permitted off-centring as read on
the dial gage: 0.02 mm). In case of strain, replace the eleva-
tion gimbal.
(12) Fine elevation gimbal balancing (figure 708).
(a) With the elevation gimbal installed on tool P/N 425-65064-000

(refer to figure 709), place circuit TB1 (9) in lower position.
(b) Release the elevation gimbal and observe it direction of motion.
(c) If the gimbal swings towards to operator, correction will be

achieved by securing a shim (6) by means of two screws (7) on
the "N" side of the elevation gimbal.
Note: The thickness of shims (6) may take one of three values:
0.5 mm, 0.8 mm and 1 mm.
(d) Begin adjustment with a 0.5 mm shim. Do not use more than
4 shims (6) at each location.
(e) Orient the elevation gimbal successively towards all four cardi-
nal points, and knock the balancing support each time with a
small wooden mallet.
(f) If necessary, carry out very accurate adjustment by means of the

balancing screws (2).
(g) Balancing is completed when the elevation gimbal remains stable,

whatever its position on the tool.
Note: If fine balancing cannot be achieved, repeat the opera-

tions of the preceding paragraph 2. B. (11): first
balancing.
(h) Lock the four balancing screws (2) and the screws (7) securing
the shims (6) with a drop of glue 8620 type varnish. Allow to
dry at room temperature.
(i) Remove the elevation gimbal from the balancing fixture, and re-
install the slip-ring protector, P/N 461-65095-000.
(j) Carry out visual inspection of the elevation gimbal, as state in

"INSPECTION - CHECK" chapter, page 501.
(k) If the elevation gimbal is not to be used immediately, store it

in a convenient package, packed with polyurethane foam.
Page 715
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
2. C. Azimuth gimbal (figures 710 and 711).
(1) General.
- The azimuth gimbal is a light-alloy frame which accommodates the

elevation gimbal.
Any repair or replacement of an assembly or sub-assembly requires

that the balancing operations described in this chapter be per-
formed.
- In case when the azimuth gimbal slip-ring K2 is replaced, refer

to "REPAIR" chapter, page 601.
- Lock all screws with Loctite No. 274.
(a) Tools.

- Support: P/N 461-65109-000.
- Spanner: P/N 199-22402-000.
- Slip-ring protective device: P/N 461-65095-000.
- Balancing support: P/N 425-65064-000.
- Brush-holder protector: P/N 461-65116-000.
- Spanner: P/N 199-22401-000.
- Dial gage, 0.01 mm accuracy.
- Micrometer, 0-25 mm range.
- Workshop surface plate.
- Universal dial gage support.
- Heat-shrinkable sheath P/N RNF 100-3-32-0.

- Glue P/N EC 1300L.
- Glue P/N 8620.
- Loctite No. 274.
- Connection wire 28UT-RED, WHITE, GREEN and BLACK.
(3) Installation of the upper shaft.
(a) Place the azimuth gimbal assembly (1) on the mounting fixture,
P/N 461-65109-000 (refer to figure 710 C. or 711 D.).
(b) In each tapping intended for the four balancing screws (2), in-
troduce a piece of nylon thread (3), then screw in a screw (2)
so that it protrudes by two turns, then cut the thread. Tighten
the screw (2) some more, in order to have it protruding by equal
lengths on each side. Spanner P/N 199-22402-000 will be used for
this purpose.
Page 716
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
2. C. (3) (c) Introduce bearing (4) into the azimuth gimbal assembly (1). A
snug fit, free of play must be obtained.
Note: Bearing (4) contains slip-ring K2 (7). The slip-ring re-

placement procedure is given in "REPAIR" chapter,
page 601.
The slip-ring is protected by tool P/N 461-65095-000.
(d) Install wheel (5) onto bearing (4) and screw nut (6). Do not
tighten.
(e) Install the azimuth gimbal assembly (1) onto the balancing sup-
port, P/N 425-65064-000 and adjust the position of wheel (5), in
order to read an out-of-round value lower than 0.03 mm on the
dial gage.
(f) Once wheel (5) has been properly adjusted, lock it by means of
Loctite No. 274, tighten nut (6), then check out-of-roundness
again. Readjust if necessary.
(4) Installation of the azimuth torque-motor coils (8) (all versions)

and circuits TB2 and TB11 (versions G, H, J, M, N, P, R, S and T).
(a) Install spacers (9) on the azimuth gimbal (1).
(b) Install the R.H. torque-motor coil (8) and secure it by means of
two screws (10).
(c) Install the L.H. torque-motor coil (8) and secure it by means of
two screws (10).
Note: Do not lock the screws (10), since the coils will have
to be removed at a further time for installing the ele-
vation gimbal in the azimuth gimbal.
(d) Install circuit TB2 (19) (refer to figure 711) and secure it by
means of two screws (20).
(e) Put circuit TB11 (21) in place and secure provisionally by means
of two screws (22). No do carry out the connections.
(5) Installation of the brush-holder (13).
(a) Install the brush-holder (13) onto the azimuth gimbal (1) and
secure it by means of two screws (14). The shim (15) will be
placed at a further time.
(b) Fit the azimuth gimbal with the protector (16), P/N 461-65116-000
and secure by means of two screws (17) (P/N LHQ1HD020005TPA).
Page 717
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
2. C. (6) Azimuth gimbal wiring.
(a) Carry out all connections to the azimuth gimbal, as per the
instructions given in the electrical diagrams of figures 710 and
711.
(b) Protect the wiring by means of dia. 1.2 heat-shrinkable sheath

(18), P/N RNF100-3-32-0.
(c) Strap terminals 4 and 5 of the brush-holder by a connection

wire.
(d) Stick the sheaths and wires to the gimbal by means of drops of
elastomeric glue, SCOTCH-GRIP type, P/N EC 1300L, or any equiva-
lent. Allow to dry at room temperature.
(e) Once wiring is completed, clean the solders as stated in

"CLEANING" chapter, page 401.
(f) After completing the wiring, check the insulation between the
brush-holder terminals and the gimbal structure. The insulation
resistance must be in excess of 20 Mohms under 45 V DC. Termi-
nal 1 is the grounding terminal.
(7) Assembly of the elevation gimbal into the azimuth gimbal

(figure 712).
(a) Place the azimuth gimbal (1) onto support fixture,

P/N 461-65109-000.
(b) Remove screws (3) and lift the R.H. and L.H. coils (2). On ver-
sions G, H, J, M, N, P, R, S and T, remove screws (22) and then
remove circuit TB11 (21).
(c) Remove the protective device, P/N 461-65116-000, loosen screws

(4) and lift the brush-holder (5).
(d) Grasp the elevation gimbal (6) and insert it into the azimuth
gimbal (1), towards the torque-motor side; switch CT1 (7)
(versions A to F, K and L) must be in upper position.
(e) Remove slip-ring K1 protector P/N 461-65095-000.
(f) On slip-ring K1 side, introduce a bearing (8) and drive it onto

the elevation gimbal (6) shaft and into the azimuth gimbal (1).
(g) Retain bearing (8) by means of shim (9) and flange (10). Secure
by means of 4 screws (11). Spanner P/N 199-22401-000 shall be
used. Check flange (10) for proper contact on shim (9).
Page 718
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
2. C. (8) Adjustment of elevation gimbal play in the azimuth gimbal

(figure 712).
(a) Select a 1.2 mm thick peel shim (12) composed of sheets 0.05 mm
thick.
(b) Place shim (12) on bearing (13).
(c) Drive shim (12) and bearing (13) onto the elevation gimbal (6)
shaft and into the azimuth gimbal (1).
(d) Close by means of a flange (10) and secure provisionally by

means of 4 screws (11). Spanner P/N 199-22401-000 shall be used.
(e) Set-up the installation of figure 713.
(f) Place the dial gage feeler on top of slip-ring K1. Set the dial
gage to zero.
(g) While holding the azimuth gimbal by hand, push the elevation
gimbal upwards and read off the clearance value.
(h) Remove the azimuth gimbal from the measurement tool; remove
screws (11), take out flange (10), bearing (13) and shim (12).
(i) Decrease the shim thickness (12), so as to obtain the following

clearance values:
Versions A to F, K and L: from 0.08 to 0.1 mm.

Versions G, H, J, M, N, P, R, S and T: from 0.06 to 0.08 mm.
A micrometer shall be used for measuring the shim.
(j) Re-install shim (12), bearing (13), flange (10) and secure by
means of 4 screws (11). Check flange (10) for proper contact on
bearing (13).
(k) Repeat steps (e) to (g) for checking the clearance. If neces-
sary, the thickness of shim (12) will be adjusted again.
(l) Once the correct clearance has been achieved, lock screws (11).
(m) If normal clearance is not obtained, check dimension A between

the elevation gimbal bearing journals (figure 710 or 711). If
this dimension is not within the given tolerances, the azimuth
gimbal must be replaced.
Page 719
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
2. C. (9) Adjustment of the azimuth torque-motor coils (figure 712).
(a) Install the spacers (9) and the left hand coil (2) on the azi-
muth gimbal (1), secure provisionally by means of two screws
(3); do not tighten.
(b) Place the azimuth gimbal onto support P/N 461-65109-000, with
slip-ring K1 in upper position, as shown on figure 713.
(c) Position the L.H. coil (2), so as to have it centred with

respect to the shields (14) and to the torque-motor rotor (15),
with due consideration paid to the play of the elevation gimbal
(6) in the azimuth gimbal (1).
(d) Secure the left hand coil (2).
(e) Repeat steps (a) to (d) for the R.H. coil (2).
(f) The azimuth gimbal is on tool P/N 461-65109-000, with slip-ring

K1 in upper position. Set the elevation gimbal into motion by
means of a fine brush.
(g) The elevation gimbal must rotate smoothly, without apparent

braking.
(h) Swing the azimuth gimbal by 180° and repeat step (f). The con-
clusion stated in step (g) must still apply.
(i) If any defect resulting from the centring of the torque-motor

coils is observed, correct the coil position by repeating steps
(a) to (h).
(10) Assembly of slip-ring K1 brush-holder (5) (figure 712).
(a) Present the brush-holder (5) onto the azimuth gimbal (1), but do
not engage it onto slip-ring K1.
(b) Check the brush height on slip-ring K1 contact surfaces and de-
termine the thickness of the required peel shim (16).
(c) Adjust the peel shim (16) to the required thickness, and install
in on the azimuth gimbal (1).
(d) Grasp the brush-holder by means of tweezers, drive it onto the

slip-ring, without parting the brushes, then move the brush-
holder backwards and set it on shim (16).
Note: Any brush-holder which shows one or more brushes out of

alignment must be discarded.
Never straighten a brush.
(e) Secure by means of two screws (4).
Page 720
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
2. C. (10) (f) Check for proper centring of the brush on the slip-ring K1 con-
tact surfaces.
(g) If necessary, correct by means of tweezers, while rotating the

elevation gimbal by hand.
(11) Adjustment of elevation cut-off TB11 (figure 712) (versions G, H,

J, M, N, P, R, S and T).
(a) Engage the optical detector (21) on the azimuth gimbal, so as to

introduce the blanking shutter into the detector slot.
(b) Adjust detector (21) position by means of shims (23), so that

the shutter passes in the middle of the optical detector.
(c) Secure the optical detector (21) by means of screws (22) and
connect TB2 and TB11 through four straps, P/N 28UT-RED, WHITE,
BLACK and GREEN. Stick the wires to the gimbal with drops of
type EC 1300L glue (figure 711).
(12) First static balancing of the azimuth gimbal (figure 712).
(a) Remove the K2 slip-ring protector, P/N 461-65095-000, and

install the elevation gimbal on the support fixture,
P/N 425-65064-000, fitted with two journals, P/N 425-65064-113,
each of which contains a tooling bearing P/N R2W3VLC011 (K1499).
(b) Install the shortest possible shim (17) on the azimuth gimbal
(1).
(Length of the shims: 27, 27.5 and 28 mm).
Secure by means of two screws (19).
(c) Perform balancing by modifying the choice of shims on the length

basis, or by reversing the shim position on the gimbal or by
modifying the shim length.
(d) The azimuth gimbal offset by ± 30° from its normal position,
i.e. with the torque-motor in lower position, must return to the
vertical. Knock the balancing support with a wooden mallet.
(e) If balance is not achieved, check the alignment of the azimuth

gimbal shafts (maximum permitted misalignment: 0.05 mm, read on
dial gage). Otherwise replace the azimuth gimbal.
Page 721
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
2. C. (13) Fine azimuth gimbal balancing (figure 712).
(a) The azimuth gimbal is still on the balancing support. Knock the
support with a wooden mallet, so as to place the elevation gim-
bal fully towards slip-ring K1.
(b) Set the azimuth gimbal offset from its rest position by 90°,
with slip-ring K1 towards the operator.
(c) Release the gimbal and count the number of oscillations about
the rest position.
(d) Set the azimuth gimbal offset from its rest position by 180°,
then knock the support with a wooden mallet, so as to place the
elevation gimbal fully towards the azimuth torque-motor.
(e) Set the azimuth gimbal offset from its rest position by 90°,
with slip-ring K1 towards the operator.
(f) Release the gimbal and count the number of oscillations about
the rest position.
(g) Adjust the azimuth gimbal balancing by means of shims (18) se-
cured by screws (19), so as to obtain the same number of oscil-
lations, regardless of whether the elevation gimbal is offset
towards slip-ring K1 or towards the torque-motor.
(h) If the number of oscillations is higher when the elevation gim-

bal is fully pushed against slip-ring K1, decrease the weight of
shims (18), increase the weight of shims in the opposite case.
(i) Finish up balancing by touching up the position of the azimuth

gimbal screws (20). Use spanner P/N 199-22402-000.
(j) Lock the balancing (20) and securing (19) screws with a drop of
varnish, type 8620 glue. Allow to dry at room temperature.
(k) If fine balancing cannot be achieved, repeat the operations

described in paragraph 2. C. (11): first azimuth gimbal
balancing.
(l) Remove the elevation gimbal from the balancing fixture, and re-
install the slip-ring protector, P/N 461-65095-000.
(m) Carry out visual inspection of the elevation gimbal, as stated

in "INSPECTION - CHECK" chapter, page 501.
(n) If the elevation gimbal is not to be used immediately, store it

in a convenient package, packed with polyurethane foam.
Page 722
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
2. D. Gimballed gyromagnetic compass.

(1) General.
- The gimballed gyromagnetic compass comprises the gyroscopic part
of the assembly.
The azimuth gimbal rotates in the frame and drives the synchro-
machines secured to the mounting plate.
Any wiring operation carried out on this sub-assembly is dealt
with in "REPAIR" chapter, page 601.
- All securing screws, except those fastening the synchro-machines
are locked with Loctite No. 274.
(a) Tools.
- Spanner: P/N 199-57007-004.
- Spanner: P/N 199-22402-000.
- Spanner: P/N 199-22403-000.
- Spanner: P/N 424-65314-000.
- Spanner: P/N 199-22405-000.
- Dial gage, 0.01 mm accuracy.
- Workshop surface plate.
- Precision-machined Vee-block.
- Clamping stirrup.
- Universal dial gage support.
- Oven.
- Polyethylene boxes.
- Micrometer, 0-25 mm range.
- Glue No. 8620 - MESPOULET.

- Oil AEROSHELL FLUID No. 12.
- Glue Loctite No. 274.
- Grease contact OX50855.
(3) Preparation of synchro-machines at mounting plate positions C and D
(figure 714).
(a) Using the Allen wrench, P/N 199-57007-004, loosen all four
screws (10) on flange (12), so as to release the central shaft.
(b) Engage flange (12) onto the wheel (11).
Page 723
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
2. D. (3) (c) Push the wheel (11) fitted with flange (12) thoroughly on the
synchro-machine shaft (9).
(d) Using spanner P/N 199-22405-000, tighten all four screws (10)
and put a drop of blue glue, P/N 8620, on each screw head.
(e) Set-up the installation shown on figure 714.
Note: The clamping stirrup is just intended for holding the

synchro-machine on the precision-machine Vee-block. Do
not overtighten, as the synchro-machine may be strained.
(f) Measure the wheel (11) out-of-roundness and buckling.

Out-of-roundness read on the dial gage must not exceed 0.02 mm.
Buckling read on the dial gage must not exceed 0.03 mm.
(g) Remove the synchro-machine (9) from the measurement tool.
(h) If this result cannot be attained, replace the wheel (11) or the
synchro-machine (9).
(4) Preparation of the synchro-machines at positions A and B on the

mounting plate.
(a) Deleted.
(b) Install spring (3) on the 80 teeth wheel (6).
(c) Engage the counter-wheel (7) on wheel (6), making sure spring
(3) fits into the retaining hole.
(d) Clamp the wheel (6) and counter-wheel (7) by means of retainer
ring (5). Make sure the slick side of the retained ring is
against the counter-wheel (7).
(e) Manually check that the counter-wheel (7) rotates by 90° with
respect to the wheel (6). No binding nor braking should be de-
tected.
(f) Using spanner P/N 199-57007-004, loosen all four screws (8) on
flange (4), so as to release the central shaft.
(g) Engage washer (2) on the shaft of synchro-machine (1).
(h) Install flange (4) on wheel assembly (6, 7, 3, 5).
(i) Push the wheel assembly thoroughly on synchro-machine shaft (1).
Page 724
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
2. D. (4) (j) Using spanner P/N 199-22405-000, tighten all four screws (8)
and put a drop of blue glue, P/N 8620, on each screw head.
(k) Set-up the installation shown on figure 714.
Note: The clamping stirrup is just intended for holding the
synchro-machine on the precision-machine Vee-block. Do
not overtighten, as the synchro-machine may be strained.
(l) Measure the wheel (6) out-of-roundness and buckling.
- Out-of-roundness read on the dial gage must not exceed
0.02 mm.
- Buckling read on the dial gage must not exceed 0.03 mm.
(m) Remove the synchro-machine (1) from the measurement tool.
(n) If this result cannot be attained, replace the wheel (6),
counter-wheel (7) or synchro-machine (1).
(5) Installation of the components on the mounting plate (figure 715)
depending on the version.
(a) Install the two spacers (2) and the terminal lug (15) on the
mounting plate (1). Place circuit TB2 (3) on the spacers (2) and
secure by means of two screws (4).
(b) Install terminal lug (11) on mounting plate (1), then the lower
two spacers (14), board TB10 (12), the upper two spacers (14),
board TB2 (12). Secure by means of two screws (13).
(c) On the plate (1), install the lug (15) and then the two spacers
(14), the board TB10 (12) and fix by means of the two screws (4)
(versions G to J, M to T).
(d) Install the synchro-machines A, B, C and D (5). Secure provi-
sionally by means of clamps (6) and screws (7). Make use of
spanner P/N 199-22402-000.
Note: Make sure the synchro-machine types conform to the ver-
sions mentioned in "ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST", page 1001.
(6) Preparation of the frame assembly (figure 716).

(a) Using a magnifying glass, check that the surface of the pellet
(3) on the setting screw (1) does not show any trace of friction
against ball (2).
Page 725
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
2. D. (6) (b) If necessary, bond a new pellet (3), after cleaning the contact
surface. Use Loctite BLOCPRESS No. 675. Wipe any excess glue.
Cure for 2 H. in an oven previously raised to 80°C.
(c) Screw locknut (4) on screw (1) until it comes flush with the
screw head (1).
(d) Engage screw (1) and locknut (4) into the frame (5). The head of
screw (1) must come flush with the inside surface of the frame
(5). Use spanner P/N 424-65314-000.
(e) Place the frame in normal position, with the mounting plate as-
sembly (6) raised.
(7) Installation of the azimuth gimbal in the frame (figure 716).
(a) Engage a new bearing (7) into the frame (5).
(b) Take a ball (2), clean it with freon solvent, then apply a drop
of oil, type AEROSHELL FLUID No. 12 or any equivalent.
(c) Using tweezers, insert the oiled ball (2) into its housing.
(d) Install the upper bearing (9) on the mounting plate assembly
(6).
(e) Remove the slip-ring protection from the azimuth gimbal (8).
(f) Take the azimuth gimbal (8) and introduce it into the frame as-
sembly (5) without knocking the lower stop (ball (2)).
(g) After removing screws (11) and pushing flanges (12) aside, re-
move the four synchro-machines (10) from the mounting plate as-
sembly (6). Move the brush-holder (13).
Note: During the assembly, protect the synchro-machines (10)

with polyethylene boxes.
(h) Install the mounting plate (6) on the azimuth gimbal (8) and
then in the frame (5). Make sure the mounting plate (6) is cor-
rectly positioned on the frame (5), with fastening holes
aligned.
Note: When engaging the mounting plate into the azimuth gim-
bal, take care not to damage the slip-ring K2.
(i) Secure the mounting plate (6) to the frame (5) by means of four
screws (14). Use spanner P/N 199-22403-000. Meanwhile, make sure
the frame (8) can move freely in azimuth.
Page 726
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
2. D. (8) Adjustment of azimuth clearance in the frame (figure 716).
(a) Install the frame assembly (5) on a surface plate, then place
the feeler of the dial gage, set to zero, on top of slip-ring
K2.
(b) Lift the azimuth gimbal (8) by hand in the frame assembly (5),
then measure the clearance.
(c) Remove the frame from the measurement tool and tilt it by 90°,
so as to access screw (1).
(d) Adjust the clearance between 0.08 mm and 0.1 mm by means of

screw (1) and locknut (4). Use spanner P/N 424-65314-000. (Screw
pitch: 0.5 mm).
(e) Repeat steps (a) to (d) after the first adjustment. Touch up if
necessary.
(f) Place a drop of glue, type 8620 or any equivalent, between frame
(5) and locknut (4) and another one between locknut (4) and the
set screw (1).
(9) Installation of the brush-holder (13) on the mounting plate assem-

bly (figure 716).
(a) Present the brush-holder (13) onto the mounting plate (6), but
do not engage it onto azimuth gimbal slip-ring K2.
(b) Check the brush height on slip-ring K2 contact surfaces and de-
termine the thickness of the required peel shim (16).
(c) Adjust the peel shim (16) to the required thickness, and install
it on the mounting plate (6). Use a 0-25 mm range micrometer.
(d) Grasp the brush-holder by means of tweezers, drive it onto the

slip-ring, without parting the brushes, then move the brush-
holder backwards and set it on shim (16).
Note: Any brush-holder which shows one or more brushes out of

alignment must be discarded. Never straighten a brush.
(e) Secure by means of two screws (17).
(f) Check for proper centring of the brush on the slip-ring K2 con-
tact surfaces.
(g) If necessary, correct by means of tweezers, while rotating the

elevation gimbal by hand.
Page 727
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
2. D. (10) Installation of the synchro-machines (5) (figure 715).

Note: Before installation, check the flanges (6) for proper posi-
tion (refer to detail A).
(a) Take position D synchro-machine and engage it on the mounting
plate (1), until it is in gear with the azimuth gimbal pinion.
This operation can be made easier by a slight rotation of the
azimuth gimbal.
(b) Secure the synchro-machine by means of the flanges (6) and
screws (7), complying with the position shown in figure. Use
spanner P/N 199-22402-000.
(c) Operate as in (a) and (b) for the synchro-machine of position C.
(d) Take the synchro-machine of position B and engage it in the
mounting plate (1) until the wheel (6 - figure 714) is geared to
the azimuth gimbal pinion.
(e) Swing the frame in order to access the wheels, and hold the azi-
muth gimbal while the torque-motor is in upper position.
(f) While holding synchro-machine B, stress the counter-wheel (7 -
figure 714) by 3 to 4 teeth, and gear it to the azimuth gimbal
centre wheel. Brass tweezers shall be used for this operation.
(g) Secure the position B synchro-machine by means of flanges (6)
and screws (7), complying with the position shown in the figure.
Use spanner P/N 199-22402-000.
(h) Repeat steps (d) to (g) for engaging and securing the position A
synchro-machine.
(i) Return the frame to normal position and, by rotating the azimuth
gimbal several complete turns, check that the wheels are cor-
rectly geared, without any binding.
(j) Carry out a visual inspection of the frame, as instructed by
"INSPECTION - CHECK" chapter, page 501.
(k) Any operations carried out on the frame wiring, such as replace-
ment of a component on board TB2, connection of board TB2 or of
the brush-holder, etc., are dealt with in "REPAIR" chapter,
page 601.
(11) Gimballed gyromagnetic compass adjustment.
Carry out the adjustment of the gimballed gyromagnetic compass in
accordance with "TESTING AND TROUBLE-SHOOTING" chapter, page 101.
Page 728
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
2. D. (12) Installation of the covers (figure 717).
(a) Lay the whole set on a protective rubber mat. Then place the up-
per seal (2) onto the frame (1), and position it in front of the
cover fastening holes.
(b) Install and position the cover (3) on the frame (1). The non-
painted hole which receives the grounding strips, must be lo-
cated 180° away from the strand outlet, on the R.H. side of the
frame fastening lug, which is also non-painted.
(c) Secure the cover by means of seven screws (4). Make use of
spanner P/N 199-22403-000. Do not tighten, in order not crush
the seal (2).
(d) Turn the frame (1) upside down on the rubber mat.
(e) Install the lower seal (5) and cover (6). The remarks stated
about cover (3) also apply for non-protected holes positioning.
(f) Coat the contact faces of the grounding strips (7) and (9) with
contact grease, type BRISAL OX50855. Wipe off any excess grease.
(g) Install both grounding strips (7) and (9). Secure by means of
screws (8). The screws should be so tightened as to allow the
safetying wire to be introduced in the hole intended for this
purpose. Do not tighten.
Page 729
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
2. D. (13) Installation of the electronic PC boards (figure 718).
(a) Install the gyromagnetic compass upside down on the rubber mat
so as to observe the interior of the case.
(b) Remove the boards from fixture P/N 461-65103-000.
(c) Remove the tooling screw which holds the intercalary part (10)
on connector J1 (11) (applies to versions C to T).
(d) Insert printed circuits (12) and (13) into box (2). Plug in the
first connector, J1, and make sure push-button S1 (15) does not
scratch the protector (14) bound to the inner box wall.
(e) Secure by means of ten screws (16) to fix the printed circuits
(12) and (13) to the case.
(f) Using pliers, hold the intercalary part (10), so as to plate its
fastening holes in front of the holes intended for securing con-
nector J1 on the box (2). Secure by means of four screws (36)
(applies to versions C to T).
(g) Plug connector P2 (17) to connector J2 of circuit No. 1 (12).

Both fastening screws of connector P2 (17) shall be tightened by
an equal amount at a time, so as to ensure correct insertion.
Note: If it turns out difficult to insert the screwdriver in

the slot of the connector fastening screws, modify the
position of the internal fastening screw.
(h) Leave a drop of blue glue, type 8620 or any equivalent, between
the male and female parts of connector J2/P2, and on the fas-
tening screws as well.
(i) For versions A and B, plug in connector J1 and secure it by

means of screws (36) and nuts (28).
(j) Install the two clamps (18) and secure them by means of screws
(19), nuts (21) and washers (20).
(l) Check tags (24) (25) (26) (27) and (30) for position and condi-
tion.
(m) For versions K, L, M, N, P, R, S and T, insert fuse (33) into

its holder on board No. 1, and install a replacement fuse (34),
then install the cover (32) and secure by means of two captive
screws (31).
Page 730
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
2. D. (13) (n) If one of the tags is damaged, replace it by a new one with the
same indications. Remove the protective paper, apply the tag
and warm it for a few second by means of a flat hot iron.
(o) For versions P, R, S and T, install the cover (38) and secure it
by two captive receivers (39).
Carry out visual inspection of the gyromagnetic compass assem-

bly, as instructed by "INSPECTION - CHECK" chapter, page 501.
(p) Carry out testing of the closed gyromagnetic compass, as stated

in "TESTING AND TROUBLE-SHOOTING" chapter, page 101.
(14) Installation of the compass in the electronic box (figure 718).
(a) Introduce the compass (1) into the electronic box (2).
(b) Insert the spacers (3) beneath the fastening feet and secure
with two 45 mm long screws (4).
(c) Coat the contact faces of the bonding braid (5) and grounding
strip (6) with contact grease, type BRISAL OX50855. Wipe off any
excess grease.
(d) Secure with the 50 mm long screw (7).
(e) Swing the box by a quarter turn, while holding compass (1), so
as to access screws (4) and (7).
(f) Install the washers (8) and nuts (9). Holding the heads of
screws (4) and (7) with an Allen wrench, torque the nuts to
0.2 m.daN.
(g) Install the bottom plate (22) and secure it by means of four
screws (23).
Page 731
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
BLANK
Page 732
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
3. Storage.
A. Non-gyroscopic equipment.
(1) General.
In order to keep the equipment in good condition, the transport,

handling, workshop practice, storage, destorage and conditioning
instructions must be complied with.
(2) Transport - Handling of the unit in its package.
(a) Keep the unit inside its clean package, whenever it is to leave
the workshop.
(b) For installation aboard the aircraft, or after its removal from
the aircraft, the unit must be transported in its package.
(c) Use vibration-protected carriage for transporting the unit.
(d) Do not drop, throw, knock or tip over a package containing the
unit.
(e) The unit must be handle with care, when it is to be installed

onto a support, placed on the workbench or into a cleaning
cabin.
(3) Transport - Handling of the unit without package.
In conjunction with:
- Unit transport toward other workshops, for installation on assem-

blies.
- Handling of equipment during tests or assembly.
- Transport of the unit to the packing and shipping room.
The following precautions must be taken in handling the unit:
- First, the package must be used till the unit has entered the
workshop, then the unit is placed on a rubber mat.
- Second, special carriages fitted with foam rubber must be used

for transport of the unit out of its package. This carriages must
be provided with large-size rubber wheel, not simple wheels.
Page 733
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
3. A. (4) Storage.
(a) Check the external condition of the equipment, then protect it

with a heat-sealed cover, in which a bag of desiccating agent
has been placed.
(b) Place the whole set into a container.
(c) Make sure that the equipment position is normal, and that the
container is provided with "TOP" - "BOTTOM" - "VERY FRAGILE" -
"DO NOT TIP OVER" - "PACKING DATE" - "STORAGE LIFE" labels.
Close the container.
(d) Place the container onto the storage room shelf, with due atten-
tion to "TOP" and "BOTTOM" indications.
(e) Do not open the container during storage period.
(5) Destorage.
(a) Before opening the container, check it for external condition,

and record any possible anomaly: evidence of shocks or water,
for instance.
(b) Open the container.
(c) Take the unit, enclosed in its cover with the desiccating agent,
out of the container.
(d) Check cover condition and the desiccator moisture indicator;

indicator still partly coloured or completely discoloured, re-
cord any anomaly.
A completely discoloured indicator does not mean that the bag

is defective; in principle, it means that the desiccating agent
is completely saturated with moisture, but the air contained in
the bag may be dry enough to ensure a long preservation.
However, a completely discoloured indicator may also indicate

that air is leaking into the bag; consequently, the latter must
be carefully inspected prior to opening.
(e) Take the unit out of the bag, avoiding any shock.
(f) Check the unit for external condition.
Page 734
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
3. A. (6) Conditioning.
(a) Carry out cleaning up of the electrical connector contact parts,

by connecting them several times (5 times recommended) to the
mobile elements of the connectors designed for this purpose.
Failing mobile elements, use the connection cords specific to

the unit.
(b) Check electrical insulation between each pin of each connector

and ground, complying with the stipulated check instructions.
(c) Insufficient insulation may be due to the accidental presence of

moisture in some area of the unit.
Place the unit for 5 hours in an oven at 60°C.
Then carry out a new measurement of insulation, it must be cor-

rect.
(d) Carry out a brief test of the equipment, and possibly record
performance data, as said in "TESTING AND TROUBLE-SHOOTING".
(e) If no anomaly is detected, the unit is prepared for installation

on the aircraft of for performance testing (refer to "TESTING
AND TROUBLE-SHOOTING").
(f) It is recommended that the above conditioning instructions be

applied every six months from the date of destorage, if the unit
is not to be used; this helps in keeping it in good operating
condition.
B. Peculiar cautions regarding gyroscopic equipment.
(1) General.
After an extended storage period, even under the best conditions,

it is advised that the gyroscopic equipment be conditioned, prior
to being installed aboard the aircraft. This is intended for
avoiding such troubles as improper contacts on a connector, too
large frictional torque of a suspension bearing (due to lubricant
migration or shocks), etc.
The general instructions for non-gyroscopic equipment remain appli-

cable to gyroscopic equipment, with due attention paid to the
remarks stated below.
Page 735
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
3. B. (2) Transport - Handling.
Warning: GYROSCOPIC EQUIPMENT HANDLING MAY BE DANGEROUS FOR THE

EQUIPMENT, IF HANDLING TAKES PLACE DURING ROTATION OF
THE GYRO WHEEL ROTORS.
(a) Handle the assemblies containing gyroscopes on work tables fit-

ted with thick (1 to 2 cm) rubber mats.
(3) Conditioning.
(a) Using a three-axis motion table, set the unit in low-amplitude

motion, so as to induce internal motions of the mobile elements
with respect to each other.
If no motion table is available, perform a manual slow and

regular motion.
(b) It is recommended that the above conditioning instructions be

applied every six months from the date of destorage, if the unit
is not to be used; this helps in keeping it in good operating
condition.
Page 736
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 701
Gyro wheel assembly
Pages 737/738
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 702
Assembly of flanges and armature on gyro wheel
Pages 739/740
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 703
Extraction of a gyro wheel flange
Pages 741/742
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 704
Dynamic gyro wheel balancing
Pages 743/744
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 705
Gyro wheel running-in
Pages 745/746
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 706
Elevation gimbal assembly
Pages 747/748
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 707
Azimuth torque-motor positioning
Pages 749/750
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 708
Assembled elevation gimbal
Pages 751/752
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 709
Static elevation gimbal balancing
Pages 753/754
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 710
Wired azimuth gimbal
Pages 755/756
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 711
Wired azimuth gimbal
Pages 757/758
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 712
Assembled azimuth gimbal
Pages 759/760
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 713
Measurement of elevation gimbal play in azimuth gimbal
Pages 761/762
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 714
Synchro-machine assembly and check
Pages 763/764
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 715
Mounting plate assembly
Pages 765/766
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 716
Frame assembly
Pages 767/768
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 717
Covers
Pages 769/770
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 718
Gyromagnetic compass
Pages 771/772
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
FITS AND CLEARANCES
1. Gyromagnetic compass.
A. Elevation gimbal.
- Flywheel centring on the stator: 15.5 ± 0.1 mm.
- Bearing nuts tightening torque (4 and 5-701): 0.15 m.daN.
- Drilling depth on flywheel: ≤ 4 mm.
- Drilling diameter on flywheel: 2.7 mm.
- Angular shift of additional drilling(s) (if exists) ≤ ± 10°.
- Gyro wheel rotational speed: ∼ 22,000 rpm.
- Gyro wheel rundown time before run-in: 5 ± 1 min.
- Gyro wheel rundown time after run-in: 5 ± 1 min.
- Run-up time: ≤ 2 min.
- Gyro wheel consumption: ≤ 0.125 A.
- Azimuth torque-motor rotor residual induction: ≤ 10,000 gauss.
- Tightening torque for nut (10-706): 1 m.daN.

- Elevation gimbal shafts alignment: ≤ 0.02 mm.
- Tightening torque for nut (5-708): 0.4 m.daN.
B. Azimuth gimbal.
- Out-of-roundness of wheel (5-710): ≤ 0.03 mm.
- Elevation gimbal play in azimuth gimbal,

versions A to F, K and L: ≤ 0.09 ± 0.01 mm,
versions G, H, J, M, N, P, R, S and T: ≤ 0.07 ± 0.01 mm.
- Dimension A (figure 710) in azimuth gimbal: 84.2 ± 0.2 mm.
- Azimuth gimbal shaft alignment: ≤ 0.05 mm.
Page 801
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
1. C. Gimballed gyromagnetic compass.
- Synchro-machine wheel out-of-roundness: ≤ 0.02 mm.
- Synchro-machine wheel buckling: ≤ 0.03 mm.
- Azimuth gimbal play in the frame: ≤ 0.09 ± 0.01 mm.
- Counter-wheel (7-714) stressing: 3 to 4 teeth.
D. Gyromagnetic compass assembly.
- Tightening torque for screws (4 and 7-718) 0.2 m.daN.
Page 802
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT
1. Special SFIM tooling.
199-20001-101 Standard die,

REPAIR - Base assembly.
199-20002-122 Anvil, (see figure 901)

199-20006-105 Crimping punch, (see figure 902)

199-20006-106 Crimping punch, (see figure 903)

199-20007-116 Standard swaging punch, (see figure 904)

199-20010-101 Spacer, (see figure 905)

199-20010-102 Spacer, (see figure 906)

199-20010-103 Adapter, (see figure 907)

199-22401-000 Spanner, (see figure 908)

ASSEMBLY - DISASSEMBLY.



Page 901
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
199-27028-006 Synchro detector simulator.
199-27028-008 Flux valve simulator,

TESTING.
199-53531-015 Power cord,

ASSEMBLY.
199-57007-004 Hex head wrench,

ASSEMBLY - Preparation of
synchro-machines.
199-65043-000 Chip suction nozzle,

ASSEMBLY - Dynamic gyro wheel
balancing.
424-65070-000 Boom for flux valve,

TESTING AND TROUBLE-SHOOTING.


425-65064-000 Gimbal balancing fixture,

ASSEMBLY.
461-65095-000 Slip-ring protector, (see figure 914)

ASSEMBLY - DISASSEMBLY - REPAIR.
461-65103-000 Electronic board transport fixture,

TESTING - ASSEMBLY - DISASSEMBLY.
461-65104-000 Tool for flange extraction from

the gyro wheel,
461-65105-000 Gyro wheel assembly tool,

ASSEMBLY.
461-65106-000 Balancing fixture,

ASSEMBLY - Dynamic gyro wheel
balancing.
461-65108-000 Positioning tool,

ASSEMBLY - Centring of the azimuth
torque-motor rotor.
461-65109-000 Azimuth gimbal support,

Page 902
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
1. 461-65110-001 Run-in bench,

ASSEMBLY - Gyro wheel run-in.
461-65115-000 Anvil, (see figure 915)

461-65116-000 Brush-holder protector, (see figure 916)

ASSEMBLY - DISASSEMBLY - REPAIR.
461-65139-000 Gyro wheel assembly support, (see figure 917)

461-65145-000 Driving fixture, (see figure 918)

461-65158-000 Gimballed gyromagnetic compass

support,
461-65159-000 Driving fixture,

REPAIR - Replacement of the elevation
torque-motor in the frame.
461-65160-000 Removal tool,

REPAIR - Replacement of threaded
sleeve in the frame.
461-65161-000 Driving tool,

REPAIR - Replacement of threaded
sleeved in the frame.
461-65167-000 Support for adaptation to the (see figure 919)

oscillating table.
Page 903
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
BLANK
Page 904
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
2. Standard tools (local supply).

- Electro-mechanic tool kit.
- Parallel drills with 90° tip,

diameter in mm: 1.9 - 2 - 2.2 - 2.7 - 3.8 - 9.5.
- Pin drifts, diameter in mm: 1.8 - 2 - 3.5 - 6.7 - 5.4.
- Set of punches, 60° head.
- Set of punches, 90° head.
- Protective gloves and goggles.
- Brushes for cleaning.
- Soldering irons (20, 40 and 60 W) with thermostat.
- Thermal stripping pliers for Teflon-insulated wires.
- Forced draught exhaust hood.
- Taps (set of), dia.: 3 mm, pitch 0.3.
- Torque-indicating wrenches and screwdrivers (0 to 50 cm.kg).
3. Special equipments.
- Resistor 1/2 W, ± 5 %, type RC31U (XX) (F0114),

values: 680 ohms, 1,500 ohms, 2 Kohms, 10 Kohms, 100 ohms.
- Capacitor (2), 82 microF, 40 V, ± 20 %, type CT4-40V82MM (F0114),

0.22 microF, 250 V, ± 20 %, type HA64S250V220KK (F1379).
- Resistor: 22 ohms, 6.5 W, ± 5 %, type RB57-22UJ (F0114),

100 ohms, 3 W, ± 5 %, type RB59-100UJ (F0114),
2.2 Kohms, 6.5 W, ± 5 %, type RB57-2K2J (F0114).
- Tool bearing (2), P/N R2W3VLC011 (K1499).
Page 905
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
4. Laboratory equipment.
This list of equipment is given for indication only. Any piece of
equipment with equivalent characteristics may be used.
DESIGNATION CODE MANUFACTURER'S NAME UTILIZATION
Balancing machine AIOG FA905 SCHENCK S.A.S. Assembly

Sensitive drilling P5 F1474 CINCINNATI CHAMBOST ALLIERES Repair
Assembly
Automator press MV185 F3412 MECAGRAVE INDUSTRIE Repair
Scribing machine F3224 SCRIPTA TECHNOLOGIES Assembly
Stroboscope 1538A F4740 GENRAD EUROPE LTD Assembly
Dial gage YR274A S0532 TESA Assembly

Repair
Micrometer AA1 S0532 TESA Assembly
Dial gage support S0532 TESA Assembly
Gauge CK20F S0532 TESA Assembly
Vee-block with clamps CARL MARH Assembly

107S ESLINGEN
NECKAR (RFA)
Workshop surface plate CARL MARH Assembly
107AG-0 ESLINGEN
NECKAR (RFA)
Angular position 07342 NORTH ATLANTIC Testing
indicator P/N 800
Megohmmeter F3184 CONVERGIE Testing

P/N BCM 9120
Laboratory multimeter LOCAL SUPPLY Testing

20,000 PTS Repair
Assembly
Flux valve A0170 ALENIA AERONAUTICA Testing
P/N 664.543 C1
Page 906
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Pocket-type LOCAL SUPPLY Testing

chronoscope Assembly
Ultrasonic cleaning F5430 BRANSON ULTRASONS Cleaning

machine P/N SFTM5
Laboratory oven LOCAL SUPPLY Repair

Assembly
Oscillating table 30120 IDEAL AEROSMITH Testing

Model: 1411
Hall-effect gaussmeter F5255 LE MATERIEL MAGNETIQUE Assembly

GP106
Dual-trace LOCAL SUPPLY Testing

oscilloscope
400 Hz 115 V and 26 V LOCAL SUPPLY Testing

power supply Assembly
Voltage regulation <1%
Frequency regulation
<1%
5. List of special materials.
Page 907
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Note: Products of equivalent grade or quality may be substituted for

those listed below.
Wash leather LOCAL SUPPLY Cleaning
Technical grade LOCAL SUPPLY Repair

Toluene (DCEA613)
BIOSANE TE213 F7221 TEC-INDUSTRIES Cleaning
60/40 tin solder LOCAL SUPPLY Repair

Assembly
Contact grease F0217 LABINAL Assembly

OX50855
Oil AEROSHELL FLUID F1858 COMPAGNIE DES PETROLES SHELL Assembly

No. 2 (AIR 3511A)
Elastomeric putty FAR98 RHODIA SERVICES Repair

CAF 592
Neoprene glue EC 1300L F0347 3M FRANCE Repair

Assembly
Adhesive tape 33-03 F0347 3M FRANCE Repair

Assembly
Protective varnish F6071 AKZO NOBEL INDUSTRIAL Repair

VERNELEC 43022X COATINGS SA
Solvent D4064
Pickling product 4118
Loctite No. 274 F7121 COMET Repair

No. 307 Assembly
No. 672
No. 675
No. 747
Blue glue 8620 F3533 MESPOULET Assembly

Repair
Page 908
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Tapping oil TARFIL F5268 FUCHS LUBRIFIANTS FRANCE Assembly
Kerosene Local supply Assembly
Antistatic boxes Local supply Disassembly

Cleaning
Repair
Assembly
Desiccating agent F2408 AIR SEC Assembly

ACTIGEL T150
Unsoldering wick ULTRA-WICK Repair

width 2.5 mm Assembly
Page 909
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
6. Wiring (repair).
Binding wire 2-840B F0331 STERLING Repair
Wiring conductor F1868 FILECA Repair

3ET26-19BLG-6-29-9
2ET26-19BLG-6-9
Wiring conductor F0114 UTE Repair

KZ05-04(xx)
(xx international
colour code)
KU01-20(xx)
Wiring conductor 92607 TENSOLITE Assembly

28UT(x)
(x complete colour
name)
Heat-shrinkable sheath F6220 RAYCHEM Repair

RNF100-3-32-0 Assembly
RNF100-3-64-0
RNF100-1-16-0
RNF100-1-8-0
NT3-3CLEAR
RNF100-3-8x
Page 910
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 901
Anvil P/N 199-20002-122
Page 911
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 902
Swaging punch P/N 199-20006-105
Page 912
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 903
Swaging punch P/N 199-20006-106
Page 913
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 904
Punch P/N 199-20007-116
Page 914
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 905
Spacer P/N 199-20010-101
Page 915
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 906
Spacer P/N 199-20010-102
Page 916
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 907
Adaptator P/N 199-20010-103
Page 917
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
1 - Body material UZ39PB2

2 - Handle material UZ39PB2
3 - Hex spanner, 1.27 A/F (P/N 82-0.50 VF0541)
Figure 908
Spanner P/N 199-22401-000
Page 918
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E

Figure 909
Spanner P/N 199-22402-000
Page 919
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E

Figure 910
Spanner P/N 199-22403-000
Page 920
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E

(P/N SFIM 199-57007-004)
Figure 911
Spanner P/N 199-22405-000
Page 921
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 912
Spanner P/N 424-65129-000
Page 922
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
1 - Body material Z6CN UD 1504 - P/N 424-65314-106

2 - Screwdriver P/N 424-65314-102
3 - Arm material Z10CNF1809 ∅3 - L = 18
4 - Foot ∅1 x 8 - Quenched and ground (P/N 123-90028-008 VF6158)
Figure 913
Pin wrench and screwdriver P/N 424-65314-000
Page 923
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 914
Slip-ring protective device P/N 461-65095-000
Page 924
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 915
Drive punch P/N 461-65115-000
Page 925
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 916
Brush-holder protective device P/N 461-65116-000
Page 926
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 917
Gyro wheel mounting fixture P/N 461-65139-000
Page 927
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 918
Drift fixture P/N 461-65145-000
Page 928
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 919
Support for adaptation on oscillating table P/N 461-65167-000
Page 929
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
BLANK
Page 930
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST
IPL 1001 - Page 1

SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
BLANK
IPL 1001 - Page 2

SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
INTRODUCTION
1. General.
The illustrated parts list (IPL) is prepared to ATA 100 .

The IPL is intended to identify all the components of the unit.
The illustrated parts list contains the following sections:
- Introduction (INTRO).
- Vendor's Code Index (VCI).
- Equipment Designator Index (EDI).
- Numerical Index (NI).
- Detailed Parts List (DPL).
2. Utilization of the detailed parts list.
The detailed parts list gives the list and the illustrations of the parts
constituting the assembly concerned.
The columns of the detailed parts list are arranged as follows:
- 1st column: FIGURE - ITEM (Figure number and item).

- 2nd column: PART NUMBER (Manufacturer's).
- 3rd column: NOMENCLATURE.
- 4th column: USAGE CODE.
- 5th column: UNITS PER ASSY (Quantity per next higher assembly).
A. Figure and items numbers.

Each assembly, sub-assembly and part carrying a reference and shown in
the nomenclature has a reference number.
The number of the figure to which the reference numbers apply is shown
on the first line at the top of each page.
The assemblies, sub-assemblies and parts listed, but not illustrated are
identified by a dash (-) placed in front of the reference number of
these assemblies, sub-assemblies and parts.
An index letter placed in front of the reference number refers to the

illustration of the variation of the corresponding figure.
IN 1001 - Page 1
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
2. B. Manufacturer's part number.
A manufacturer's part number is given to each of the assemblies, sub-

assemblies and individual parts, whether or not illustrated.
C. Nomenclature.
The nomenclature is shown using the insetting (lining up) that enables
the connection that exists between the various elements to be shown as
follows:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Assembly
. Basic parts of the assembly
. Sub-assemblies
. Attaching parts and/or storage parts of the sub-assembly
X X X
. . Basic parts of the sub-assembly
. . Sub-sub-assembly
. . Attaching parts and/or storage parts of the sub-assembly
X X X
. . . Basic parts of the sub-sub-assembly, etc.
The manufacturer's code is given for all the items not made by the manu-
facturer of the entire equipment.
The manufacturer's code and the abbreviation "NP" (non procurable) are
placed at the extreme right hand side of the first line of the nomencla-
ture.
D. Usage code.
An alphanumeric code indicates the ability to mount the sub-assemblies

and the basic parts in relation to the assembly(ies) or the sub-assem-
bly(ies) next above.
When there is no doubt as to the ability to mount uch items, the "USAGE
CODE" column is left blank.
This code corresponds to the reference of the assembly(ies) or the sub-

assembly(ies) next above.
Example: The usage code 1A, 1B, 1C is written 1ABC.
E. Units per assembly.
The number of parts needed for one (1) next higher assembly is shown in
this column.
In some cases this information is replaced by the letters RF (reference)

or AR (as required).
IN 1001 - Page 2
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
3. Terms and abbreviations used.

- AR: As Required.
- ATTACHING PARTS.
- DELETED.
- DET: Detail.
- LH and RH: left and right.
- MADE BY.
- MADE FROM.
- MATCHED PART.
- MODIFIED FROM.
- NHA: Next Higher Assembly.
- NP: Non Procurable.
- OLD PN: Old Part Number.
- OPT TO: Optional Parts.
- ORDER OVERLGTH MPN: Actual part number including more
than 15 characters.
- OVERSIZE: Oversized repair parts.
- R: Modified.
- RF: For reference.
- SAME AS.
- SEE.
- SEL FROM: Select from.
- STORAGE PARTS.
- SUPSD BY: Superseded by.
- SUPSD: Supersedes.
- UNDERSIZE: Undersized repair parts.
4. Updating.
When an item is revised, added or deleted, the letter "R" is shown in the
RH margin (the date of issue of the change order).
Letter "R" appears in the RH margin opposite the page number when all the
item numbers are changed, and in the case of a new page.
IN 1001 - Page 3
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
BLANK
IN 1001 - Page 4
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
VENDOR'S CODE INDEX
VENDOR NAME - ADDRESS

CODE
F0110 AFNOR - ASSOCIATION FRANCAISE DE NORMALISATION FRANCE

11 AVENUE FRANCIS DE PRESSENCE
93571 LA PLAINE SAINT-DENIS CEDEX
F0114 UTE - UNION TECHNIQUE DE L'ELECTRICITE FRANCE

5 RUE CHANTE-COQ
92000 PUTEAUX
F0138 MCB INDUSTRIE SA FRANCE

107 RUE DU MOULIN SARRAZIN
95102 ARGENTEUIL CEDEX
F0225 SOURIAU FRANCE

9 RUE PORTE DE BUC
78000 VERSAILLES
F0240 SHURTER SAS FRANCE

ROUTE DE CHATEAUVILLAIN
52210 ARC EN BARROIS
F0286 TYCO ELECTRONICS FRANCE FRANCE

29 CHS JULES CESAR BP 39
95301 CERGY PONTOISE CEDEX
F0318 ATI - ALLIANCE TECHNIQUE INDUSTRIELLE SA FRANCE

6, RUE JEAN MERMOZ
COURCOURONNES
91031 EVRY CEDEX
F0349 ACUMENT LA FERTE FRESNEL FRANCE

LD FORET DU CHATEAU
61550 LA FERTE FRENEL
F0350 TPC DIVISION DE AVX CORPORATION FRANCE

AVENUE COLONEL PRAT
21850 SAINT-APOLLINAIRE
F0358 PRECILEC SA FRANCE

41, RUE GUYNEMER BP 239
89002 AUXERRE CEDEX
VCI 1001 - Page 1

SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E

CODE
F0537 EAO SECME FRANCE

5, RUE HENRI FRANCOIS BP3
77831 OZOIR LA FERRIERE CEDEX
F0803 CAPRI - CODEC SAS FRANCE

36, RUE DES FONTENILS
41600 NOUAN LE FUSELIER
F1282 CLO ELECTRONIQUE SA FRANCE

4, RUE JEAN MERMOZ
91080 COURCOURONNES
F1379 EUROFARAD SA FRANCE

93, RUE OBERKAMPF
75540 PARIS CEDEX 11
F1549 ARTUS FRANCE

CHEMIN DU CHAMP DES MARTYRS BP9
49241 AVRILLE CEDEX
F1621 VISHAY SA FRANCE

199, BOULEVARD DE LA MADELEINE
06003 NICE CEDEX 1
F2210 TEXAS INSTRUMENTS SA FRANCE

821 AVENUE BEL-AIR BP 5
06271 VILLENEUVE LOUBET CEDEX
F3132 ITT INDUSTRIES FRANCE

1, RUE LOUIS DE LA VERNE
39100 DOLE
F3239 LAIRD TECHNOLOGIES FRANCE

82 AVENUE EDMOND ROSTAND
91420 MORANGIS
F3341 HELLERMAN TYTON(SA) FRANCE

2, RUE DES HETRES BP130
78196 TRAPPES CEDEX
F3659 SEPT (STE D'EXPANSION DE PRODUITS TECHNIQUES) FRANCE

ETS G. DOLOY
174, QUAI DE JEMMAPES
75010 PARIS
VCI 1001 - Page 2

SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E

CODE
F3754 RBC FRANCE SAS FRANCE

19 AVENUE DE NORVEGE
LES ULIS
91953 COURTABOEUF CEDEX
F7289 MOTOROLA SEMICONDUCTEUR SA FRANCE

PARC DES ALGORYTHMES
91193 GIF SUR YVETTE CEDEX
F5423 SPRAGUE FRANCE SARL FRANCE

199 BOULEVARD DE LA MADELEINE
06003 NICE CEDEX 1
F6151 SAGEM DEFENSE SECURITE FRANCE

LE PONANT DE PARIS
27 RUE LEBLANC
75512 PARIS CEDEX 15
F6158 REPLACED BY F6151
F8385 ATMEL GRENOBLE FRANCE

RUE DE ROCHEPLEINE
38120 SAINT-EGREVE
F8961 SODIMATEL FASTENERS FRANCE

11, RUE DES ENTREPRENEURS
78421 CARRIERES SUR SEINE CEDEX
FAPP9 ALCOA FIXATIONS SIMMONDS SAS FRANCE

9 RUE DES CRESSONNIERES
72110 SAINT-COSME EN VAIRAIS
37364 NOREAST ELECTRONICS CO LTD CANADA

1175 TUPPER ST
K6A 3T5 HAWKESBURY
ONTARIO
40920 MPB CORPORATION. USA

DIV SUPER PRECISION
7, OPTICAL AVENUE
03431-4320 KEENE NH
VCI 1001 - Page 3

SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
BLANK
VCI 1001 - Page 4

SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
EQUIPMENT DESIGNATOR INDEX
EQUIPMENT
DESIGNATOR FIG.-ITEM PART NUMBER
SYMBOLE FIG.-REP. REFERENCE
CIRCUIT
A 03 40A 26V11CT4D
A 03 40B 26V11CT4Q-COB
A 03 40C 26V11CT4-17
B 03 190A 26V11CX4C
B 03 190B 26V11CX4B-COB
C 03 350A 26V11CX4C
C 03 350B 26V11CX4B-COB
C 03 350C 26V11TX4C
C 03 350D 26V11TX4B-SOB
CR1 09 250A 1N645
CR1 10 120A 1N708A
CR1 10 120B BZX55C5V6
CR1 11 270A 1N645
CR1 12 160A 1N752A
CR10 09 280A 1N959B
CR10 10 130A 1N914
CR10 11 290A 1N959B
CR10 12 170A 1N4148
CR11 09 250A 1N645
CR11 10 130A 1N914
CR11 11 270A 1N645
CR11 12 140A 1N968B
CR12 09 250A 1N645
CR12 10 130A 1N914
CR12 11 270A 1N645
CR12 12 170A 1N4148
CR13 09 250A 1N645
CR13 10 130A 1N914
(-) ITEM NOT ILLUSTRATED / REPERE NON ILLUSTRE
EDI 1001 - Page 1

SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
EQUIPMENT
CIRCUIT
CR13 11 270A 1N645

CR13 12 170A 1N4148
CR14 09 250A 1N645
CR14 11 270A 1N645
CR14 12 170A 1N4148
CR15 09 B260C 1N645
CR15 09 260A 1N645
CR15 10 120A 1N708A
CR15 10 120B BZX55C5V6
CR15 11 270A 1N645
CR15 12 170A 1N4148
CR16 09 C550A 1N6052A
CR16 10 130A 1N914
CR16 11 300A 1N6052
CR16 12 170A 1N4148
CR17 12 130A 1910F145BN1C5KH
CR18 10 150A 1N968B
CR18 10 150B BZX55C20
CR18 12 160A 1N752A
CR19 10 160A 1N972B
CR19 10 160B BZX55C30
CR19 12 170A 1N4148
CR2 09 270A 1N4004
CR2 10 120A 1N708A
CR2 10 120B BZX55C5V6
CR2 11 280A 1N4004
CR2 12 160A 1N752A
CR20 07 270A 1N645
CR20 08 250A 1N645
CR20 12 140A 1N968B
EDI 1001 - Page 2

SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
EQUIPMENT
CIRCUIT
CR21 07 270A 1N645

CR21 08 250A 1N645
CR21 12 150A 1B972B
CR22 07 280A 1N4004
CR22 08 260A 1N4004
CR22 12 180A BZX55C15
CR23 07 280A 1N4004
CR23 08 260A 1N4004
CR23 12 180A BZX55C15
CR24 07 280A 1N4004
CR24 08 260A 1N4004
CR25 07 280A 1N4004
CR25 08 260A 1N4004
CR26 07 270A 1N645
CR26 08 250A 1N645
CR27 07 270A 1N645
CR27 08 250A 1N645
CR28 07 270A 1N645
CR28 08 250A 1N645
CR29 07 270A 1N645
CR29 08 250A 1N645
CR3 09 270A 1N4004
CR3 10 120A 1N708A
CR3 10 120B BZX55C5V6
CR3 11 280A 1N4004
CR3 12 160A 1N752A
CR30 07 290A 1N712A
CR30 08 -270B 1N959B
CR30 08 270A 1N712A
CR31 08 -270B 1N959B
EDI 1001 - Page 3

SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
EQUIPMENT
CIRCUIT
CR31 07 290A 1N712A

CR31 08 270A 1N712A
CR35 10 130A 1N914
CR36 10 130A 1N914
CR37 10 130A 1N914
CR38 10 175A BZX55C15
CR39 10 175A BZX55C15
CR4 09 270A 1N4004
CR4 10 120A 1N708A
CR4 10 120B BZX55C5V6
CR4 11 280A 1N4004
CR4 12 160A 1N752A
CR5 09 270A 1N4004
CR5 10 130A 1N914
CR5 11 280A 1N4004
CR5 12 170A 1N4148
CR6 09 250A 1N645
CR6 10 140A 1N645
CR6 11 270A 1N645
CR6 12 170A 1N4148
CR7 09 250A 1N645
CR7 10 140A 1N645
CR7 11 270A 1N645
CR7 12 170A 1N4148
CR8 09 250A 1N645
CR8 10 130A 1N914
CR8 11 270A 1N645
CR8 12 130A 1N645
CR9 09 280A 1N959B
CR9 10 150A 1N968B
EDI 1001 - Page 4

SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
EQUIPMENT
CIRCUIT
CR9 10 150B BZX55C20

CR9 11 290A 1N959B
CR9 12 130A 1N645
CT1 05 230A 461-01261-000
C1 09 170A CKM501B250V68KJ
C1 10 10A CKM501B40V100KJ
C1 11 190A CKM501B250V68KJ
C1 12 20A CKM501B40V100KJ
C10 09 220A CN31-5-1KK
C10 10 90A CN31-5-10KK
C10 11 250A CTS4-6V3-47MM
C10 12 120A CN31-100V10KK
C11 09 230A CTS4-6V3-47MM
C11 10 90A CN31-5-10KK
C11 11 250A CTS4-6V3-47MM
C11 12 80A CTS13-35V6M8K
C12 09 230A CTS4-6V3-47MM
C12 10 90A CN31-5-10KK
C12 11 250A CTS4-6V3-47MM
C12 12 110A CTS1-50V15MK
C13 07 150A CT4-40V82MM
C13 08 150A 138DG50V82MM
C13 09 230A CTS4-6V3-47MM
C13 10 100A CN31-5-100KK
C13 11 260A CKM501B40V100KJ
C13 12 90A CN31-5-100KK
C14 07 160A CKM501B250V470KJ
C14 08 130A CKM501B250V470KJ
C14 09 B240B CKM501B40V100KJ
C14 09 240A CKM501B40V100KJ
EDI 1001 - Page 5

SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
EQUIPMENT
CIRCUIT
C14 10 110A CN30-5-680KK

C14 12 100A CN30-5-680KK
C15 07 150A CT4-40V82MM
C15 08 150A 138DG50V82MM
C16 07 170A CN19-5-5K6K
C16 08 140A CN19-5-5K6K
C17 07 180A CTS1-50V22MK
C17 08 150A 138DG50V82MM
C18 07 180A CTS1-50V22MK
C18 08 150A 138DG50V82MM
C19 07 190A CE13-3C220UK
C19 08 160A CE13-3C220UK
C2 09 180A P60B250V220KK
C2 10 20A PM-67-250V4K7K
C2 11 200A P60B250V220KK
C2 12 120A CM31-100V10KK
C20 07 200A CTS4-6V3-47MM
C20 08 170A CTS4-6V3-47MM
C21 07 200A CTS4-6V3-47MM
C21 08 170A CTS4-6V3-47MM
C22 07 200A CTS4-6V3-47MM
C22 08 170A CTS4-6V3-47MM
C23 07 210A CKM501B250V33KJ
C23 08 180A CKM501B250V33KJ
C24 07 220A CKM501B160V33KJ
C24 08 190A CKM501B160V47KJ
C25 07 230A CKM501B40V470KM
C25 08 200A CKM501B40V470KM
C26 07 230A CKM501B40V470KM
C26 08 200A CKM501B40V470KM
EDI 1001 - Page 6

SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
EQUIPMENT
CIRCUIT
C27 07 240A CKM501B40V1MJ

C27 08 210A CKM501B40V1MJ
C28 07 240A CKM501B40V1MJ
C28 08 210A CKM501B40V1MJ
C29 07 250A CKM501B40V100KJ
C29 08 220A CKM501B40V100KJ
C3 09 190A CKM501B250V470KJ
C3 10 10A CKM501B40V100KJ
C3 11 210A CKM501B250V470KJ
C3 12 120A CM31-100V10KK
C30 07 260A CE11-63V47UJ
C30 08 230A CE13-3C47UJ
C31 08 240A CN31-5-1KK
C4 09 200A CN19-5-5K6K
C4 10 30A CKM501B160V68KK
C4 11 220A CN19-5-5K6K
C4 12 20A CKM501B40V100KJ
C40 05 260A M60B250V220KK
C41 02 70A DLZ904-2K2K
C42 02 80A 1I63R100FN
C43 02 320A CPM7B63V100KK
C5 09 210A 138DG50V82MM
C5 10 40A CN31-5-47KK
C5 11 230A 138DG50V82MM
C5 12 50A CN31-5-47KK
C6 09 210A 138DG50V82MM
C6 10 50A CKM501B40V470KM
C6 11 230A 138DG50V82MM
C6 12 40A CKM501B160V68KK
C7 09 210A 138DG50V82MM
EDI 1001 - Page 7

SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
EQUIPMENT
CIRCUIT
C7 10 60A CE13-3C220UK
C7 11 230A 138DG50V82MM
C7 12 60A CKM501B40V470KM
C8 09 210A 138DG50V82MM
C8 10 70A CTS13-35V6M8K
C8 11 230A 138DG50V82MM
C8 12 30A PM67-250V4K7K
C9 10 80A CTS13-35V15MM
C9 11 240A CN31-5-1KK
C9 12 70A CE13-3C220UK
D 03 450A 26V11TX4C
D 03 450B 26V11TX4B-SOB
E14 09 120A PB12C160AL4K7K
F1 06 80A D1-0-5
F1 08 490A D1-0-5
F1 09 AC140A D1-0-5
F1 11 40A D1-0-5
GY1 05 -10A 461-01247-000
J1 02 290A HE301B00RC1832P1A
J1 08 10A HE301B02E18-32P
J1 09 10A HE301B02E18-32P
J1 09 10B HE301B02E18-32PW
J1 11 10A HE301B02E18-32P
J2 07 10A UN27-069-29CY
J2 08 30A UN27-069-29CY
J2 09 30A UN28-069-29CY
J2 11 30A UN27-069-29CY
K1 05 290A 131-61002-002
K1 09 B130B YA19-3E26V5
K1 09 130A YA19-3E26V5
EDI 1001 - Page 8

SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
EQUIPMENT
CIRCUIT
K1 11 180A YA19-3E26V5
K1 12 380A YA19-3E26V5
K2 02 180A 131-61002-003
K2 02 180B 131-61002-006
K2 04 210A 131-61002-002
K2 04 210B 131-61002-007
L1 07 300A 22000MJ
L1 08 280A 22000MJ
L1 09 370A 2200MJ
L1 11 390A 2200MJ
L2 07 300A 22000MJ
L2 08 280A 22000MJ
L2 09 370A 2200MJ
L2 11 390A 2200MJ
L3 07 300A 22000MJ
L3 08 280A 22000MJ
L3 09 380A 1619
L3 11 400A 1619
L4 08 290A 1619
L4 09 B390B 2200MJ
L4 09 390A 2200MJ
L4 11 390A 2200MJ
L5 02 90A 23301M
L6 02 90A 23301M
L7 02 90A 23301M
M1 09 350A SFC2741M
M1 11 370A MAM0741-4CDN
M1 12 360A MAM0741-4CDN
M2 12 360A MAM0741-4CDN
M3 12 360A MAM0741-4CDN
EDI 1001 - Page 9

SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
EQUIPMENT
CIRCUIT
M4 12 360A MAM0741-4CDN
MC-AZ 04 140A 461-01255-000
MC-SITE 02 480A 461-01272-000
P2 02 280A UN27-29KZF
Q1 09 290A 2N2222A
Q1 10 170A 2N2907A
Q1 10 170B BC177B
Q1 11 310A 2N2222A
Q1 12 210A 2N2907A
Q10 10 230A BDX18
Q10 12 230A 2N1711
Q11 10 280A 2N3055S
Q11 12 310A 2N3055S
Q12 10 180A 2N2222A
Q12 10 180B 2N2484
Q12 12 200A 2N2222A
Q13 10 180A 2N2222A
Q13 10 180B 2N2484
Q13 12 200A 2N2222A
Q14 10 180A 2N2222A
Q14 10 180B 2N2484
Q14 12 200A 2N2222A
Q15 10 180A 2N2222A
Q15 10 180B 2N2484
Q15 12 200A 2N2222A
Q16 10 210A 2N1711
Q16 12 230A 2N1711
Q17 10 280A 2N3055S
Q17 12 310A 2N3055S
Q18 10 210A 2N1711
EDI 1001 - Page 10

SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
EQUIPMENT
CIRCUIT
Q18 12 230A 2N1711

Q19 07 310A 2N2222A
Q19 08 300A 2N2222A
Q2 09 300A 2N2905A
Q2 10 170A 2N2907A
Q2 10 170B BC177B
Q2 11 340A 2N2905A
Q2 12 210A 2N2907A
Q20 07 320A 2N2907A
Q20 08 310A 2N2907A
Q21 07 340A 2N2905A
Q21 08 330A 2N2905A
Q22 07 350A 2N1711
Q22 08 340A 2N1711
Q23 10 330A MAM0741-4CDM
Q24 10 330A MAM0741-4CDM
Q25 10 330A MAM0741-4CDM
Q26 10 330A MAM0741-4CDM
Q3 09 310A 2N2907A
Q3 10 185A 2N2484
Q3 10 185B BC107B
Q3 11 320A 2N2907A
Q3 12 205A 2N2222A
Q3 12 205B BC107B
Q4 09 330A 2N1711
Q4 10 185A 2N2484
Q4 10 185B BC107B
Q4 11 350A 2N1711
Q4 12 205A 2N2222A
Q4 12 205B BC107B
EDI 1001 - Page 11

SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
EQUIPMENT
CIRCUIT
Q5 10 200A 2N2905A
Q5 12 240A 2N2905A
Q6 10 200A 2N2905A
Q6 12 230A 2N1711
Q7 10 210A 2N1711
Q7 12 260A BDX18
Q8 10 200A 2N2905A
Q8 12 240A 2N2905A
Q9 10 210A 2N1711
Q9 12 240A 2N2905A
R1 09 400A RC21U51UJ
R1 10 350A RC21U75UJ
R1 11 410A RC21U51UJ
R1 13 -30B RC21U8K2J
R1 13 30A RC21U11KJ
R10 09 470A RC21U36KJ
R10 10 360A RC21U10KJ
R10 11 490A RC21U36KJ
R10 13 20A RC21U10KJ
R11 09 480A RC21U82KJ
R11 10 360A RC21U10KJ
R11 11 500A RC21U82KJ
R11 13 40A RC21U6K2J
R12 09 490A RC21U43KJ
R12 10 360A RC21U10KJ
R12 11 510A RC21U43KJ
R12 13 80A RC21U91KJ
R13 09 500A RC21U820UJ
R13 10 380A RC21U6K2J
R13 11 520A RC21U820UJ
EDI 1001 - Page 12

SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
EQUIPMENT
CIRCUIT
R13 13 90A RC21U5K6J

R14 09 120A PB12C160AL4K7K
R14 10 380A RC21U6K2J
R14 11 130A 1910F145BN1C5KH
R14 13 20A RC21U10KJ
R15 09 120A PB12C160AL4K7K
R15 10 390A RC21U15KJ
R15 11 130A 1910F145BN1C5KH
R15 13 -100B EC21U24KJ
R15 13 100A RC21U37KJ
R16 09 500A RC21U820UJ
R16 10 390A RC21U15KJ
R16 11 520A RC21U820UJ
R16 13 110A RC21U180KJ
R17 09 410A RC21U180KJ
R17 10 400A RC21U30KJ
R17 11 420A RC21U180KJ
R17 13 120A RC21U1KJ
R18 10 410A RC21U7K5J
R18 11 530A RC21U180UJ
R18 13 130A RC21U9K1J
R19 10 380A RC21U6K2J
R19 13 140A RC21U220UJ
R2 09 400A RC21U51UJ
R2 10 360A RC21U10KJ
R2 11 410A RC21U51UJ
R2 13 10A RC21U75UJ
R20 10 420A RC21U91KJ
R20 13 20A RC21U10KJ
R21 09 CA510B RC21U180UJ
EDI 1001 - Page 13

SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
EQUIPMENT
CIRCUIT
R21 09 B510C RC21U180UJ

R21 09 510A RC21U180UJ
R21 10 430A RC21U5K6J
R21 13 120A RC21U1KJ
R22 10 440A RC21U27KJ
R22 13 -150B RC21U910UJ
R22 13 150A RC21U1K3J
R23 10 360A RC21U10KJ
R23 13 60A RC21U30KJ
R24 10 450A RC21U180KJ
R24 13 130A RC21U9K1J
R25 10 460A RC21U1KJ
R25 13 20A RC21U10KJ
R26 10 470A RC21U9K1J
R26 13 120A RC21U1KJ
R27 10 400A RC21U30KJ
R27 13 50A RC21U15KJ
R28 10 360A RC21U10KJ
R28 13 50A RC21U15KJ
R29 10 460A RC21U1KJ
R29 13 50A RC21U15KJ
R3 09 410A RC21U180KJ
R3 10 370A RC21U11KJ
R3 11 420A RC21U180KJ
R3 13 20A RC21U10KJ
R30 10 480A RC21U220UJ
R30 13 40A RC21U6K2J
R31 10 490A RC21U1K3J
R31 13 60A RC21U30KJ
R32 10 470A RC21U9K1J
EDI 1001 - Page 14

SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
EQUIPMENT
CIRCUIT
R32 13 70A RC21U7K5J

R33 10 360A RC21U10KJ
R33 13 290A RC21U100UJ
R34 10 460A RC21U1KJ
R34 13 20A RC21U10KJ
R35 10 500A RC21U120KJ
R35 13 280A RC21U18KJ
R36 10 400A RC21U30KJ
R36 13 20A RC21U10KJ
R37 10 360A RC21U10KJ
R37 13 -300B RC21U15KJ
R37 13 300A RC21U75KJ
R38 10 510A RC21U6K8J
R38 13 270A RC21U3KJ
R39 10 520A RC21U47KJ
R39 13 270A RC21U3KJ
R4 09 420A RC21U100KJ
R4 11 430A RC21U100KJ
R4 13 40A RC21U6K2J
R40 10 530A RC21U75KJ
R40 13 50A RC21U15KJ
R41 10 540A RC21U24KJ
R41 13 60A RC21U30KJ
R42 10 550A RC21U20KJ
R42 13 160A RC21U75KJ
R43 10 560A RC21U27KJ
R43 13 20A RC21U10KJ
R44 10 360A RC21U10KJ
R44 13 170A RC21U6K8J
R45 10 570A RC21U5K1J
EDI 1001 - Page 15

SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
EQUIPMENT
CIRCUIT
R45 13 230A RC21U27KJ

R46 10 390A RC21U15KJ
R46 13 180A RC21U47KJ
R47 10 360A RC21U10KJ
R47 13 220A RMB0-75V100UJ
R48 10 360A RC21U10KJ
R48 13 190A RC21U75KJ
R49 10 580A RB59-1K5J
R49 13 200A RC21U24KJ
R5 09 430A RC21U47KJ
R5 11 440A RC21U47KJ
R5 13 20A RC21U10KJ
R50 10 590A RC21U2UJ
R50 13 240A RC21U5K1J
R51 13 210A RC21U20KJ
R52 07 460A RC21U10UJ
R52 13 20A RC21U10KJ
R53 07 370A RC21U51UJ
R53 08 360A RC21U51UJ
R53 13 20A RC21U10KJ
R54 07 370A RC21U51UJ
R54 08 360A RC21U51UJ
R54 13 50A RC21U15KJ
R55 07 380A RC21U22KJ
R55 08 370A RC21U22KJ
R55 13 20A RC21U10KJ
R56 07 390A RC21U6K2J
R56 08 380A RC21U6K2J
R56 13 20A RC21U10KJ
R57 07 390A RC21U6K2J
EDI 1001 - Page 16

SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
EQUIPMENT
CIRCUIT
R57 08 380A RC21U6K2J

R57 13 250A RB59-1KJ
R58 07 400A RC21U1KJ
R58 08 390A RC21U1KJ
R58 13 260A RC21U2UJ
R59 07 410A RC21U10KJ
R59 08 400A RC21U10KJ
R59 13 310A RC21U5K1J
R6 09 440A RC21U910UJ
R6 11 450A RC21U910UJ
R6 13 20A RC21U10KJ
R60 07 410A RC21U10KJ
R60 08 400A RC21U10KJ
R61 07 420A RC21U4K3J
R61 08 410A RC21U4K3J
R62 07 430A RC21U820UJ
R62 08 420A RC21U820UJ
R63 07 440A RC21U30KJ
R63 08 430A RC21U30KJ
R64 07 140A 135-11290-005
R64 08 -120B PB12C160AL4K7K
R64 08 120A 135-11290-005
R65 07 450A RC21U62KJ
R65 08 440A RC21U62KJ
R66 07 140A 135-11290-005
R66 08 -120B PB12C160AL4K7K
R66 08 120A 135-11290-005
R67 07 470A RC21U36KJ
R67 08 450A RC21U36KJ
R68 07 480A RC21U82KJ
EDI 1001 - Page 17

SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
EQUIPMENT
CIRCUIT
R68 08 460A RC21U82KJ

R69 07 430A RC21U820UJ
R69 08 420A RC21U820UJ
R7 09 465A RC21U4K7J
R7 10 380A RC21U6K2J
R7 11 480A RC21U4K7J
R7 13 40A RC21U6K2J
R70 07 490A RC21U43KJ
R70 08 470A RC21U43KJ
R71 07 500A RC21U180KJ
R71 08 480A RC21U180KJ
R75 10 390A RC21U15KJ
R76 10 600A RC21U3KJ
R77 10 600A RC21U3KJ
R78 10 390A RC21U15KJ
R79 10 610A RC21U18KJ
R8 09 450A RC21U30KJ
R8 10 380A RC21U6K2J
R8 11 460A RC21U30KJ
R8 13 40A RC21U6K2J
R80 10 620A RC21U100UJ
R81 10 360A RC21U10KJ
R82 10 360A RC21U10KJ
R83 10 360A RC21U10KJ
R84 10 390A RC21U15KJ
R9 09 460A RC21U62KJ
R9 10 360A RC21U10KJ
R9 11 470A RC21U62KJ
R9 13 20A RC21U10KJ
S1 07 120A 17-17552-30A
EDI 1001 - Page 18

SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
EQUIPMENT
CIRCUIT
S1 08 90A 17155230
S1 09 90A 17155230
S1 11 110A 17155230
TB1 05 220A 461-10642-000
TB10 02 100A 461-11132-000
TB10 02 150A 8854-15BIS
TB10 02 150B 8854-15BIS
TB11 04 290A 461-01325-000
TB2 02 150A 8854-15BIS
TB2 04 260A 461-01519-000
TB3 02 490A 461-10670-000
TB4 06 120A 461-01327-000
TB4 06 120B 461-01498-000
TB4 06 120C 461-01498-001
TB4 06 120D 461-09044-000
TB4 06 120E 461-09048-000
TB4 06 120F 461-01498-101
TB4 06 120G 461-09044-100
TB4 06 120H 461-09054-000
TB4 06 120J 461-09044-101
TB4 07 -1A 461-01327-000
TB4 09 -1A 461-09044-000
TB4 09 -1B 461-09044-100
TB4 09 -1C 461-09048-000
TB4 09 -1D 461-09044-101
TB5 06 130A 461-01328-000
TB5 06 130B 461-01328-101
TB5 06 130C 461-09056-000
TB5 06 130D 461-09056-001
TB5 06 130E 461-09056-002
EDI 1001 - Page 19

SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
e
EQUIPMENT
CIRCUIT
TB5 06 130F 461-09056-003

TB5 06 130G 461-01328-102
TP0 12 400A 001-2004-0
TP1 12 410A 001-2004-1
TP2 12 420A 001-2004-2
TP3 12 430A 001-2004-3
TP4 12 440A 001-2004-4
TP5 12 450A 001-2004-5
TP6 12 460A 001-2004-6
TP7 12 470A 001-2004-7
TP8 12 480A 001-2004-8
TR1 07 20A 461-01293-000
TR1 08 40A 461-01293-000
TR1 09 40A 461-01586-000
TR1 11 70A 461-01586-000
EDI 1001 - Page 20

SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
NUMERICAL INDEX
TTL REQ.
PART NUMBER FIG.-ITEM
QTE
REFERENCE FIG.-REP.
TOTALE
BC107B 10 185B 2
BC107B 12 205B 2
BC177B 10 170B 2
BC177B 12 210B 2
BDX18 10 230A 1
BDX18 12 260A 1
BHQ1HD025006TPA 01 100A 4
BHQ1HD025008TPA 01 100B 4
BHQ1HD030008TMA 02 -300A 4
BHQ1HD030008TPA 06 110A 4
BHQ1HD030010TPA 01 130A 1
BHQ1HD030010TPA 01 140A 1
BZX55C15 10 175A 2
BZX55C15 12 180A 2
BZX55C20 10 150B 2
BZX55C30 10 160B 1
BZX55C5V6 10 120B 5
BZX55C5V6 12 160B 5
CE11-63V47UJ 07 260A 1
CE13-3C220UK 07 190A 1
CE13-3C220UK 08 160A 1
CE13-3C220UK 10 60A 1
CE13-3C220UK 12 70A 1
CE13-3C47UJ 08 230A 1
CKM501B160V33KJ 07 220A 1
CKM501B160V33KJ 08 -191A AR
CKM501B160V47KJ 07 -221A AR
CKM501B160V47KJ 08 190A 1
CKM501B160V68KK 10 30A 1
NI 1001 - Page 1
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
TTL REQ.
QTE
REFERENCE FIG.-REP.
TOTALE
CKM501B160V68KK 12 40A 1
CKM501B160V82KJ 07 -222A AR
CKM501B160V82KJ 08 -192A AR
CKM501B250V33KJ 07 210A 1
CKM501B250V33KJ 08 180A 1
CKM501B250V470KJ 07 160A 1
CKM501B250V470KJ 08 130A 1
CKM501B250V470KJ 09 190A 1
CKM501B250V470KJ 11 210A 1
CKM501B250V68KJ 09 170A 1
CKM501B250V68KJ 11 190A 1
CKM501B40V100KJ 07 250A 1
CKM501B40V100KJ 08 220A 1
CKM501B40V100KJ 09 240A 1
CKM501B40V100KJ 09 B240B 1
CKM501B40V100KJ 10 10A 2
CKM501B40V100KJ 11 260A 1
CKM501B40V100KJ 12 20A 2
CKM501B40V1MJ 07 240A 2
CKM501B40V1MJ 08 210A 2
CKM501B40V470KM 07 230A 2
CKM501B40V470KM 08 200A 2
CKM501B40V470KM 10 50A 1
CKM501B40V470KM 12 60A 1
CN19-5-5K6K 07 170A 1
CN19-5-5K6K 08 140A 1
CN19-5-5K6K 09 200A 1
CN19-5-5K6K 11 220A 1
CN30-5-680KK 10 110A 1
CN30-5-680KK 12 100A 1
CN31-100V10KK 12 120A 3
NI 1001 - Page 2
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
TTL REQ.
QTE
REFERENCE FIG.-REP.
TOTALE
CN31-5-100KK 10 100A 1
CN31-5-100KK 12 90A 1
CN31-5-10KK 10 90A 3
CN31-5-1KK 08 240A 1
CN31-5-1KK 09 220A 1
CN31-5-1KK 11 240A 1
CN31-5-47KK 10 40A 1
CN31-5-47KK 12 50A 1
CPM7B63V100KK 02 320A 1
CTS1-50V15MK 12 110A 1
CTS1-50V22MK 07 180A 2
CTS13-35V15MM 10 80A 1
CTS13-35V6M8K 10 70A 1
CTS13-35V6M8K 12 80A 1
CTS4-6V3-47MM 07 200A 3
CTS4-6V3-47MM 08 170A 3
CTS4-6V3-47MM 09 230A 3
CTS4-6V3-47MM 11 250A 3
CT21-6 06 50A 1
CT4-40V82MM 07 150A 2
DEQ1BM014003UT 04 20A 8
DEQ1BM030006UT 02 40A 6
DEQ1BM050040UT 01 20A 2
DEQ1BM050045UT 01 30A 1
DEQ1CA030006UPA 01 200C 1
DEQ1CA030006UPA 02 40B 6
DEQ1CA030006UT 01 200D 1
DEQ1HD020006UPA 03 170A 2
DEQ1HD020006UPA 03 20A 2
DEQ1HD020006UPA 03 330A 2
DEQ1HD020006UPA 03 430A 2
NI 1001 - Page 3
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
TTL REQ.
QTE
REFERENCE FIG.-REP.
TOTALE
DEQ1HD030006UPA 02 400B 7
DEQ1HD030006UT 02 400A 7
DEQ1HD030008UPA 02 350A 4
DEQ1HD050045UPA 01 20B 2
DEQ1HD050050UPA 01 30B 1
DFQ1BM020003UT 03 110A 4
DFQ1BM020003UT 03 270A 4
DFQ1BM020003UT 03 410A 4
DFQ1BM020003UT 03 510A 4
DFQ1BM030010UPA 05 150A 4
DFQ1BM030016UPA 05 160A 4
DGQ1BM030010TMA 05 150B 4
DGQ1BM030016TMA 04 170A 4
DGQ1BM030016TMA 05 160B 4
DLZ904-2K2K 02 70A 1
D1-0-5 06 80A 2
D1-0-5 08 490A 1
D1-0-5 09 AC140A 1
D1-0-5 11 40A 1
EN340 11 330B 2
EN340 12 220B 8
GAQ1HD025TPA 07 90A 2
GAQ1HD030UPA 02 -310A 4
NI 1001 - Page 4
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
TTL REQ.
QTE
REFERENCE FIG.-REP.
TOTALE
GBQ1HD060TPA 04 200A 1
HEXB0BI12P 07 130A 2
HE301B00RC1832P1A 02 290A 1
HE301B02E18-32P 08 10A 1
HE301B02E18-32P 09 10A 1
HE301B02E18-32P 11 10A 1
HE301B02E18-32PW 09 10B 1
H4P 02 210B 2
H5P 01 110A 1
H5P 01 120A 1
H5P 02 210A 2
JEHD020UPA 04 280A 2
JEHD050UPA 01 40A 3
JFHD030UPA 01 150A 1
JFHD030UPA 02 240B 1
JFHD030UPA 05 40A 2
JFHD030UPA 12 330B 4
JZAJ025TCD 11 160A 3
JZAJ025TPE 07 40A 2
NI 1001 - Page 5
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
TTL REQ.
QTE
REFERENCE FIG.-REP.
TOTALE
JZAJ025TPE 07 80A 2
JZAJ030UCD 10 260A 2
LHQ1HD016002TPA 04 300A 2
LHQ1HD016005TPA 05 130A 2
LHQ1HD016006TPA 02 190A 2
LHQ1HD016006TPA 04 120A 2
LHQ1HD020005TPA 04 270A 2
LHQ1HD020005TPA 05 240A 2
LHQ1HD020008TPA 02 120A 2
LHQ1HD020008TPA 04 150A 4
LHQ1HD020008TPA 04 90A 2
LHQ1HD020010TPA 02 170B 2
LHQ1HD020012TPA 04 90B 2
LHQ1HD020020TPA 02 170A 2
LHQ1HD025003TPA 04 250A 1
LHQ1HD025004TPA 05 190A 2
LHQ1HD025006TPA 06 100A 10
LHQ1HD025006TPA 07 30A 2
LHQ1HD025006TPA 07 70A 2
LHQ1HD025006TPA 08 -50B 1
LHQ1HD025006TPA 08 50A 1
LHQ1HD025006TPA 08 510A 1
LHQ1HD025006TPA 08 80A 2
LHQ1HD025006TPA 09 -50B 1
LHQ1HD025006TPA 09 50A 1
LHQ1HD025006TPA 09 80A 2
LHQ1HD025006TPA 09 AC160A 1
LHQ1HD025006TPA 11 60A 1
NI 1001 - Page 6
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
TTL REQ.
QTE
REFERENCE FIG.-REP.
TOTALE
LHQ1HD025006TPA 11 80A 1
LHQ1HD025008TPA 11 150C 1
LHQ1HD025010TPA 11 150A 3
LHQ1HD025012TPA 11 150B 2
LHQ1HD030006TPA 02 230A 2
LHQ1HD030006TPA 02 230B 1
LHQ1HD030010TPA 10 240A 2
LHQ1HD030010TPA 10 290A 4
LHQ1HD030010TPA 12 270A 2
LHQ1HD030010TPA 12 320A 4
LJQ1HD040008TPA 06 20A 1
MAM0741-4CDM 10 330A 4
MAM0741-4CDN 11 370A 1
MAM0741-4CDN 12 360A 4
M60B250V220KK 05 260A 1
PB12C160AL4K7K 08 -120B 2
PB12C160AL4K7K 09 120A 2
PM67-250V4K7K 10 20A 1
PM67-250V4K7K 12 30A 1
PS10-8 05 210A 9
P60B250V220KK 09 180A 1
P60B250V220KK 11 200A 1
RB59-1K1J 10 -582A AR
RB59-1K1J 13 -251A AR
RB59-1K2J 10 -583A AR
RB59-1K2J 13 -252A AR
RB59-1K3J 10 -584A AR
RB59-1K3J 13 -253A AR
RB59-1K5J 10 580A 1
RB59-1K5J 13 -254A AR
RB59-1K6J 10 -585A AR
NI 1001 - Page 7
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
TTL REQ.
QTE
REFERENCE FIG.-REP.
TOTALE
RB59-1K6J 13 -255A AR
RB59-1K8J 10 -586A AR
RB59-1K8J 13 -256A AR
RB59-1KJ 10 -581A AR
RB59-1KJ 13 250A 1
RC21U100KJ 09 420A 1
RC21U100KJ 10 -504A AR
RC21U100KJ 11 430A 1
RC21U100KJ 13 -163A AR
RC21U100UJ 10 620A 1
RC21U100UJ 13 290A 1
RC21U10KJ 07 410A 2
RC21U10KJ 08 400A 2
RC21U10KJ 10 -373A AR
RC21U10KJ 10 360A 15
RC21U10KJ 13 -32A AR
RC21U10KJ 13 20A 15
RC21U10UJ 07 460A 1
RC21U110KJ 10 -505A AR
RC21U110KJ 13 -164A AR
RC21U11KJ 10 -376A AR
RC21U11KJ 10 370A 1
RC21U120KJ 10 500A 1
RC21U120KJ 13 -165A AR
RC21U12KJ 10 -374A AR
RC21U130KJ 10 -506A AR
RC21U130KJ 13 -166A AR
RC21U13KJ 10 -375A AR
NI 1001 - Page 8
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
TTL REQ.
QTE
REFERENCE FIG.-REP.
TOTALE
RC21U150KJ 10 -507A AR
RC21U150KJ 13 -167A AR
RC21U15KJ 10 390A 6
RC21U15KJ 13 300B 1
RC21U15KJ 13 50A 5
RC21U180KJ 07 500A 1
RC21U180KJ 08 480A 1
RC21U180KJ 09 410A 2
RC21U180KJ 10 450A 1
RC21U180KJ 11 420A 2
RC21U180KJ 13 110A 1
RC21U180UJ 09 510A 1
RC21U180UJ 09 B510C 1
RC21U180UJ 09 CA510B 1
RC21U180UJ 11 530A 1
RC21U18KJ 10 610A 1
RC21U18KJ 13 280A 1
RC21U1K1J 10 -493A AR
RC21U1K1J 13 -152A AR
RC21U1K2J 10 -494A AR
RC21U1K2J 13 -153A AR
RC21U1K3J 10 490A 1
RC21U1K3J 13 -154A AR
RC21U1K5J 10 -495A AR
RC21U1K5J 13 -155A AR
RC21U1KJ 07 400A 1
RC21U1KJ 08 390A 1
RC21U1KJ 10 460A 3
NI 1001 - Page 9
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
TTL REQ.
QTE
REFERENCE FIG.-REP.
TOTALE
RC21U1KJ 13 120A 3
RC21U20KJ 10 550A 1
RC21U20KJ 13 210A 1
RC21U220UJ 10 480A 1
RC21U220UJ 13 140A 1
RC21U22KJ 07 380A 1
RC21U22KJ 08 370A 1
RC21U24KJ 10 -441A AR
RC21U24KJ 10 540A 1
RC21U24KJ 13 -100B 1
RC21U24KJ 13 200A 1
RC21U27KJ 10 440A 1
RC21U27KJ 10 560A 1
RC21U27KJ 13 -101B AR
RC21U27KJ 13 230A 1
RC21U2UJ 10 590A 1
RC21U2UJ 13 260A 1
RC21U30KJ 07 440A 1
RC21U30KJ 08 430A 1
RC21U30KJ 09 450A 1
RC21U30KJ 10 -442A AR
RC21U30KJ 10 400A 3
RC21U30KJ 11 460A 1
RC21U30KJ 13 -102B AR
RC21U30KJ 13 60A 3
RC21U33KJ 10 -443A AR
RC21U33KJ 13 -103B AR
RC21U36KJ 07 470A 1
RC21U36KJ 08 450A 1
RC21U36KJ 09 470A 1
NI 1001 - Page 10
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
TTL REQ.
QTE
REFERENCE FIG.-REP.
TOTALE
RC21U36KJ 10 -444A AR
RC21U36KJ 11 490A 1
RC21U36KJ 13 -104B AR
RC21U37KJ 13 100A 1
RC21U39KJ 10 -445A AR
RC21U39KJ 13 -105B AR
RC21U3KJ 10 600A 2
RC21U3KJ 13 270A 2
RC21U43KJ 07 490A 1
RC21U43KJ 08 470A 1
RC21U43KJ 09 490A 1
RC21U43KJ 11 510A 1
RC21U47KJ 09 430A 1
RC21U47KJ 10 520A 1
RC21U47KJ 11 440A 1
RC21U47KJ 13 180A 1
RC21U4K3J 07 420A 1
RC21U4K3J 08 410A 1
RC21U4K7J 09 465A 1
RC21U4K7J 11 480A 1
RC21U51UJ 07 370A 2
RC21U51UJ 08 360A 2
RC21U51UJ 09 400A 2
RC21U51UJ 11 410A 2
RC21U5K1J 10 570A 1
RC21U5K1J 13 240A 1
RC21U5K1J 13 310A 1
RC21U5K6J 10 430A 1
RC21U5K6J 13 90A 1
RC21U62KJ 07 450A 1
RC21U62KJ 08 440A 1
NI 1001 - Page 11
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
TTL REQ.
QTE
REFERENCE FIG.-REP.
TOTALE
RC21U62KJ 09 460A 1
RC21U62KJ 11 470A 1
RC21U6K2J 07 390A 2
RC21U6K2J 08 380A 2
RC21U6K2J 10 380A 5
RC21U6K2J 13 40A 5
RC21U6K8J 10 510A 1
RC21U6K8J 13 170A 1
RC21U75KJ 10 -501A AR
RC21U75KJ 10 530A 1
RC21U75KJ 13 160A 1
RC21U75KJ 13 190A 1
RC21U75KJ 13 300A 1
RC21U75UJ 10 350A 1
RC21U75UJ 13 10A 1
RC21U7K5J 10 410A 1
RC21U7K5J 13 70A 1
RC21U820UJ 07 430A 2
RC21U820UJ 08 420A 2
RC21U820UJ 09 500A 2
RC21U820UJ 11 520A 2
RC21U82KJ 07 480A 1
RC21U82KJ 08 460A 1
RC21U82KJ 09 480A 1
RC21U82KJ 10 -502A AR
RC21U82KJ 11 500A 1
RC21U82KJ 13 -161A AR
RC21U8K2J 10 -371A AR
RC21U8K2J 13 30A 1
RC21U910UJ 09 440A 1
RC21U910UJ 10 -491A AR
NI 1001 - Page 12
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
TTL REQ.
QTE
REFERENCE FIG.-REP.
TOTALE
RC21U910UJ 11 450A 1
RC21U910UJ 13 -150A 1
RC21U91KJ 10 -503A AR
RC21U91KJ 10 420A 1
RC21U91KJ 13 -162A AR
RC21U91KJ 13 80A 1
RC21U9K1J 10 -372A AR
RC21U9K1J 10 470A 2
RC21U9K1J 13 -31A AR
RC21U9K1J 13 130A 2
RMB0-75V100UJ 13 220A 1
SFC2741M 09 350A 1
SN201F18N 08 20A 1
SN201F18N 09 20A 1
SN201F18N 11 20A 1
T018-5T 10 190A 8
T018-5T 11 330A 2
T018-5T 12 220A 8
UN27-069-29CY 07 10A 1
UN27-069-29CY 08 30A 1
UN27-069-29CY 11 30A 1
UN27-29KZF 02 280A 1
UN28-069-29CY 09 30A 1
XC39 12 190A 6
YA19-3E26V5 09 130A 1
YA19-3E26V5 09 B130B 1
YA19-3E26V5 11 180A 1
YA19-3E26V5 12 380A 1
000-13838-000 04 160A 4
000-30146-001 04 310A 1
000-30146-002 04 -311A AR
NI 1001 - Page 13
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
TTL REQ.
QTE
REFERENCE FIG.-REP.
TOTALE
000-30146-003 04 -312A AR
000-36891-000 03 130A 1
000-36891-000 03 290A 1
000-38666-004 03 240A 1
000-38666-004 03 80A 1
000-64239-000 05 250A 1
000-64370-000 04 -81A AR
000-64371-000 04 -82A AR
000-64372-000 04 -83A AR
001-2004-0 12 400A 1
001-2004-1 12 410A 1
001-2004-2 12 420A 1
001-2004-3 12 430A 1
001-2004-4 12 440A 1
001-2004-5 12 450A 1
001-2004-6 12 460A 1
001-2004-7 12 470A 1
001-2004-8 12 480A 1
0200645 02 140A 1
022660 04 240A 1
1B972B 12 150A 1
1I63R100FN 02 80A 1
1N4004 07 280A 4
1N4004 08 260A 4
1N4004 09 270A 4
1N4004 11 280A 4
1N4148 12 170A 10
1N6052 11 300A 1
1N6052A 09 C550A 1
1N645 07 270A 6
1N645 08 250A 6
NI 1001 - Page 14
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
TTL REQ.
QTE
REFERENCE FIG.-REP.
TOTALE
1N645 09 250A 8
1N645 09 260A 1
1N645 09 B260B 1
1N645 10 140A 2
1N645 11 270A 9
1N645 12 130A 3
1N708A 10 120A 5
1N712A 07 290A 2
1N712A 08 270A 2
1N752A 12 160A 5
1N914 10 130A 10
1N959B 08 -270B 2
1N959B 09 280A 2
1N959B 11 290A 2
1N968B 10 150A 2
1N968B 12 140A 2
1N972B 10 160A 1
10123D 10 220A 7
10123D 11 360A 2
10123D 12 250A 7
1152 11 540A 1
116-59004-001 04 180A AR
116-59004-001 05 170A AR
121-01902-006 10 -630A 6
121-01902-006 12 500A 6
124-21124-004 02 460A 1
124-22115-007 05 70A 2
124-22124-007 02 360A 1
124-22124-007 04 40A 2
131-61002-002 04 210A 1
131-61002-002 05 290A 1
NI 1001 - Page 15
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
TTL REQ.
QTE
REFERENCE FIG.-REP.
TOTALE
131-61002-003 02 180A 1
131-61002-003 04 110A 1
131-61002-006 02 180B 1
131-61002-007 04 210B 1
134 08 100A 1
134 09 100A 1
134 11 120A 2
135-11290-005 07 140A 2
135-11290-005 08 120A 2
138DG50V82MM 08 150A 4
138DG50V82MM 09 210A 4
138DG50V82MM 11 230A 4
15010-1596 03 120A 1
15010-1596 03 280A 1
1619 08 290A 1
1619 09 380A 1
1619 11 400A 1
17-17552-30A 07 120A 1
17155230 08 90A 1
17155230 09 90A 1
17155230 11 110A 1
1910F145BN1C5KH 11 130A 2
195-11002-003 01 200B 1
195-11002-003 02 390B 1
195-11002-004 01 200A 1
195-11002-004 02 390A 1
195-32009-083 07 50A 4
195-32009-083 08 -60B 1
195-32009-083 08 60A 2
195-32009-083 09 -60B 1
195-32009-083 09 60A 2
NI 1001 - Page 16
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
TTL REQ.
QTE
REFERENCE FIG.-REP.
TOTALE
195-32009-083 11 90A 5
195-32012-008 08 70A 2
195-32012-008 09 70A 2
195-32051-002 03 100A 1
195-32051-002 03 260A 1
195-32051-002 03 400A 1
195-32051-002 03 500A 1
195-39001-077 08 520A 1
195-39001-077 09 520A 1
195-39001-077 10 640A 1
195-39001-077 11 550A 1
195-39001-077 12 490A 1
195-41003-001 01 70A 2
2N1711 07 350A 1
2N1711 08 340A 1
2N1711 09 330A 1
2N1711 10 210A 4
2N1711 11 350A 1
2N1711 12 230A 4
2N2222A 07 310A 1
2N2222A 08 300A 1
2N2222A 09 290A 1
2N2222A 10 180A 4
2N2222A 11 310A 1
2N2222A 12 200A 4
2N2222A 12 205A 2
2N2484 10 180B 4
2N2484 10 185A 2
2N2905A 07 340A 1
2N2905A 08 330A 1
2N2905A 09 300A 1
NI 1001 - Page 17
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
TTL REQ.
QTE
REFERENCE FIG.-REP.
TOTALE
2N2905A 10 200A 3
2N2905A 11 340A 1
2N2905A 12 240A 3
2N2907A 07 320A 1
2N2907A 08 310A 1
2N2907A 09 310A 1
2N2907A 10 170A 2
2N2907A 11 320A 1
2N2907A 12 210A 2
2N3055S 10 280A 2
2N3055S 12 310A 2
2030019 02 110A 8
2060 02 220A 1
22000MJ 07 300A 3
22000MJ 08 280A 3
2200102 07 360A 2
2200102 08 350A 2
2200102 09 340A 2
2200123 07 330A 2
2200123 08 320A 2
2200123 09 320A 2
2200783 09 360A 1
2200783 10 340A 4
2200783 11 380A 1
2200783 12 370A 4
2200MJ 09 370A 2
2200MJ 09 390A 1
2200MJ 09 B390B 1
2200MJ 11 390A 3
231347 08 500A 1
231347 09 AC150A 1
NI 1001 - Page 18
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
TTL REQ.
QTE
REFERENCE FIG.-REP.
TOTALE
231347 11 50A 1
23301M 02 90A 3
24112 02 260A 1
26V11CT4-17 03 40C 1
26V11CT4D 03 40A 1
26V11CT4DAAA 03 60A 1
26V11CT4DBBB 03 70A 1
26V11CT4Q-COB 03 40B 1
26V11CX4B-COB 03 190B 1
26V11CX4B-COB 03 350B 1
26V11CX4C 03 190A 1
26V11CX4C 03 350A 1
26V11CX4CAAA 03 220A 1
26V11CX4CBBB 03 230A 1
26V11TX4B-SOB 03 350D 1
26V11TX4B-SOB 03 450B 1
26V11TX4C 03 350C 1
26V11TX4C 03 450A 1
26V11TX4CAAA 03 370A 1
26V11TX4CAAA 03 470A 1
26V11TX4CBBB 03 380A 1
26V11TX4CBBB 03 480A 1
398 09 C540A 1
418-10900-000 12 390A 1
424-22016-001 05 120A 1
424-22016-002 05 121A AR
424-22016-003 05 122A AR
424-22016-004 05 123A AR
424-41017-000 02 330A 20
425-30047-000 02 130A 2
425-30047-000 02 160A 4
NI 1001 - Page 19
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
TTL REQ.
QTE
REFERENCE FIG.-REP.
TOTALE
425-30047-000 02 160B 2
453-50082-000 06 40A 2
453-50082-000 06 70A 2
461-00151-002 01 10A 1
461-00151-002 02 -1A RF
461-00151-004 01 10B 1
461-00151-004 02 -1B RF
461-00152-001 01 220A 1
461-00152-001 06 -1A RF
461-00270-002 01 10C 1
461-00270-002 02 -1C RF
461-00270-004 01 10D 1
461-00270-004 02 -1D RF
461-00272-001 01 220B 1
461-00272-001 06 -1B RF
461-00272-004 01 220G
461-00272-101 01 220C 1
461-00272-101 06 -1C RF
461-00272-201 01 220F 1
461-00272-201 06 -1F RF
461-00331-000 01 10E
461-00343-000 01 10F 1
461-00343-000 02 -1E RF
461-00343-100 01 10G 1
461-00343-100 02 -1F RF
461-00348-000 01 220D 1
461-00348-000 06 -1D RF
461-00348-100 01 220H 1
461-00348-100 06 -1G RF
461-00348-101 01 220L 1
461-00348-101 06 -1K RF
NI 1001 - Page 20
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
TTL REQ.
QTE
REFERENCE FIG.-REP.
TOTALE
461-00354-000 01 220E 1
461-00354-000 06 -1E RF
461-00363-000 01 220J 1
461-00363-000 06 -1H RF
461-00363-001 01 220K 1
461-00363-001 06 -1J RF
461-01247-000 05 -10A 1
461-01248-000 05 90A 1
461-01255-000 04 140A 1
461-01259-000 04 60A 1
461-01259-000 05 -1A RF
461-01260-000 05 -270A 1
461-01261-000 05 230A 1
461-01263-000 05 370A 1
461-01264-000 05 -180A 1
461-01265-000 05 -140A 1
461-01266-000 02 370A 1
461-01266-000 04 -1A RF
461-01267-000 04 -320A 1
461-01269-000 04 -190A 1
461-01272-000 02 480A 1
461-01273-000 02 470A 1
461-01274-000 02 440A 1
461-01275-002 03 -160A 1
461-01275-002 03 -320A 1
461-01275-003 03 -320B 1
461-01275-003 03 -420A 1
461-01275-AAA 03 200A 1
461-01275-AAA 03 360A 1
461-01275-AAA 03 460A 1
461-01276-000 06 200A 1
NI 1001 - Page 21
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
TTL REQ.
QTE
REFERENCE FIG.-REP.
TOTALE
461-01293-000 07 20A 1
461-01293-000 08 40A 1
461-01325-000 04 290A 1
461-01326-000 06 -90A 1
461-01327-000 06 120A 1
461-01327-000 07 -1A RF
461-01328-000 06 130A 1
461-01328-000 10 -1A RF
461-01328-101 06 130B 1
461-01328-101 10 -1B RF
461-01328-102 06 130G 1
461-01328-102 10 -1C RF
461-01331-001 03 -10A 1
461-01331-002 03 -160B 1
461-01331-AAA 03 210A 1
461-01331-AAA 03 50A 1
461-01432-000 02 250A 1
461-01483-000 05 100A 1
461-01488-000 06 200B 1
461-01488-100 06 200D 1
461-01489-000 02 470B 1
461-01491-000 02 -60A 1
461-01497-000 02 250B 1
461-01498-000 06 120B 1
461-01498-000 08 -1A RF
461-01498-001 06 120C 1
461-01498-001 08 -1B RF
461-01498-101 06 120F 1
461-01498-101 08 -1C RF
461-01500-000 06 -90C 1
461-01500-100 06 -90F 1
NI 1001 - Page 22
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
TTL REQ.
QTE
REFERENCE FIG.-REP.
TOTALE
461-01506-001 03 -320C 1
461-01506-002 03 -320D 1
461-01506-002 03 -420B 1
461-01507-001 03 -10B 1
461-01507-002 03 -160C 1
461-01519-000 04 260A 1
461-01529-000 06 -90B 1
461-01586-000 09 40A 1
461-01586-000 11 70A 1
461-01590-000 03 -250A 1
461-01590-000 03 -90A 1
461-01591-000 04 100A 1
461-01592-000 04 320B 1
461-01593-000 04 100B 1
461-01594-000 05 -140B 1
461-01595-000 04 60B 1
461-01595-000 05 -1B RF
461-01596-000 02 370B 1
461-01596-000 04 -1B RF
461-01597-000 04 -190B 1
461-01598-000 06 200C 1
461-01599-000 06 -90D 1
461-01599-100 06 -90G 1
461-01599-101 06 -90J 1
461-01600-000 06 -90E 1
461-01622-000 06 -90H 1
461-01623-000 06 200E 1
461-09044-000 06 120D 1
461-09044-000 09 -1A RF
461-09044-100 06 120G 1
461-09044-100 09 -1B RF
NI 1001 - Page 23
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
TTL REQ.
QTE
REFERENCE FIG.-REP.
TOTALE
461-09044-101 06 120J 1
461-09044-101 09 -1D RF
461-09048-000 06 120E 1
461-09048-000 09 -1C RF
461-09054-000 06 120H 1
461-09054-000 11 -1A RF
461-09056-000 06 130C 1
461-09056-000 12 -1A RF
461-09056-000AA 12 -10A 1
461-09056-000AA 13 -1A RF
461-09056-001 06 130D 1
461-09056-001 12 -1B RF
461-09056-001AA 12 -10B 1
461-09056-001AA 13 -1B RF
461-09056-002 06 130E 1
461-09056-002 12 -1C RF
461-09056-002AA 12 -10C 1
461-09056-002AA 13 -1C RF
461-09056-003 06 130F 1
461-09056-003 12 -1D RF
461-09056-003AA 12 -10D 1
461-09056-003AA 13 -1D RF
461-10063-000 07 100A 4
461-10082-000 04 80A 1
461-10155-000 02 450A 1
461-10634-000 05 110A 1
461-10635-000 05 80A 2
461-10636-000 05 60A 2
461-10639-000 04 10A 2
461-10641-000 05 400A 1
461-10642-000 05 220A 1
NI 1001 - Page 24
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
TTL REQ.
QTE
REFERENCE FIG.-REP.
TOTALE
461-10643-000 05 300A 1
461-10644-000 05 340A 1
461-10645-000 05 30A 2
461-10646-000 05 310A 1
461-10651-000 05 360A 2
461-10658-000 04 220A 1
461-10659-001 04 70A 1
461-10659-002 04 -71A AR
461-10659-003 04 -72A AR
461-10660-000 04 230A 1
461-10662-000 04 50A 1
461-10666-000 02 510B 1
461-10669-000 02 500A 1
461-10670-000 02 490A 1
461-10674-000 03 520A 1
461-10674-AAA 02 340A 1
461-10674-AAA 03 -1A RF
461-10674-BBB 02 340B 1
461-10674-BBB 03 -1B RF
461-10674-CCC 02 340C 1
461-10674-CCC 03 -1C RF
461-10674-DDD 02 340D 1
461-10674-DDD 03 -1D RF
461-10675-000 02 410A 1
461-10675-000 02 50A 1
461-10676-001 02 30A 1
461-10676-002 02 380A 1
461-10678-000 02 200A 1
461-10678-000 04 130A 1
461-10680-001 06 170A 3
461-10683-000 06 10A 1
NI 1001 - Page 25
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
TTL REQ.
QTE
REFERENCE FIG.-REP.
TOTALE
461-10732-000 05 20A 2
461-10732-000 05 50A 2
461-10734-000 07 510A 1
461-10735-000 10 650A 1
461-10745-000 02 270A 1
461-10752-000 07 60A 1
461-10753-000 07 110A 1
461-10829-000 01 90A 1
461-10970-000 05 350B 1
461-10971-000 05 390A 1
461-11092-000 01 50A 3
461-11093-000 02 430A 1
461-11094-000 02 420A 1
461-11096-000 01 190A 1
461-11104-000 01 210A 1
461-11129-000 02 510A 1
461-11132-000 02 100A 1
461-11133-000 04 30A 1
461-11141-000 06 140A 1
461-11143-000 08 530A 1
461-11149-000 02 10A 1
461-11176-000 03 150A 1
461-11176-000 03 310A 1
461-11176-000 03 390A 1
461-11176-000 03 490A 1
461-11177-000 03 140A 1
461-11177-000 03 300A 1
461-11209-000 05 380A 1
461-11334-000 01 90B 1
461-11338-000 06 180A 3
461-11339-000 01 80A 1
NI 1001 - Page 26
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
TTL REQ.
QTE
REFERENCE FIG.-REP.
TOTALE
461-11341-001 04 -84A AR
461-11341-002 04 -85A AR
461-11341-003 04 -86A AR
461-11341-004 04 -87A AR
461-11352-000 06 60A 1
461-11365-000 11 140A 1
461-11365-100 11 140B 1
461-11367-000 06 30A 1
461-11419-000 06 50B 1
461-90044-000 09 530A 1
461-90048-000 09 -530B 1
461-90054-000 11 560A 1
461-90056-000 13 320A 1
462-10791-000 02 20A 1
462-10791-000 06 150A 1
462-10791-000 06 150B 2
5PA10CCNYLSTOP 01 60A 3
511-100 03 180A 2
511-100 03 30A 2
511-100 03 340A 2
511-100 03 440A 2
52-025-1 11 160B 3
52-030-1 12 340B 4
58057-1 01 -1A RF
58057-11 01 -1C RF
58057-112 01 -1J RF
58057-12 01 -1E RF
58057-13 01 -1K RF
58057-32 01 -1G RF
58057-33 01 -1N RF
58057-34 01 -1R RF
NI 1001 - Page 27
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
TTL REQ.
QTE
REFERENCE FIG.-REP.
TOTALE
58057-35 01 -1T RF
58057-4 01 -1B RF
58057-41 01 -1D RF
58057-42 01 -1F RF
58057-43 01 -1L RF
58057-82 01 -1H RF
58057-83 01 -1M RF
58057-84 01 -1P RF
58057-85 01 -1S RF
8 05 330A 2
8854-15BIS 02 150A 2
8854-15BIS 02 150B 1
9P4-5LAITONNICK 06 190A 6
983-11 02 260B 1
NI 1001 - Page 28
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
DETAILED PARTS LIST
Page 1001
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 1001
Composition GC130
Page 1001-0
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
UNITS
USAGE
FIG.-ITEM PART NUMBER NOMENCLATURE PER NHA
CODE
FIG.-REP. REFERENCE DESIGNATION QTE PAR
VALID.
1234567 ENS.
1
-1A 58057-1 GYROMAGNETIC COMPASS RF
-1B 58057-4 GYROMAGNETIC COMPASS RF
-1C 58057-11 GYROMAGNETIC COMPASS RF
-1D 58057-41 GYROMAGNETIC COMPASS RF
-1E 58057-12 GYROMAGNETIC COMPASS RF
-1F 58057-42 GYROMAGNETIC COMPASS RF
-1G 58057-32 GYROMAGNETIC COMPASS RF
-1H 58057-82 GYROMAGNETIC COMPASS RF
-1J 58057-112 GYROMAGNETIC COMPASS RF
-1K 58057-13 GYROMAGNETIC COMPASS RF
-1L 58057-43 GYROMAGNETIC COMPASS RF
-1M 58057-83 GYROMAGNETIC COMPASS RF
-1N 58057-33 GYROMAGNETIC COMPASS RF
-1P 58057-84 GYROMAGNETIC COMPASS RF
-1R 58057-34 GYROMAGNETIC COMPASS RF
-1S 58057-85 GYROMAGNETIC COMPASS RF
-1T 58057-35 GYROMAGNETIC COMPASS RF
10A 461-00151-002 .GYROMAGNETIC COMPASS MOUNTED 1A 1
(SEE FIG. 2 FOR DET)
10B 461-00151-004 .GYROMAGNETIC COMPASS MOUNTED 1B 1
(SEE FIG. 2 FOR DET), AMDT A
10C 461-00270-002 .GYROMAGNETIC COMPASS MOUNTED 1CEK 1
10D 461-00270-004 .GYROMAGNETIC COMPASS MOUNTED 1DFL 1
10E 461-00331-000 DELETED
10F 461-00343-000 .GYROMAGNETIC COMPASS MOUNTED 1GJNR 1
(SEE FIG. 2 FOR DET) T
Page 1001-1
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
UNITS
USAGE
CODE
VALID.
1234567 ENS.
1
10G 461-00343-100 .GYROMAGNETIC COMPASS MOUNTED 1HMPS 1
ATTACHING PARTS
20A DEQ1BM050040UT .SCREW (121-77050-040) F0110 1AB 2
20B DEQ1HD050045UPA .SCREW (121-71050-045) F0110 1CDEF 2
GHJKL
MNPRS
T
GHJKL
MNPRS
T
40A JEHD050UPA .WASHER (123-11110-050) F0110 3
50A 461-11092-000 .SPACER F0110 3
60A 5PA10CCNYLSTOP .STOP NUT VFAPP9 3
(121-01801-050)
X X X
70A 195-41003-001 .SEAL POST 2
80A 461-11339-000 .FOAM RUBBER 1GHJM 1
N
90A 461-10829-000 .BASE 1ABCD 1
EFGH
90B 461-11334-000 .BASE 1J 1
ATTACHING PARTS
100A BHQ1HD025006TPA .SCREW (121-36025-006) F0110 1AB 4
100B BHQ1HD025008TPA .SCREW (121-36025-008) F0110 1CDEF 4
GHJKL
X X X
Page 1001-2
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
UNITS
USAGE
CODE
VALID.
1234567 ENS.
1
110A H5P .CLAMP VF3341 1
(116-51007-005)
120A H5P .CLAMP VF3341 1CDEFG 1
(116-51007-005) HJKL
ATTACHING PARTS
130A BHQ1HD030010TPA .SCREW (121-36030-010) F0110 1
140A BHQ1HD030010TPA .SCREW (121-36030-010) F0110 1CDEFG 1
HJKL
150A JFHD030UPA .WASHER (123-11120-030) F0110 1
160A JFHD030UPA .WASHER (123-11120-030) F0110 1CDEFG 1
HJKLMN
PRST
170A GAQ1HD030TPA .NUT (121-01110-030) F0110 1CDEFG 1

180A GAQ1HD030TPA .NUT (121-01110-030) F0110 HJKLMN 1
PRST
X X X
190A 461-11096-000 .PLATE GROUND 1AB 1
ATTACHING PARTS 1CDEF
200A 195-11002-004 .SCREW 1GHJKL 1
200B 195-11002-003 .SCREW MN 1
200C DEQ1CA030006UPA .SCREW (121-71030-006) F0110 1PRST 1
200D DEQ1CA030006UT .SCREW (121-77030-006) F0110 1CDEFG 1

X X X HJKL
210A 461-11104-000 .LABEL 1
Page 1001-3
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
UNITS
USAGE
CODE
VALID.
1234567 ENS.
1
220A 461-00152-001 .ELECTRONIC BOX 1AB 1
220B 461-00272-001 .ELECTRONIC BOX 1CD 1
220C 461-00272-101 .ELECTRONIC BOX 1EF 1
(SEE FIG. 6 FOR DET) AMDT B
220D 461-00348-000 .ELECTRONIC BOX 1GH 1
220E 461-00354-000 .ELECTRONIC BOX 1J 1
(SEE FIG. 6 FOR DET) AMDT C
220F 461-00272-201 .ELECTRONIC BOX 1KL 1
220G 461-00272-004 .DELETED
220H 461-00348-100 .ELECTRONIC BOX NP 1MN 1
(SEE FIG. 6 FOR DET) AMDT A
220J 461-00363-000 .ELECTRONIC BOX 1PR 1
220K 461-00363-001 .ELECTRONIC BOX 1ST 1
220L 461-00348-101 .ELECTRONIC BOX 1MN 1
Page 1001-4
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
BLANK
Page 1001-5
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 1002
Gyromagnetic compass mounted
Page 1002-0
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
UNITS
USAGE
CODE
VALID.
1234567 ENS.
2
-1A 461-00151-002 GYROMAGNETIC COMPASS MOUNTED RF
(SEE FIG. 1 FOR NHA)
-1B 461-00151-004 GYROMAGNETIC COMPASS MOUNTED RF
(SEE FIG. 1 FOR NHA) AMDT A
-1C 461-00270-002 GYROMAGNETIC COMPASS MOUNTED RF
-1D 461-00270-004 GYROMAGNETIC COMPASS MOUNTED RF
-1E 461-00343-000 GYROMAGNETIC COMPASS MOUNTED RF
(SEE FIG.1 FOR NHA)
-1F 461-00343-100 GYROMAGNETIC COMPASS MOUNTED RF
10A 461-11149-000 .IDENTIFICATION PLATE 1
20A 462-10791-000 .AMENDMENT PLATE 1
30A 461-10676-001 .UPPER COVER 1
ATTACHING PARTS
40B DEQ1CA030006UPA .SCREW (121-71030-006) F0110 1CDEF 6
X X X
50A 461-10675-000 .SEAL 1
-60A 461-01491-000 .CIRCUIT EQUIPPED 1CD 1
70A DLZ904-2K2K ..CAPACITOR (142-01008-016) VF0350 1ABCD 1
2200 PF ± 10 % 100 V
80A 1I63R100FN ..CAPACITOR (142-01999-041) VF1379 1ABCD 1
10 PF ± 1 % 63 V
90A 23301M ..CHOKE (136-19990-005) V37364 1ABCD 3
100A 461-11132-000 ..PRINTED CIRCUIT 1CD 1
110A 2030019 ..TERMINAL (131-23190-008) VF0286 1CD 8
ATTACHING PARTS
Page 1002-1
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
UNITS
USAGE
CODE
VALID.
1234567 ENS.
2
120A LHQ1HD020008TPA .SCREW (121-11020-008) F0110 1CD 2
130A 425-30047-000 .SPACER 1CD 2
140A 0200645 .TERMINAL LUG (131-11001-027) VF8961 1
X X X
150A 8854-15BIS .STRIP (131-23290-010) F0114 1AB 2
150B 8854-15BIS .STRIP (131-23290-010) F0114 1EF 1
160A 425-30047-000 .SPACER 1AB 4
160B 425-30047-000 .SPACER 1EF 2
ATTACHING PARTS
170A LHQ1HD020020TPA .SCREW (121-11020-020) F0110 1AB 2
170B LHQ1HD020010TPA .SCREW (121-11020-010) F0110 1EF 2
X X X
180A 131-61002-003 .5 TRACK BRUSH-HOLDER 1ABCD 1
180B 131-61002-006 .7 TRACK BRUSH-HOLDER 1EF 1
ATTACHING PARTS
190A LHQ1HD016006TPA .SCREW (121-11016-006) F0110 2
X X X
200A 461-10678-000 .BRUSH-HOLDER SHIM 1
210A H5P .CLAMP (116-51007-005) VF3341 1AB 2
210B H4P .CLAMP (116-51007-004) VF3341 1CDEF 2
220A 2060 .CLAMP (116-57009-006) VF3239 1AB 1
ATTACHING PARTS
230B LHQ1HD030006TPA .SCREW (121-11030-006) F0110 1AB 1
240B JFHD030UPA .WASHER (123-11120-030) F0110 1AB 1
X X X
250A 461-01432-000 .HARNESS 1AB 1
250B 461-01497-000 .HARNESS 1CDEF 1
Page 1002-2
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
UNITS
USAGE
CODE
VALID.
1234567 ENS.
2
260A 24112 ..PACKING GLAND (123-61902-005) VF0803 250A 1
260B 983-11 ..PACKING GLAND (123-61902-007) VF0803 250B 1
270A 461-10745-000 ..SEAL 1
280A UN27-29KZF ..CONNECTOR (133-51101-007) VF0318 1
290A HE301B00RC1832P1A ..CONNECTOR (132-10111-032) F0114 250B 1
ATTACHING PARTS
-300A BHQ1HD030008TMA ..SCREW (121-36030-008) F0110 250B 4
-310A GAQ1HD030UPA ..NUT (121-01110-030) F0110 250B 4
X X X
320A CPM7B63V100KK ..CAPACITOR (142-10012-018) F0114 1
330A 424-41017-000 .TERMINAL LUG 20
340A 461-10674-AAA .MOUNTING PLATE ASSEMBLY NP 1A 1
340B 461-10674-BBB .MOUNTING PLATE ASSEMBLY NP 1B 1
340C 461-10674-CCC .MOUNTING PLATE ASSEMBLY NP 1CE 1
340D 461-10674-DDD .MOUNTING PLATE ASSEMBLY NP 1DF 1
ATTACHING PARTS
350A DEQ1HD030008UPA .SCREW (121-71030-008) F0110 4
X X X
360A 124-22124-007 .BALL BEARING 1
ORDER OVERLGTH MPN
SR2FRHH7P58L02-3-7MG
MADE BY V40920
370A 461-01266-000 .AZIMUTH GIMBAL ASSEMBLY 1ABCD 1
Page 1002-3
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
UNITS
USAGE
CODE
VALID.
1234567 ENS.
2
370B 461-01596-000 .AZIMUTH GIMBAL ASSEMBLY 1EF 1
380A 461-10676-002 .LOWER COVER 1
ATTACHING PARTS
390A 195-11002-004 .SAFETYING SCREW 1AB 1
390B 195-11002-003 .SAFETYING SCREW 1CDEF 1
400A DEQ1HD030006UT .SCREW (121-77030-006) F0110 1AB 7
X X X
410A 461-10675-000 .SEAL 1
420A 461-11094-000 .GROUNDING STRIP 1
430A 461-11093-000 .LOCKNUT 1
440A 461-01274-000 .ADJUSTMENT SCREW ASSEMBLY 1
450A 461-10155-000 .BALL 1
460A 124-21124-004 .BALL BEARING 1
ORDER OVERLGTH MPN
SR2RHH7P58L02-3-7MG
MADE BY V40920
470A 461-01273-000 .FRAME ASSEMBLY 1AB 1
470B 461-01489-000 .FRAME ASSEMBLY 1CDEF 1
480A 461-01272-000 ..TORQUE-MOTOR STATOR 1
490A 461-10670-000 ..FLEXIBLE CIRCUIT 1
500A 461-10669-000 ..SCREW SOCKET 1
510A 461-11129-000 ..FRAME 470B 1
510B 461-10666-000 ..FRAME 470A 1
Page 1002-4
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
BLANK
Page 1002-5
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 1003
Mounting plate assembly
Page 1003-0
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
UNITS
USAGE
CODE
VALID.
1234567 ENS.
3
-1A 461-10674-AAA MOUNTING PLATE ASSEMBLY RF
-1B 461-10674-BBB MOUNTING PLATE ASSEMBLY RF
-1C 461-10674-CCC MOUNTING PLATE ASSEMBLY RF
-1D 461-10674-DDD MOUNTING PLATE ASSEMBLY RF
ATTACHING PARTS
-10A 461-01331-001 .SYNCHRO-MACHINE ASSEMBLY (AXIS A) 1AB 1
-10B 461-01507-001 .SYNCHRO-MACHINE ASSEMBLY (AXIS A) 1CD 1
ATTACHING PARTS
30A 511-100 .FLANGE (123-90029-006) VF0358 2
X X X
40A 26V11CT4D ..SYNCHRO (151-19990-054) VF0358 10A 1
40B 26V11CT4Q-COB ..SYNCHRO (151-19990-050) VF8385 10AB 1
40C 26V11CT4-17 ..SYNCHRO (151-19995-023) VF0358 10B 1
50A 461-01331-AAA ..WHEEL ASSEMBLY NP 10A 1
ATTACHING PARTS
60A 26V11CT4DAAA ..NUT NP 10A 1
70A 26V11CT4DBBB ..WASHER NP 10A 1
X X X
80A 000-38666-004 ..INTERCALARY WASHER 10B 1
-90A 461-01590-000 ..WHEEL ASSEMBLY 10B 1
ATTACHING PARTS
100A 195-32051-002 ..FLANGE 10B 1
110A DFQ1BM020003UT ..SCREW (121-91021-003) F0110 10B 4
X X X
Page 1003-1
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
UNITS
USAGE
CODE
VALID.
1234567 ENS.
3
120A 15010-1596 ...RING (123-24301-090) VF3754 90A 1
130A 000-36891-000 ...SPRING 90A 1
140A 461-11177-000 ...80 TEETH COUNTER-WHEEL 90A 1
150A 461-11176-000 ...80 TEETH WHEEL 90A 1
-160A 461-01275-002 .SYNCHRO-MACHINE ASSEMBLY (AXIS B) 1A 1
-160B 461-01331-002 .SYNCHRO-MACHINE ASSEMBLY (AXIS B) 1B 1
-160C 461-01507-002 .SYNCHRO-MACHINE ASSEMBLY (AXIS B) 1CD 1
ATTACHING PARTS
180A 511-100 .FLANGE (123-90029-006) VF0358 2
X X X
190A 26V11CX4C ..SYNCHRO (151-19990-052) VF0358 160A 1
190B 26V11CX4B-COB ..SYNCHRO (151-19995-020) VF8385 160BC 1
210A 461-01331-AAA ..WHEEL ASSEMBLY NP 160B 1
ATTACHING PARTS
220A 26V11CX4CAAA ..NUT NP 160A 1
230A 26V11CX4CBBB ..WASHER NP 160A 1
X X X
240A 000-38666-004 ..INTERCALARY WASHER 160C 1
-250A 461-01590-000 ..WHEEL ASSEMBLY 160C 1
ATTACHING PARTS
260A 195-32051-002 ..FLANGE 160C 1
270A DFQ1BM020003UT ..SCREW (121-91021-003) F0110 160C 4
X X X
280A 15010-1596 ...RING (123-24301-090) VF3754 250A 1
290A 000-36891-000 ...SPRING 250A 1
300A 461-11177-000 ...80 TEETH COUNTER-WHEEL 250A 1
310A 461-11176-000 ...80 TEETH WHEEL 250A 1
Page 1003-2
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
UNITS
USAGE
CODE
VALID.
1234567 ENS.
3
-320A 461-01275-002 .SYNCHRO EQUIPPED (AXIS C) 1A 1
-320B 461-01275-003 .SYNCHRO EQUIPPED (AXIS C) 1B 1
-320C 461-01506-001 .SYNCHRO EQUIPPED (AXIS C) 1C 1
-320D 461-01506-002 .SYNCHRO EQUIPPED (AXIS C) 1D 1
ATTACHING PARTS
340A 511-100 .FLANGE (123-90029-006) VF0358 2
X X X
350A 26V11CX4C ..SYNCHRO (151-19990-052) VF0358 320A 1
350B 26V11CX4B-COB ..SYNCHRO (151-19995-020) VF8385 320C 1
350C 26V11TX4C ..SYNCHRO (151-19990-053) VF0358 320B 1
350D 26V11TX4B-SOB ..SYNCHRO (151-19995-021) VF8385 320D 1
360A 461-01275-AAA ..WHEEL ASSEMBLY NP 320AB 1
ATTACHING PARTS
370A 26V11TX4CAAA ..NUT NP 320AB 1
380A 26V11TX4CBBB ..WASHER NP 320AB 1
X X X
390A 461-11176-000 ..80 TEETH WHEEL 320CD 1
ATTACHING PARTS
400A 195-32051-002 ..FLANGE 320CD 1
410A DFQ1BM020003UT ..SCREW (121-91021-003) F0110 320CD 4
X X X
-420A 461-01275-003 .SYNCHRO EQUIPPED (AXIS D) 1AB 1
-420B 461-01506-002 .SYNCHRO EQUIPPED (AXIS D) 1CD 1
ATTACHING PARTS
440A 511-100 .FLANGE (123-90029-006) VF0358 2
X X X
450A 26V11TX4C ..SYNCHRO (151-19990-053) VF0358 420A 1
Page 1003-3
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
UNITS
USAGE
CODE
VALID.
1234567 ENS.
3
450B 26V11TX4B-SOB ..SYNCHRO (151-19995-021) VF8385 420B 1
ATTACHING PARTS
470A 26V11TX4CAAA ..NUT NP 420A 1
480A 26V11TX4CBBB ..WASHER NP 420A 1
X X X
490A 461-11176-000 ..80 TEETH WHEEL 420B 1
ATTACHING PARTS
500A 195-32051-002 ..FLANGE 420B 1
510A DFQ1BM020003UT ..SCREW (121-91021-003) F0110 420B 4
X X X
520A 461-10674-000 .MOUNTING PLATE 1
Page 1003-4
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
BLANK
Page 1003-5
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 1004
Assembled azimuth gimbal
Page 1004-0
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
UNITS
USAGE
CODE
VALID.
1234567 ENS.
4
-1A 461-01266-000 AZIMUTH GIMBAL ASSEMBLY RF
-1B 461-01596-000 AZIMUTH GIMBAL ASSEMBLY RF
10A 461-10639-000 .FLANGE 2
ATTACHING PARTS
20A DEQ1BM014003UT .SCREW (121-71014-003) F0110 8
X X X
30A 461-11133-000 .SHIM 1
40A 124-22124-007 .BALL BEARING 2
ORDER OVERLGTH MPN
SR2FRHH7P58L02-3-7MG
MADE BY V40920
50A 461-10662-000 .PEEL SHIM 1
60A 461-01259-000 .ELEVATION GIMBAL ASSEMBLY 1A 1
60B 461-01595-000 .ELEVATION GIMBAL ASSEMBLY 1B 1
70A 461-10659-001 .BALANCE WEIGHT 1
SEL FROM
-71A 461-10659-002 .BALANCE WEIGHT AR
SEL FROM
SEL FROM
80A 461-10082-000 .BALANCE WEIGHT 1
SEL FROM
SEL FROM
Page 1004-1
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
UNITS
USAGE
CODE
VALID.
1234567 ENS.
4
-82A 000-64371-000 .BALANCE WEIGHT 1A AR
SEL FROM
SEL FROM
-84A 461-11341-001 .BALANCE WEIGHT 1B AR
SEL FROM
SEL FROM
SEL FROM
SEL FROM
ATTACHING PARTS
90A LHQ1HD020008TPA .SCREW (121-11020-008) F0110 1A 2
90B LHQ1HD020012TPA .SCREW (121-11020-012) F0110 1B 2
X X X
100A 461-01591-000 .WIRED AZIMUTH GIMBAL 1A 1
100B 461-01593-000 .WIRED AZIMUTH GIMBAL 1B 1
110A 131-61002-003 ..5 TRACK BRUSH-HOLDER 1
ATTACHING PARTS
120A LHQ1HD016006TPA ..SCREW (121-11016-006) F0110 2
X X X
130A 461-10678-000 ..PEEL SHIM 1
140A 461-01255-000 ..TORQUE-MOTOR COIL 1
ATTACHING PARTS
X X X
160A 000-13838-000 ..SPACER 4
170A DGQ1BM030016TMA ..SCREW (121-97022-016) F0110 4
Page 1004-2
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
UNITS
USAGE
CODE
VALID.
1234567 ENS.
4
180A 116-59004-001 ..NYLON THREAD AR
-190A 461-01269-000 ..UPPER SHAFT ASSEMBLY 1A 1
-190B 461-01597-000 ..UPPER SHAFT ASSEMBLY 1B 1
ATTACHING PARTS
200A GBQ1HD060TPA ..NUT (121-01120-060) F0110 1
X X X
210A 131-61002-002 ...5 TRACK SLIP-RING COLLECTOR 190A 1
210B 131-61002-007 ...7 TRACK SLIP-RING COLLECTOR 190B 1
220A 461-10658-000 ...UPPER SHAFT 1
230A 461-10660-000 ...TOOTHED WHEEL 1
240A 022660 ..TERMINAL LUG (131-11001-029) VF8961 1
ATTACHING PARTS
X X X
260A 461-01519-000 ..ELEVATION CUT-OFF DEVICE AS. 100B 1
ATTACHING PARTS
270A LHQ1HD020005TPA ..SCREW (121-11020-005) F0110 100B 2
280A JEHD020UPA ..WASHER (123-11110-020) F0110 100B 2
X X X
290A 461-01325-000 ..OPTICAL DETECTOR 100B 1
ATTACHING PARTS
300A LHQ1HD016002TPA ..SCREW (121-11016-002) F0110 100B 2
X X X
310A 000-30146-001 ..WASHER 100B 1
SEL FROM
-311A 000-30146-002 ..WASHER 100B AR
SEL FROM
-312A 000-30146-003 ..WASHER 100B AR
SEL FROM
Page 1004-3
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
UNITS
USAGE
CODE
VALID.
1234567 ENS.
4
-320A 461-01267-000 ..AZIMUTH GIMBAL ASSEMBLY NP 100A 1
-320B 461-01592-000 ..AZIMUTH GIMBAL ASSEMBLY NP 100B 1
Page 1004-4
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
BLANK
Page 1004-5
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 1005
Assembled elevation gimbal
Page 1005-0
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
UNITS
USAGE
CODE
VALID.
1234567 ENS.
5
-1A 461-01259-000 ELEVATION GIMBAL ASSEMBLY RF
-1B 461-01595-000 ELEVATION GIMBAL ASSEMBLY RF
-10A 461-01247-000 .GYRO WHEEL ASSEMBLY 1
ATTACHING PARTS
20A 461-10732-000 .LOCKNUT 2
30A 461-10645-000 .NUT 2
X X X
50A 461-10732-000 .LOCKNUT 2
60A 461-10636-000 .NUT 2
70A 124-22115-007 .BALL BEARING 2
ORDER OVERLGTH MPN
SR2FMB5P3-10LG39ZD
MADE BY V40920
80A 461-10635-000 ..FLANGE 2
90A 461-01248-000 ..WOUND GYRO WHEEL STATOR 1
100A 461-01483-000 ..ARMATURE 1
110A 461-10634-000 ..FLYWHEEL 1
120A 424-22016-001 .BALANCING SHIM 1
SEL FROM
121A 424-22016-002 .BALANCING SHIM AR
SEL FROM
SEL FROM
SEL FROM
ATTACHING PARTS
Page 1005-1
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
UNITS
USAGE
CODE
VALID.
1234567 ENS.
5
X X X
-140A 461-01265-000 .ELEVATION GIMBAL ASSEMBLY 1A 1
-140B 461-01594-000 .ELEVATION GIMBAL ASSEMBLY 1B 1
150A DFQ1BM030010UPA ..SCREW (121-91022-010) F0110 140B 4
150B DGQ1BM030010TMA ..SCREW (121-97022-010) F0110 140A 4
160A DFQ1BM030016UPA ..SCREW (121-91022-016) F0110 140B 4
160B DGQ1BM030016TMA ..SCREW (121-91022-016) F0110 140A 4
170A 116-59004-001 ..NYLON THREAD AR
-180A 461-01264-000 ..PRINTED CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY 1
ATTACHING PARTS
200A JEHD025UPA ..WASHER (123-16110-025) F0110 4
X X X
210A PS10-8 ...TERMINAL (131-23190-015) VF0286 9
220A 461-10642-000 ...PRINTED CIRCUIT 1
230A 461-01261-000 ...SWITCH ASSEMBLY 140A 1
ATTACHING PARTS
240A LHQ1HD020005TPA ..SCREW (121-11020-005) F0110 140A 2
250A 000-64239-000 ..WASHER 140A 1
X X X
260A M60B250V220KK ..CAPACITOR (142-10002-005) VF1379 140A 1
0.22 MF ± 10 % 250 V
-270A 461-01260-000 ..SHAFT ASSEMBLY 1
ATTACHING PARTS
280A GBQ1HD060TPA ..NUT (121-01120-060) F0110 1
X X X
290A 131-61002-002 ...5 TRACK SLIP-RING COLLECTOR 1
300A 461-10643-000 ...SHAFT 1
Page 1005-2
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
UNITS
USAGE
CODE
VALID.
1234567 ENS.
5
310A 461-10646-000 ..CAPACITOR SUPPORT 140A 1
320A JFHD060UPA ..WASHER (123-11120-060) F0110 140A 1
330A 8 ..BUSHING (131-24102-009) VF3659 140A 2
340A 461-10644-000 ..HUB 1
ATTACHING PARTS
350A GBQ1HD060TPA ..NUT (121-01120-060) F0110 140A 1
350B 461-10970-000 ..NUT 140B 1
X X X
360A 461-10651-000 ..SHIELD 2
370A 461-01263-000 ..TORQUE-MOTOR ROTOR 1
380A 461-11209-000 ..BLANKING SHUTTER 140B 1
390A 461-10971-000 ..WASHER 140B 1
400A 461-10641-000 ..ELEVATION GIMBAL 1
Page 1005-3
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 1006
Electronic box
Page 1006-0
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
UNITS
USAGE
CODE
VALID.
1234567 ENS.
6
-1A 461-00152-001 ELECTRONIC BOX RF
-1B 461-00272-001 ELECTRONIC BOX RF
-1C 461-00272-101 ELECTRONIC BOX RF
(SEE FIG. 1 FOR NHA) AMDT B
-1D 461-00348-000 ELECTRONIC BOX RF
-1E 461-00354-000 ELECTRONIC BOX RF
(SEE FIG. 1 FOR NHA) AMDT C
-1F 461-00272-201 ELECTRONIC BOX RF
-1G 461-00348-100 ELECTRONIC BOX RF
-1H 461-00363-000 ELECTRONIC BOX RF
-1J 461-00363-001 ELECTRONIC BOX RF
-1K 461-00348-101 ELECTRONIC BOX RF
10A 461-10683-000 .BONDING BRAID 1
ATTACHING PARTS
20A LJQ1HD040008TPA .SCREW (121-21040-008) F0110 1
X X X
30A 461-11367-000 .COVER 1HJ 1
ATTACHING PARTS
40A 453-50082-000 .CAPTIVE SCREW 1HJ 2
X X X
50A CT21-6 .10 TURN KNOB (131-41002-002) VF0138 1HJ 1
Page 1006-1
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
UNITS
USAGE
CODE
VALID.
1234567 ENS.
6
50B 461-11419-000 .10 TURN KNOB 1HJ 1
60A 461-11352-000 .COVER 1FHJK 1
ATTACHING PARTS
70A 453-50082-000 .CAPTIVE SCREW 1FHJK 2
X X X
80A D1-0-5 .FUSE (131-57101-005) VF0240 1FHJK 2
-90A 461-01326-000 .PRINTED CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY 1A 1
-90B 461-01529-000 .PRINTED CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY 1B 1
-90C 461-01500-000 .PRINTED CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY 1C 1
-90D 461-01599-000 .PRINTED CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY 1D 1
-90E 461-01600-000 .PRINTED CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY 1E 1
-90F 461-01500-100 .PRINTED CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY NP 1F 1
-90G 461-01599-100 .PRINTED CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY 1GK 1
-90H 461-01622-000 .PRINTED CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY 1HJ 1
-90J 461-01599-101 .PRINTED CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY 1F 1
ATTACHING PARTS
110A BHQ1HD030008TPA .SCREW (121-36030-008) F0110 1BCDE 4
FGHJK
X X X
120A 461-01327-000 ..CIRCUIT No. 1 EQUIPPED (TB4) 90A 1
120B 461-01498-000 ..CIRCUIT No. 1 EQUIPPED (TB4) 90B 1
120C 461-01498-001 ..CIRCUIT No. 1 EQUIPPED (TB4) 90C 1
120D 461-09044-000 ..CIRCUIT No. 1 EQUIPPED (TB4) 90D 1
Page 1006-2
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
UNITS
USAGE
CODE
VALID.
1234567 ENS.
6
120E 461-09048-000 ..CIRCUIT No. 1 EQUIPPED (TB4) 90E 1
120F 461-01498-101 ..CIRCUIT No. 1 EQUIPPED (TB4) 90F 1
120G 461-09044-100 ..CIRCUIT No. 1 EQUIPPED (TB4) 90G 1
120H 461-09054-000 ..CIRCUIT No. 1 EQUIPPED (TB4) 90H 1
120J 461-09044-101 ..CIRCUIT No. 1 EQUIPPED (TB4) 90GJ 1
130A 461-01328-000 ..CIRCUIT No. 2 EQUIPPED (TB5) 90A 1
130B 461-01328-101 ..CIRCUIT No. 2 EQUIPPED (TB5) 90BG 1
130C 461-09056-000 ..CIRCUIT No. 2 EQUIPPED (TB5) 90H 1
130D 461-09056-001 ..CIRCUIT No. 2 EQUIPPED (TB5) 90H 1
130E 461-09056-002 ..CIRCUIT No. 2 EQUIPPED (TB5) 90H 1
130F 461-09056-003 ..CIRCUIT No. 2 EQUIPPED (TB5) 90H 1
(SEE FIG. 12 FOR DET) AMDT C
130G 461-01328-102 ..CIRCUIT No. 2 EQUIPPED (TB5) 90CDE 1
(SEE FIG. 10 FOR DET) AMDT A FJ
140A 461-11141-000 .IDENTIFICATION PLATE 1
150A 462-10791-000 .AMENDMENT PLATE 1AGHJ 1
K
150B 462-10791-000 .AMENDMENT PLATE 1BCDE 2
F
Page 1006-3
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
UNITS
USAGE
CODE
VALID.
1234567 ENS.
6
170A 461-10680-001 .SHOCK MOUNT 3
180A 461-11338-000 .SPACER 1EGD 3
ATTACHING PARTS
190A 9P4-5LAITONNICK .RIVET (123-32254-002) VF8961 6
X X X
200A 461-01276-000 .BASE ASSY 1A 1
200B 461-01488-000 .BASE ASSY 1BCD 1
200C 461-01598-000 .BASE ASSY 1E 1
200D 461-01488-100 .BASE ASSY 1FGK 1
200E 461-01623-000 .BASE ASSY 1HJ 1
Page 1006-4
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
BLANK
Page 1006-5
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 1007
Circuit No. 1 assy (TB4)
P/N 461-01327-000
Page 1007-0
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
UNITS
USAGE
CODE
VALID.
1234567 ENS.
7
-1A 461-01327-000 CIRCUIT No. 1 ASSY RF
10A UN27-069-29CY .CONNECTOR (132-51101-007) VF0318 1
20A 461-01293-000 .TRANSFORMER 1
ATTACHING PARTS
40A JZAJ025TPE .WASHER (123-17520-025) F0110 2
X X X
50A 195-32009-083 .SPACER 4
60A 461-10752-000 .SUPPORT 1
ATTACHING PARTS
80A JZAJ025TPE .WASHER (123-17520-025) F0110 2
90A GAQ1HD025TPA .NUT (121-01130-025) F0110 2
X X X
100A 461-10063-000 .INSULATING WASHER 4
110A 461-10753-000 .SPACER 1
120A 17-17552-30A .COMMUTATOR (134-30501-001) VF0537 1
130A HEXB0BI12P .RETAINER (135-11290-901) VF0138 2
140A 135-11290-005 .RESISTOR, VARIABLE 2
4.7 KOHMS ± 10 %
ORDER OVERLGTH MPN
BOBI12P160AN4K7K
MADE BY VF0138
150A CT4-40V82MM .CAPACITOR (142-56005-003) F0114 2
82 MF ± 20 % 40 V
160A CKM501B250V470KJ .CAPACITOR (142-15009-052) VF0350 1
0.47 MF ± 5 % 250 V
Page 1007-1
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
UNITS
USAGE
CODE
VALID.
1234567 ENS.
7
170A CN19-5-5K6K .CAPACITOR (142-01015-012) F0114 1
5600 PF ± 10% 250 V
180A CTS1-50V22MK .CAPACITOR (142-55008-055) F0114 2
22 MF ± 10 % 50 V
190A CE13-3C220UK .CAPACITOR (142-01999-005) F0114 1
220 PF ± 10 % 100 V
200A CTS4-6V3-47MM .CAPACITOR (B42-50304-476) F0114 3
47 MF ± 20 % 6.3 V
0.033 MF ± 5 % 250 V
220A CKM501B160V33KJ .CAPACITOR (B42-15009-002) VF1379 1
0.033 MF ± 5 % 160 V
SEL FROM
-221A CKM501B160V47KJ .CAPACITOR (B42-15009-003) VF1379 AR
0.047 MF ± 5 % 160 V
SEL FROM
0.082 MF ± 5 % 160 V
SEL FROM
230A CKM501B40V470KM .CAPACITOR (142-15009-048) F0114 2
0.47 MF ± 20 % 40 V
240A CKM501B40V1MJ .CAPACITOR (142-15009-029) F0114 2
1 MF ± 5 % 40 V
250A CKM501B40V100KJ .CAPACITOR (142-15009-046) F0114 1
0.1 MF ± 5 % 40 V
260A CE11-63V47UJ .CAPACITOR (142-01012-006) F0114 1
47 PF ± 5 % 63 V
270A 1N645 .DIODE (144-21800-018) F0114 6
280A 1N4004 .DIODE (144-21800-004) VF2210 4
Page 1007-2
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
UNITS
USAGE
CODE
VALID.
1234567 ENS.
7
290A 1N712A .DIODE (144-22600-070) F0114 2
300A 22000MJ .INDUCTOR (136-19990-022) V37364 3
200 MH ± 5 %
310A 2N2222A .TRANSISTOR (145-10001-034) F0114 1
320A 2N2907A .TRANSISTOR (145-20001-007) F0114 1
330A 2200123 .SPACER (131-90001-004) VF0286 2
340A 2N2905A .TRANSISTOR (145-20001-004) F0114 1
350A 2N1711 .TRANSISTOR (145-10001-022) F0114 1
360A 2200102 .SPACER (131-90001-005) VF0286 2
370A RC21U51UJ .RESISTOR (141-42002-510) F0114 2
51 OHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
380A RC21U22KJ .RESISTOR (141-42002-223) F0114 1
22 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
390A RC21U6K2J .RESISTOR (B41-42002-622) F0114 2
6.2 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
400A RC21U1KJ .RESISTOR (B41-42002-102) F0114 1
1 KOHM ± 5 % 1/4 W
10 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
420A RC21U4K3J .RESISTOR (141-42002-432) F0114 1
4.3 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
820 OHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
30 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
62 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
10 OHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
Page 1007-3
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
UNITS
USAGE
CODE
VALID.
1234567 ENS.
7
36 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
82 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
43 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
180 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
510A 461-10734-000 .PRINTED CIRCUIT 1
Page 1007-4
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
BLANK
Page 1007-5
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 1008
P/N 461-01498-XXX
Page 1008-0
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
UNITS
USAGE
CODE
VALID.
1234567 ENS.
8
-1A 461-01498-000 CIRCUIT No. 1 ASSY (TB4) RF
-1B 461-01498-001 CIRCUIT No. 1 ASSY (TB4) RF
-1C 461-01498-101 CIRCUIT No. 1 ASSY (TB4) RF
10A HE301B02E18-32P .CONNECTOR (132-10109-032) F0114 1
20A SN201F18N .COUNTER-PLATE (132-90117-006) VF0225 1
40A 461-01293-000 .TRANSFORMER 1
ATTACHING PARTS
-50B LHQ1HD025006TPA .SCREW (121-11025-006) F0110 1AB 1
X X X
60A 195-32009-083 .SPACER 2
-60B 195-32009-083 .SPACER 1C 1
70A 195-32012-008 .SPACER 2
ATTACHING PARTS
X X X
90A 17155230 .COMMUTATOR (134-30501-001) VF0537 1
100A 134 .INSULATOR (123-15190-025) VF8961 1
120A 135-11290-005 .RESISTOR 1AB 2
4.7 KOHMS ± 10 %
ORDER OVERLGTH MPN
B0BI12P160AN4K7K
MADE BY VF0138
Page 1008-1
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
UNITS
USAGE
CODE
VALID.
1234567 ENS.
8
-120B PB12C160AL4K7K ..RESISTOR (A35-11201-206) F0114 2
4.7 KOHMS ± 10 %
0.47 MF ± 5 % 250 V
MADE BY F0114
140A CN19-5-5K6K .CAPACITOR (142-01015-012) F0114 1
5600 PF ± 10 % 250 V
150A 138DG50V82MM .CAPACITOR (A42-56220-826) VF5423 4
82 MF ± 20 % 50 V
220 PF ± 10 % 100 V
170A CTS4-6V3-47MM .CAPACITOR (142-55006-008) VF1379 3
47 MF ± 20 % 6,3 V
0.033 MF ± 5 % 250 V
0.047 MF ± 5 % 160 V
SEL FROM
0.033 MF ± 5 % 160 V
SEL FROM
0.082 MF ± 5 % 160 V
SEL FROM
0.47 MF ± 20 % 40 V
210A CKM501B40V1MJ .CAPACITOR (142-15009-029) F0114 2
1 MF ± 5 % 40 V
Page 1008-2
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
UNITS
USAGE
CODE
VALID.
1234567 ENS.
8
0.1 MF ± 5 % 40 V
230A CE13-3C47UJ .CAPACITOR (B42-01022-470) F0114 1
47 PF ± 5 % 100 V
240A CN31-5-1KK .CAPACITOR (B42-02128-102) F0114 1BC 1
1000 PF ± 10 % 63 V
250A 1N645 .DIODE (144-21800-018) F0114 6
260A 1N4004 .DIODE (144-21800-004) VF2210 4
270A 1N712A .DIODE (144-22600-070) F0114 1AB 2
-270B 1N959B .DIODE (B44-22600-104) F0114 1C 2
280A 22000MJ .INDUCTOR (136-19990-022) V37364 3
200 MH ± 5 %
290A 1619 .INDUCTOR (136-19990-003) VF1282 1B 1
100 MH ± 5 %
300A 2N2222A .TRANSISTOR (145-10001-034) F0114 1
310A 2N2907A .TRANSISTOR (145-20001-007) F0114 1
320A 2200123 .SPACER (131-90001-004) VF0286 2
330A 2N2905A .TRANSISTOR (145-20001-004) F0114 1
340A 2N1711 .TRANSISTOR (145-10001-022) F0114 1
350A 2200102 .SPACER (131-90001-005) VF0286 2
51 OHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
22 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
6.2 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
1 KOHM ± 5 % 1/4 W
Page 1008-3
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
UNITS
USAGE
CODE
VALID.
1234567 ENS.
8
10 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
410A RC21U4K3J .RESISTOR (141-42002-432) F0114 1
4.3 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
820 OHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
30 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
62 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
36 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
82 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
43 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
180 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
490A D1-0-5 .FUSE (131-57101-005) VF0240 1C 1
500A 231347 .SUPPORT (131-52090-013) VF0240 1C 1
ATTACHING PARTS
510A LHQ1HD025006TPA .SCREW (121-11025-006) F0110 1C 1
X X X
520A 195-39001-077 .PLATE, IDENTIFICATION 1
Page 1008-4
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
BLANK
Page 1008-5
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 1009
P/N 461-09044-000
Page 1009-0
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 1009A
P/N 461-09044-100
Page 1009-1
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 1009B
P/N 461-09048-000
Page 1009-2
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 1009C
P/N 461-09044-101
Page 1009-3
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
UNITS
USAGE
CODE
VALID.
1234567 ENS.
9
-1D 461-09044-101 CIRCUIT No. 1 ASSY (TB4) RF
10A HE301B02E18-32P .CONNECTOR (132-10109-032) F0114 1ABD 1
10B HE301B02E18-32PW .CONNECTOR (132-10109-232) F0114 1C 1
40A 461-01586-000 .TRANSFORMER 1
ATTACHING PARTS
-50B LHQ1HD025006TPA .SCREW (121-11025-006) F0110 1AC 1
X X X
60A 195-32009-083 .SPACER 2
-60B 195-32009-083 .SPACER 1BD 1
70A 195-32012-008 .SPACER 2
ATTACHING PARTS
X X X
90A 17155230 .COMMUTATOR (134-30501-001) VF0537 1
100A 134 .ISOLATOR (123-15190-025) VF8961 1
120A PB12C160AL4K7K .RESISTOR (135-11201-206) F0114 2
4.7 KOHMS ± 10 %
130A YA19-3E26V5 .RELAY (134-12590-019) F0114 1ABD 1
Page 1009-4
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
UNITS
USAGE
CODE
VALID.
1234567 ENS.
9
B130B YA19-3E26V5 .RELAY (134-12590-019) F0114 1C 1
AC140A D1-0-5 .FUSE (131-57101-005) VF0240 1BD 1
AC150A 231347 .SUPPORT (131-52090-130) VF0240 1BD 1
ATTACHING PARTS
AC160A LHQ1HD025006TPA .SCREW (121-11025-006) F0110 1BD 1
X X X
170A CKM501B250V68KJ .CAPACITOR (B42-15009-059) F0114 1
68 NF ± 5 % 250 V
180A P60B250V220KK .CAPACITOR (142-10004-017) VF1379 1
0.22 MF ± 10 % 250 V
0.47 MF ± 5 % 250 V
200A CN19-5-5K6K .CAPACITOR (B42-01015-012) F0114 1
5600 PF ± 10 % 250 V
82 MF ± 20 % 50 V
220A CN31-5-1KK .CAPACITOR (B42-02128-102) F0114 1
1000 PF ± 10 % 100 V
230A CTS4-6V3-47MM .CAPACITOR (B42-50304-476) VF1379 3
47 MF ± 20 % 6,3 V
240A CKM501B40V100KJ .CAPACITOR (142-15009-046) F0114 1A 1
0.1 MF ± 5 % 40 V
B240B CKM501B40V100KJ .CAPACITOR (142-15009-046) F0114 1C 1
0.1 MF ± 5 % 40 V
250A 1N645 .DIODE (B44-21800-018) F0114 8
260A 1N645 .DIODE (B44-21800-018) F0114 1ABD 1
B260B 1N645 .DIODE (B44-21800-018) F0114 1C 1
270A 1N4004 .DIODE (B44-21800-004) F0114 4
280A 1N959B .DIODE (B44-22600-104) F0114 2
Page 1009-5
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
UNITS
USAGE
CODE
VALID.
1234567 ENS.
9
290A 2N2222A .TRANSISTOR (B45-10001-034) F0114 1
300A 2N2905A .TRANSISTOR (B45-20001-004) F0114F 1
310A 2N2907A .TRANSISTOR (B45-20001-007) 0114 1
320A 2200123 .SPACER (131-90001-004) VF0286 2
330A 2N1711 .TRANSISTOR (145-10001-022) F0114 1
340A 2200102 .SPACER (131-90001-005) VF0286 2
350A SFC2741M .CIRCUIT, INTEG. (B80-10316-741) F0114 1
360A 2200783 .SPACER (131-90001-013) VF0286 1
370A 2200MJ .INDUCTED (136-19990-022) V37364 2
200 MH ± 5 %
380A 1619 .INDUCTED (136-19990-003) VF1282 1
100 MH ± 5 %
390A 2200MJ .INDUCTED (136-19990-022) V37364 1A 1
200 MH ± 5 %
B390B 2200MJ .INDUCTED (136-19990-022) V37364 1C 1
200 MH ± 5 %
400A RC21U51UJ .RESISTOR (B41-42002-510) F0114 2
51 OHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
180 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
100 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
430A RC21U47KJ .RESISTOR (B41-42002-473) F0114 1ABD 1
47 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
910 OHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
30 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
Page 1009-6
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
UNITS
USAGE
CODE
VALID.
1234567 ENS.
9
62 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
465A RC21U4K7J .RESISTOR (B41-42002-472) F0114 1C 1
4.7 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
36 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
82 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
43 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
820 OHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
510A RC21U180UJ .RESISTOR (B41-42002-181) F0114 1A 1
180 OHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
CA510B RC21U180UJ .RESISTOR (B41-42002-181) F0114 1BD 1
180 OHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
B510C RC21U180UJ .RESISTOR (B41-42002-181) F0114 1C 1
180 OHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
530A 461-90044-000 .PRINTED CIRCUIT 1ABD 1
-530B 461-90048-000 .PRINTED CIRCUIT 1C 1
C540A 398 .TERMINAL (131-11001-027) VF8961 1D 1
C550A 1N6052A .DIODE (A44-22600-247) VF8385 1D 1
Page 1009-7
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 1010
P/N 461-01328-XXX
Page 1010-0
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
UNITS
USAGE
CODE
VALID.
1234567 ENS.
10
-1B 461-01328-101 CIRCUIT No. 2 ASSY (TB5) NP RF
0.1 MF ± 5 % 40 V
20A PM67-250V4K7K .CAPACITOR (142-10011-009) VF1379 1
4.7 NF ± 10 % 250 V
30A CKM501B160V68KK .CAPACITOR (142-15009-047) F0114 1
0.068 MF ± 10 % 160 V
47 NF ± 10 % 100 V
0.47 MF ± 20 % 40 V
220 PF ± 10 % 100 V
70A CTS13-35V6M8K .CAPACITOR (142-55008-025) F0114 1
6.8 MF ± 10 % 35 V
80A CTS13-35V15MM .CAPACITOR (B42-55008-083) F0114 1
15 MF ± 20 % 35 V
90A CN31-5-10KK .CAPACITOR (B42-02128-103) F0114 1A 3
0.01 MF ± 10 % 100 V
100A CN31-5-100KK .CAPACITOR (B42-02128-104) F0114 1B 1
0.1 MF ± 10 % 100 V
110A CN30-5-680KK .CAPACITOR (B42-02122-684) F0114 1B 1
0.68 MF ± 10 % 63 V
120A 1N708A .DIODE (144-22600-003) NP 5
Page 1010-1
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
UNITS
USAGE
CODE
VALID.
1234567 ENS.
10
120B BZX55C5V6 .DIODE (144-22602-056) VF8385 5
130A 1N914 .DIODE (144-20319-001) F0114 10
140A 1N645 .DIODE (144-21800-018) F0114 2
150A 1N968B .DIODE (144-22600-106) NP 2
150B BZX55C20 .DIODE (144-22602-200) VF8385 2
160A 1N972B .DIODE (B44-22600-082) NP 1
160B BZX55C30 .DIODE (B44-20602-300) VF8385 1
170A 2N2907A .TRANSISTOR (145-20001-007) F0114 1AB 2
170B BC177B .TRANSISTOR (145-20001-087) VF7289 1C 2
175A BZX55C15 .DIODE (B44-22602-150) VF8385 1C 2
180A 2N2222A .TRANSISTOR (145-10001-034) F0114 1AB 4
180B 2N2484 .TRANSISTOR (551-11341-000) F0114 1C 4
185A 2N2484 .TRANSISTOR (551-11341-000) F0114 1AB 2
185B BC107B .TRANSISTOR (145-10002-108) VF7289 1C 2
190A T018-5T .SPACER (131-90001-003) VF0286 8
200A 2N2905A .TRANSISTOR (B45-20001-004) VF2210 3
210A 2N1711 .TRANSISTOR (145-10001-022) F0114 4
220A 10123D .SPACER (131-90001-020) V20183 7
230A BDX18 .TRANSISTOR (145-20001-058) VF8385 1
ATTACHING PARTS
260A JZAJ030UCD .WASHER (123-12520-030) F0110 2
270A GAQ1HD030TPA .NUT (121-01110-030) F0110 2
X X X
280A 2N3055S .TRANSISTOR (B45-10001-038) F0114 2
ATTACHING PARTS
Page 1010-2
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
UNITS
USAGE
CODE
VALID.
1234567 ENS.
10
320A GAQ1HD030TPA .NUT (121-01110-030) F0110 4
X X X
330A MAM0741-4CDM .MICRO PACKAGE (147-20001-140) F0114 4
340A 2200783 .SPACER (131-90001-013) VF0286 4
75 OHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
10 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
11 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
SEL FROM
-371A RC21U8K2J .RESISTOR (B41-42002-822) F0114 AR
8.2 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
SEL FROM
9.1 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
SEL FROM
-373A RC21U10KJ .RESISTOR (B41-42002-103) F0114 AR
10 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
SEL FROM
-374A RC21U12KJ .RESISTOR (141-42002-123) F0114 AR
12 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
SEL FROM
13 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
SEL FROM
Page 1010-3
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
UNITS
USAGE
CODE
VALID.
1234567 ENS.
10
11 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
SEL FROM
6.2 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
15 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
30 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
7.5 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
91 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
5.6 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
27 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
SEL FROM
24 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
SEL FROM
30 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
SEL FROM
33 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
SEL FROM
Page 1010-4
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
UNITS
USAGE
CODE
VALID.
1234567 ENS.
10
36 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
SEL FROM
39 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
SEL FROM
180 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
SEL FROM
1 KOHM ± 5 % 1/4 W
9.1 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
220 OHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
1.3 KOHM ± 5 % 1/4 W
SEL FROM
-491A RC21U910UJ .RESISTOR (141-42002-911) F0114 AR
910 OHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
SEL FROM
1 KOHM ± 5 % 1/4 W
SEL FROM
-493A RC21U1K1J .RESISTOR (141-42002-112) F0114 AR
1.1 KOHM ± 5 % 1/4 W
SEL FROM
Page 1010-5
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
UNITS
USAGE
CODE
VALID.
1234567 ENS.
10
1.2 KOHM ± 5 % 1/4 W
SEL FROM
1.5 KOHM ± 5 % 1/4 W
SEL FROM
120 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
SEL FROM
75 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
SEL FROM
82 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
SEL FROM
91 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
SEL FROM
100 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
SEL FROM
110 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
SEL FROM
130 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
SEL FROM
Page 1010-6
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
UNITS
USAGE
CODE
VALID.
1234567 ENS.
10
150 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
SEL FROM
6.8 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
47 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
75 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
24 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
20 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
27 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
5.1 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
580A RB59-1K5J .RESISTOR (141-67001-152) F0114 1
1.5 KOHM ± 5 % 3 W
SEL FROM
-581A RB59-1KJ .RESISTOR (141-67001-102) F0114 AR
1 KOHM ± 5 % 3 W
SEL FROM
-582A RB59-1K1J .RESISTOR (141-67001-112) F0114 AR
1.1 KOHM ± 5 % 3 W
SEL FROM
1.2 KOHM ± 5 % 3 W
SEL FROM
Page 1010-7
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
UNITS
USAGE
CODE
VALID.
1234567 ENS.
10
1.3 KOHM ± 5 % 3 W
SEL FROM
1.6 KOHM ± 5 % 3 W
SEL FROM
1.8 KOHM ± 5 % 3 W
SEL FROM
2 OHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
3 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
18 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
100 OHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
-630A 121-01902-006 .NUT 6
640A 195-39001-077 .PLATE 1
Page 1010-8
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
BLANK
Page 1010-9
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 1011
P/N 461-09054-000
Page 1011-0
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
UNITS
USAGE
CODE
VALID.
1234567 ENS.
11
10A HE301B02E18-32P .CONNECTOR (132-10109-032) F0114 1
40A D1-0-5 .FUSE (131-57101-005) VF0240 1
50A 231347 .SUPPORT (131-52090-013) VF0240 1
ATTACHING PARTS
X X X
70A 461-01586-000 .TRANSFORMER 1
ATTACHING PARTS
X X X
90A 195-32009-083 .SPACER 5
ATTACHING PARTS
100A GAQ1HD025TPA .NUT (121-01110-025) F0110 2
X X X
110A 17155230 .COMMUTATOR (134-30501-001) VF0537 1
120A 134 .INSULATOR (123-15190-025) VF8961 2
130A 1910F145BN1C5KH .POTENTIOMETER (135-22290-015) VF0138 2
140A 461-11365-000 .PLATE 1
140B 461-11365-100 .PLATE 1
ATTACHING PARTS
150B LHQ1HD025012TPA .SCREW (121-11025-012) F0110 2
150C LHQ1HD025008TPA .SCREW (121-11025-008) F0110 1
160A JZAJ025TCD .WASHER (123-12520-025) F0110 3
160B 52-025-1 .WASHER (123-17700-025) VF0349 3
Page 1011-1
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
UNITS
USAGE
CODE
VALID.
1234567 ENS.
11
170A GAQ1HD025TPA .NUT (121-01110-025) F0110 3
X X X
180A YA19-3E26V5 .RELAY (B34-12590-019) F0114 1
68 NF ± 5 % 250 V
200A P60B250V220KK .CAPACITOR (142-10004-017) VF1379 1
0.22 MF ± 10 % 250 V
0.47 MF ± 5 % 250 V
220A CN19-5-5K6K .CAPACITOR (B42-01015-012) F0114 1
5600 PF ± 10 % 250 V
82 MF ± 20 % 50 V
1000 PF ± 10 % 100 V
250A CTS4-6V3-47MM .CAPACITOR (B42-50304-476) VF1379 3
47 MF ± 20 % 6,3 V
0.1 MF ± 5 % 40 V
270A 1N645 .DIODE (144-21800-018) F0114 9
280A 1N4004 .DIODE (144-21800-004) F0114 4
290A 1N959B .DIODE (144-22600-104) F0114 2
300A 1N6052 .DIODE (A44-22600-247) F0114 1
330A T018-5T .SPACER (131-90001-003) VF0286 2
330B EN340 .SPACER (131-90001-015) VF0286 2
350A 2N1711 .TRANSISTOR (145-10001-022) F0114 1
Page 1011-2
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
UNITS
USAGE
CODE
VALID.
1234567 ENS.
11
360A 10123D .SPACER (131-90001-020) V20183 2
370A MAM0741-4CDN .CIRCUIT, INTEG. (B47-20001-140) F0114 1
380A 2200783 .SPACER (131-90001-013) VF0286 1
390A 2200MJ .INDUCTOR (136-19990-022) V37364 3
200 MH ± 5 %
400A 1619 .INDUCTOR (136-19990-003) VF1282 1
100 MH ± 5 %
51 OHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
180 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
100 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
47 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
910 OHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
30 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
62 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
4.7 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
36 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
82 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
43 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
Page 1011-3
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
UNITS
USAGE
CODE
VALID.
1234567 ENS.
11
820 OHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
180 OHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
540A 1152 .TERMINAL (131-13001-005) VF8961 1
Page 1011-4
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
BLANK
Page 1011-5
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 1012
P/N 461-09056-XXX
Page 1012-0
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
UNITS
USAGE
CODE
VALID.
1234567 ENS.
12
-1D 461-09056-003 CIRCUIT No. 2 ASSY (TB5) RF
(SEE FIG. 6 FOR NHA) AMDT C
-10A 461-09056-000AA CIRCUIT No. 2 ASSY (CONT'D) 1
-10B 461-09056-001AA CIRCUIT No. 2 ASSY (CONT'D) 1
-10C 461-09056-002AA CIRCUIT No. 2 ASSY (CONT'D) 1
-10D 461-09056-003AA CIRCUIT No. 2 ASSY (CONT'D) 1
0.1 MF ± 5 % 40 V
30A PM67-250V4K7K .CAPACITOR (142-10011-009) VF1379 1
4.7 NF ± 10 % 250 V
40A CKM501B160V68KK .CAPACITOR (142-15009-047) F0114 1
0.068 MF ± 10 % 160 V
47 NF ± 10 % 100 V
0.47 MF ± 20 % 40 V
70A CE13-3C220UK .CAPACITOR (B42-01999-005) F0114 1
220 PF ± 10 % 100 V
Page 1012-1
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
UNITS
USAGE
CODE
VALID.
1234567 ENS.
12
80A CTS13-35V6M8K .CAPACITOR (142-55008-025) F0114 1
6.8 MF ± 10 % 35 V
0.1 MF ± 10 % 100 V
0.68 MF ± 10 % 63 V
110A CTS1-50V15MK .CAPACITOR (B42-55008-008) F0114 1
15 MF ± 10 % 50 V
120A CN31-100V10KK .CAPACITOR (B42-02128-103) F0114 3
10 NF ± 10 % 100 V
130A 1N645 .DIODE (144-21800-018) F0114 3
140A 1N968B .DIODE (144-22600-106) F0114 2
150A 1B972B .DIODE (B44-22600-082) F0114 1
160A 1N752A .DIODE (144-22600-098) NP F0114 5
160B BZX55C5V6 .ZENER DIODE (B44-22602-056) F0114 5
170A 1N4148 .DIODE (144-20319-011) F0114 10
180A BZX55C15 .DIODE (B44-22602-150) F1549 1CD 2
190A XC39 .GROMMET (123-37790-002) VF8961 1CD 6
200A 2N2222A .TRANSISTOR (145-10001-034) F0114 4
205A 2N2222A .TRANSISTOR (145-10001-034) NP F0114 2
205B BC107B .TRANSISTOR (145-10002-108) VF7289 2
210A 2N2907A .TRANSISTOR (145-20001-007) NP F0114 2
210B BC177B .TRANSISTOR (145-20001-087) VF7289 2
220A T018-5T .SPACER (131-90001-003) NP VF0286 8
220B EN340 .SPACER (131-90001-015) VF0286 8
230A 2N1711 .TRANSISTOR (145-10001-022) F0114 4
240A 2N2905A .TRANSISTOR (145-20001-004) F0114 3
250A 10123D .SPACER (131-90001-020) V20183 7
260A BDX18 .TRANSISTOR (145-20001-058) VF8385 1
Page 1012-2
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
UNITS
USAGE
CODE
VALID.
1234567 ENS.
12
ATTACHING PARTS
300A GAQ1HD030TPA .NUT (121-01110-030) F0110 2
X X X
310A 2N3055S .TRANSISTOR (B45-10001-038) F0114 2
ATTACHING PARTS
330B JFHD030UPA .WASHER (123-11120-030) F0110 4
340B 52-030-1 .WASHER (123-17700-030) VF0349 4
350A GAQ1HD030TPA .NUT (121-01110-030) F0110 4
X X X
360A MAM0741-4CDN .MICROSTRUCTURE (B47-20001-140) F0114 4
370A 2200783 .SPACER (131-90001-013) VF0286 4
380A YA19-3E26V5 .RELAY (B34-12590-019) F0114 1
390A 418-10900-000 .SPACER 1
400A 001-2004-0 .TEST POINT (131-24206-000) VF3132 1
410A 001-2004-1 .TEST POINT (131-24206-011) VF3132 1
420A 001-2004-2 .TEST POINT (131-24206-022) VF3132 1
430A 001-2004-3 .TEST POINT (131-24206-033) VF3132 1
440A 001-2004-4 .TEST POINT (131-24206-044) VF3132 1
450A 001-2004-5 .TEST POINT (131-24206-055) VF3132 1
460A 001-2004-6 .TEST POINT (131-24206-066) VF3132 1
470A 001-2004-7 .TEST POINT (131-24206-077) VF3132 1
480A 001-2004-8 .TEST POINT (131-24206-088) VF3132 1
500A 121-01902-006 .NUT, CRIMP 6
Page 1012-3
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
Figure 1013
Circuit No. 2 assy (TB5) (continued)
P/N 461-09056-XXX
Page 1013-0
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
UNITS
USAGE
CODE
VALID.
1234567 ENS.
13
-1A 461-09056-000AA CIRCUIT No. 2 ASSY (CONT'D) RF
-1B 461-09056-001AA CIRCUIT No. 2 ASSY (CONT'D) RF
-1C 461-09056-002AA CIRCUIT No. 2 ASSY (CONT'D) RF
-1D 461-09056-003AA CIRCUIT No. 2 ASSY (CONT'D) RF
75 OHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
10 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
8.2 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
SEL FROM
9.1 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
SEL FROM
10 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
SEL FROM
11 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
SEL FROM
12 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
SEL FROM
Page 1013-1
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
UNITS
USAGE
CODE
VALID.
1234567 ENS.
13
13 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
SEL FROM
14 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
SEL FROM
15 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
SEL FROM
6.2 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
15 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
30 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
7.5 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
91 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
5.6 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
37 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
-100B RC21U24KJ .RESISTOR (B41-42002-243) F0114 1
24 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
SEL FROM
-101B RC21U27KJ .RESISTOR (B41-42002-273) F0114 AR
27 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
SEL FROM
Page 1013-2
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
UNITS
USAGE
CODE
VALID.
1234567 ENS.
13
-102B RC21U30KJ .RESISTOR (B41-42002-303) F0114 AR
30 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
SEL FROM
-103B RC21U33KJ .RESISTOR (141-42002-333) F0114 AR
33 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
SEL FROM
36 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
SEL FROM
39 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
SEL FROM
110A RC21U180KJ .RESISTOR (B41-42002-184) F0114 1BCD 1
180 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
1 KOHM ± 5 % 1/4 W
9.1 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
220 OHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
-150A RC21U910UJ .RESISTOR (141-42002-911) F0114 1
910 OHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
SEL FROM
1 KOHM ± 5 % 1/4 W
SEL FROM
1.1 KOHM ± 5 % 1/4 W
SEL FROM
Page 1013-3
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
UNITS
USAGE
CODE
VALID.
1234567 ENS.
13
1.2 KOHM ± 5 % 1/4 W
SEL FROM
1.3 KOHM ± 5 % 1/4 W
SEL FROM
1.5 KOHM ± 5 % 1/4 W
SEL FROM
75 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
SEL FROM
82 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
SEL FROM
91 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
SEL FROM
100 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
SEL FROM
110 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
SEL FROM
120 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
SEL FROM
Page 1013-4
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
UNITS
USAGE
CODE
VALID.
1234567 ENS.
13
130 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
SEL FROM
150 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
SEL FROM
6.8 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
47 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
75 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
24 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
20 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
220A RMB0-75V100UJ .RESISTOR (141-64001-100) VF1621 1
10 OHMS ± 5 % 0,6 W
27 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
240A RC21U5K1J .RESISTOR (B41-42002-512) F0114 1A 1
5.1 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
250A RB59-1KJ .RESISTOR (141-67001-102) F0114 1
1 KOHM ± 5 % 3 W
SEL FROM
1.1 KOHM ± 5 % 3 W
SEL FROM
Page 1013-5
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08
E
UNITS
USAGE
CODE
VALID.
1234567 ENS.
13
1.2 KOHM ± 5 % 3 W
SEL FROM
1.3 KOHM ± 5 % 3 W
SEL FROM
-254A RB59-1K5J .RESISTOR (141-67001-152) VF1621 AR
1.5 KOHM ± 5 % 3 W
SEL FROM
1.6 KOHM ± 5 % 3 W
SEL FROM
1.8 KOHM ± 5 % 3 W
SEL FROM
2 OHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
3 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
18 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
100 OHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
300A RC21U75KJ .RESISTOR (B41-42002-753) F0114 1A 1
75 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
300B RC21U15KJ .RESISTOR (B41-42002-153) F0114 1BCD 1
15 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
310A RC21U5K1J .RESISTOR (B41-42002-512) F0114 1BCD 1
5.1 KOHMS ± 5 % 1/4 W
Page 1013-6
SAGEM AV 71/34-4 34-71-01-4 MAY 15/08

58057-xx (34-71-01-4)

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

58057-xx (34-71-01-4)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

e

COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

This letter is for COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL 34-71-01-4 users. Its

PAGE CAN INS REV HIGHLIGHTS

COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

REVISION No. 14: MAY 15/2008 TP Page 1

The data and information contained in this document are proprietary to

Any unauthorized copy, distribution or utilization is illegal according to

REV. ISSUE INSERTION BY REV. ISSUE INSERTION BY

RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS

REVISION INCORPORATED DELETED

No. PAGE No. ISSUE DATE BY DATE REVISION BY

01 106 NOV 22/07 MAY 15/08 SAGEM

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

Title Page 1 MAY 15/08 Equipment 11 MAY 15/08

SUBJECT PAGE DATE SUBJECT PAGE DATE

Description and 16 MAY 15/08 Testing and 117 MAY 15/08

SUBJECT PAGE DATE SUBJECT PAGE DATE

SUBJECT PAGE DATE SUBJECT PAGE DATE

Repairs 601 MAY 15/08 Assembly 714 MAY 15/08

SUBJECT PAGE DATE SUBJECT PAGE DATE

SUBJECT PAGE DATE SUBJECT PAGE DATE

Numerical Index 7 MAY 15/08 Detailed parts 1003-3 MAY 15/08

SUBJECT PAGE DATE SUBJECT PAGE DATE

SERVICE BULLETIN LIST

SERVICE BULLETIN REVISION INC. IN DESCRIPTION

461-34-004 12 Change of counter button

LIST OF APPROVED REPAIR

EQUIPMENT EVOLUTION LIST

P/N 58057-1x, 58057-3x

2165 Industrialization of the unit. 58057-1 becomes

2173 Reduction of backlash on synchro B 58057-11

2193 Reduction of backlash on the take-up 58057-11

2191 Interference suppression on SSB 58057-11 becomes

P/N 58057-1x, 58057-3x (continued)

2624 Addition of one more operating mode: 58057-12 becomes

2632 Protection of power supply by a fuse 58057-12 becomes

2633 Protection of power supply by a fuse 58057-32 becomes

2896 10 Standardization of manufacture and 58057-12

P/N 58057-1x, 58057-3x (continued)

2898 10 Standardization of manufacture and 58057-13

2900 10 Standardization of manufacture and 58057-32

3044 10 Creation of a new type including a 58057-32 becomes

REF. 58057-1x, 58057-3x (continued)

3098 10 Improvement of transistor Q5 58057-34

3203 10 Protection against abnormal tran- 58057-12

3204 10 Protection against abnormal tran- 58057-13

3205 10 Protection against abnormal tran- 58057-32

P/N 58057-1x, 58057-3x (continued)

3206 10 Protection against abnormal tran- 58057-34

3316 10 Modification allowing operation of 58057-34 becomes

3529 11 Adapt with regard to the evolutions 58057-12

3530 11 Adapt with regard to the evolutions 58057-13

P/N 58057-1x, 58057-3x (continued)

3531 11 Adapt with regard to the evolutions 58057-32

3532 11 Adapt with regard to the evolutions 58057-35

3541 11 Adapt with regard to the evolutions 58057-34

EEI 1884 12 Following production discontinuation 58057-34

P/N 58057-1x, 58057-3x (continued)

EEI 1909 12 On the card P/N 461-09054-000: 58057-34

EEI 1910 12 On the card P/N 461-09056-003: 58057-34

3829 12 On the unit P/N 461-00363-001: 58057-35

3540 12 On the card P/N 461-09056-003: 58057-33

678 10 Suppression of switching transients 58057-112